HGBooks June Kit 2018 by Hardie Grant Publishing

JUNE 2018

KEY TITLES

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Small Wrongs How We Really Say Sorry in Love, Life and Law Kate Rossmanith H is for Hawk meets Helen Garner: this fascinating memoir brings extraordinary insight to the huge topics of justice, love and remorse. 'A sincere and delicate inquiry that moves with grace between public and private pain.' Helen Garner C OV E R

'Brave and brilliant... this book will change your life.' Ceridwen Dovey

DRAF T

Kate Rossmanith studied people for a living, and thought she understood human nature well. But in the wake of her daughter’s birth, the vulnerability and intensity of parenthood took her completely by surprise. Faced with a debilitating insomnia, she spent hours awake reflecting on her own upbringing and the unwelcome role remorse can play in even the most devoted parents’ lives.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$36.99

ISBN

9781743794111

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Non Fic General

Format

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Increasingly fascinated with the concept of remorse, she was drawn to the criminal courts, observing case after case. She talked to criminals, lawyers and judges alike, trying to answer the fundamental question: how can you know whether a person is ever truly sorry? But it soon became clear the project was creating seismic shifts in Kate’s own life. The more she learnt, the more she saw how her relationship with her father, who for many years was a distant and often angry man, was steeped in remorse. The more she learnt, the more she saw the faultlines in her marriage, widening under the strains of parenthood. And ever present was a family history sketched across war-torn Europe, with the seeds of heartache taking root in Australia.

'A moving investigation into the inner-workings of remorse and forgiveness, not just as a legal concept, but a tool to opening up our common humanity. Kate is a brilliant storyteller.' Alice Pung

'Intimate, revealing and fascinating, Rossmanith explores one of the most troubling expectations of those caught up in the criminal justice system, the performance of remorse.’ Anna Krien

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Author Details Kate Rossmanith is an author and an essayist, her nonfiction appearing in The Monthly, The Australian, and Best Australian Essays. In 2013, her essay ‘The Work of Judges’ was nominated for a Walkley Award for Excellence in Journalism, and in 2018 her short documentary Unnatural Deaths was published by The Guardian as part of a series exploring archives on film. She lives in Sydney and lectures at Macquarie University.

C OV E R

Key Information •

Small Wrongs heralds the arrival of a major Australian literary talent – will appeal to readers of Helen Garner, Helen Macdonald (H is for Hawk), Ariel Levy and Anna Krien

•

We've had a flood of advance praise from Helen Garner, Ceridwen Dovey, Alice Pung, Anna Krien and Michael Jackson, professor of anthropology at Harvard and published author. Kate is appearing at Sydney Writers Festival in May 2018. Kate's profile is building in the media – she was invited to make a short documentary for The Guardian on a similar topic to the book, which is available here: [insert link]. Marketing and publicity campaign on release with national promotion. Advance reading copies available, ask your rep.

•

DRAF T

• • •

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$36.99

ISBN

9781743794111

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Non Fic General

Format

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Order from your local sales representative or United Book Distributors, PO Box 457 Ferntree Gully Vic 3156 AU Tel: 1800 338 836 | Fax: +61 3 8537 4497 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.com.au NZ Tel: 09 442 7410 | Fax: 09 442 7406 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.co.nz

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Safari Style Africa Annemarie Meintjies Safari Style Africa is a beautifully illustrated book of exceptional architecture and design of lodges across South Africa, Tanzania, Namibia, Botswana, Zambia and Zimbabwe, for architecture and design buffs, and adventurers alike.

DRAF T

C OV E R

Safari: a Swahili word, from the Arabicsafara, meaning journey. Africa is still the continent of wanderers, but the lodge has become a destination in itself, rather than a camp along the way. The new safari aesthetic fuses high-end design with traditional African craft to create original, courageous and soulful architecture and interiors. This careful attention to detail also serves to highlight the unique character of the environment – and the importance of preserving it.

Safari Style Africa explores the most spectacular of these lodges, each one providing a gateway into the wild beauty of its setting, and encapsulating the spirit of Africa and its many faces.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$70.00 | NZ$74.99

ISBN

9781743794609

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HGB

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

285 x 240 mm

Extent

280pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Anne Marie Mientjes is deputy editor of VISI magazine and coauthor of South: South African style in decor, with Karen Roos, acclaimed lifestyle designer and owner of Babylonstoren Farm Hotel. She is also interior designer for Agama Mara Safari lodge, designed by South African architects Silvio Rech and Lesley Carstens. Dook was born in Singapore and came to South Africa on holiday more than twenty-five years ago. He still feels like he is on it. His specialty was originally fashion but for the past fifteen years he has developed a bigger passion for shooting travel, portraits, food and lodges. He works for many local and international travel and decor magazines as well as private and corporate clients.

Key Information • • • • • • • •

The African safari is the ultimate bucket-list holiday, but now there’s no need to compromise on comfort and style.

Safari Style Africa covers Zimbabwe, Tanzania, Ambia, South Africa, Namibia and Botswana, with traveller overviews as well as a selection of lodges in each location. Spectacular and unique structures, from contemporary mud huts to luxury tents, provide the reader with not just travel inspiration, but architecture, design and style inspiration for their own homes and lives. While rooted in Africa, safari style possesses an international appeal that is beginning to influence aesthetic ideas the world over. Lodges incorporate important design trends, including indoor-outdoor living, low ecological footprints, and sensitivity to local heritage, crafts and culture. Exquisite landscapes and amazing wildlife shots transport the reader there. Directory allows the reader to immediately start planning their own safari adventure. A safari book like no other, and armchair travel like never before.

C ONTEN TS SOUTH AFRICA 8 Leobo 12 Chitwa Chitwa 26 Tswalu 38 Samara 48 Mabote 56 Marataba Trails Lodge 68 Ngala Tented Camp 76 Ivory Lodge 86 ZAMBEZI 98 King Lewanika 102 Matetsi River Lodge 114 BOTSWANA 126 Zambezi Queen 130 Nxabega Tented Camp 136 Great Plains Selinda 142 Sandibe 152 Planet Baobab 166 Jackâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Camp 176 EAST AFRICA 184 Ngorongoro Crater Lodge 188 Angama Mara 198 Arijiju 210 Singita Explore 220 Mnemba Island 228 NAMIBIA 236 Fish River Lodge 240 Little Kulala 250 Sossusvlei Desert Lodge 258 Serra Cafema 266 IN THE END 274 DIRECTORY 276

Mountains, plains, bushveld, grassland, wetland, semi-desert – the southern tip of the continent has an unrivalled range of landscapes, with climate variations to match.

SOUTH A FRICA Diversity is the keyword for South Africa. Mountains, plains, bushveld, grassland, wetland, semi-desert – the southern tip of the continent has an unrivalled range of landscapes, with climate variations to match. For many years the savanna and thornbush of the Eastern Lowveld, with its wealth of game and hippo-studded rivers, was the only region that remained home to the ‘Big Five’ (the African elephant, leopard and lion, the black rhino, and the Cape buffalo). Centuries of hunting had decimated the country’s abundant wildlife; agriculture and urbanisation have steadily overtaken the once-open veld. Despite this, pockets of wild still linger. In these less easily tamed areas many farms have now become conservancies and existing reserves have been expanded and repopulated with antelope, lion, rhino and even elephant in an effort to restore their original diversity – and attract visitors. Not every reserve has the Big Five, but each has its own unique interconnections of habitat and species, as well as its own beauty and interest. Drive northwest from Gauteng for an hour or two and you will see the Seven Sisters loom up out of the plains. They are the formidable southern ramparts of the Waterberg, a region of immense natural beauty that has been saved by its sheer intractability. Buttressed by massiveshouldered mountains, this elevated plateau of forest and savanna is laced with winding rivers, which all drain into the great Limpopo to the north. It contains a unparalleled mix of forest, grassland, cliff and riverine habitats that are home to a wide range of birds, reptiles and mammals. Because farming here was never easy, the region has remained wild and largely undeveloped; another advantage is that it’s malaria-free. Many farms that have become private reserves boasting state-of-the-art lodges also form part of the extensive Waterberg conservancy. The Eastern Lowveld is home to the legendary and hugely popular Kruger National Park, as

well as a number of private reserves. Traversed by six major rivers, its landscape and vegetation vary according to rainfall and altitude, from dense mopane thicket in the drier north to open and parklike in the south. Different zones have handsome signature trees such as vaalboom, bushwillow, knobthorn and marula, and the rivers and their flanking forests of giant evergreens provide settings for some of the most appealing lodges of the region. The Great Karoo, in the central, southern part of the country, is a vast area of arid plains and flat-capped mountains. The landscape has a special allure, with all the drama and desolation of vast spaces, weathered crags, spectacular sunsets and brilliant stars. It has been an important, if challenging, sheep-farming district for generations, but now more and more of these farms are being returned to nature and repopulated with game to provide a new and very different safari experience. South of GraaffReinet, in the Coetzeeberg, cheetah, white rhino and buffalo now roam the plains again; and on the grasslands of the mountain plateaux, herds of wildebeest, eland, gemsbok and zebra have been returned to their ancient pastures, high above the plains of Camdeboo and the amphitheatre of the Great Escarpment. The Kalahari lies in the northwest, a limitless expanse of red sands, bleached grass and ironstone mountains that also extends northwards into Botswana. These compelling landscapes are home to a remarkable series of ecosystems and wildlife, from rhino and black-maned lion to insects and migratory birds. Here southern Africa’s largest private reserve extends over a thousand pristine square kilometres and offers what has universally been hailed as among the best of all safari experiences. South African lodges are as varied as the landscapes and histories that have inspired them: explorer canvas, rugged stone and thatch, lostcity romance, settler homestead, or clean-lined colours and textures drawn from the veld itself.

A night under the stars, safely above the ground in a tree house, is a memorable experience. Kingston tree house at Lion Sands even has shower facilities.

Rugged glamour in the sunken lounge, with richly textured fabrics and a ceiling made of the skins of culled wildebeest. The adobe towers contain shower rooms and toilets.

CH I T WA CHIT WA EASTE R N LOWVELD

Set discreetly among a fine array of bushveld trees and overlooking a large dam, Chitwa Chitwa is quietly inviting. The impression is of classic, restful bush architecture – thatch, wooden viewing decks with tree-trunk pillars, overlooking a magnificent vista. So far so good; the exterior, however, is no preparation for the fresh boldness, the glamour even, of the award-winning interiors, which are ultra-spacious and decorated with a simple but enfolding luxury. A single, striking colour scheme has been used throughout: black, grey and pale gold, drawn from the tones of the veld grass in winter and the charcoal herds of buffalo that visit the dam almost daily. Matte black and grey and soft metallic fabrics are combined in an effective play with the addition of all kinds of natural textures: rough and polished wood, packed stone, reed, bone and sisal – an eclectic blend of Europe and Africa. The furniture is a combination of modern and classic, with the occasional baroque piece to add a touch of opulence to the generally clean-lined luxury. Another key element is Chitwa Chitwa’s outstanding collection of contemporary art, which is used to superb effect throughout the interiors. Situated in the Sabi Sands reserve at the southern end of the Kruger National Park, Chitwa Chitwa is renowned for its conservation record, excellent game viewing and, notably, its green credentials as a benchmark eco lodge. The use of LED lighting, solar water heating and grey water recycling are just a few of the measures applied to reduce the lodge’s eco footprint.

South African craft on show: handmade furniture, beanbags of printed mud cloth, a leather looped chandelier and a carpet of mosaic-stitched cowhide in the living room. In the bar, chunky wooden stools, and turned lamps in different woods.

The lodge buildings are all simple boxes of glass, wood and stone, with sod roofs, raised on steel frames for a minimal footprint.

The Zambezi Queen is 42 metres long, with suites on the two lower decks and a lounge and five-star restaurant on the top. The width of the river varies between 200 and 300 metres along this stretch. Cruises last two or three days.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Print Play Screen Printing Inspiration for Your Life and Home Lara Davies and Jessie Wright

C OV E R

24 colourful and pattern-filled screen printing projects to do at home.

DRAF T

In Print Play, screen printing designers and teachers Jess Wright and Lara Davies welcome you into their colourful, pattern-filled world with a series of how-to screen printing projects. The book covers all the basics of screen printing at home before delving into projects ranging from homewares to accessories and clothing. The 24 projects are accessible to novice screen printers, as well as keeping more experienced screen printers challenged, and include printed wallpaper, art prints, beach towels, napery, tote bags and planter boxes. There are also chapters that focus on creating colour palettes, finding inspiration and designing your own unique patterns. Written with a sense of fun, and easy-to-follow instructions, Jess and Lara invite you to create some screen printing magic of your own.

Publication

01 June 2018

Author Details Jess Wright and Lara Davies are textile designers and screen printing teachers from Melbourne, Australia. They own and run Home-Work, a design studio in Brunswick where designers can rent studio spaces, and where Jess and Lara run screen printing workshops and create their own signature, colourful screen printing patterns. Having worked together for more than ten years, Jess and Lara have collaborated with shoe brand Rollie Nation, LA-based blog designlovefest and the National Gallery of Victoria, among others. Jess and Lara have built a reputation for being fun and inclusive teachers with an emphasis on encouraging their students to take risks and have fun with design. They also teach workshops all over Australia and recently traveled to Los Angeles to host workshops for Poketo.

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781743793404

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

230 x 190 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

•

Jess and Lara have run screen printing workshops for many years, and found there were no suitable craft books focused on modern-day screen printing. They wanted to write their own to offer inspiration and advice to those who attend their workshops, as well as keen crafters around the world. The 24 projects will appeal to both novice screen printers and experienced screen printers. Jess and Lara's signature colourful and bold screen printing patterns are a feature of the book's design and photography. Marketing and publicity campaign on release with reviews and extracts across lifestyle media.

Single colour stencil

printing

1317 PP 03_SINGLE COLOUR_1_2.indd 44-45

27/10/17 9:57 am

Y’all ready for this? In this chapter, we start with the basics of how to print single colour designs onto pre-made items using a stencil, as well as how to print and sew a pencil case. Plants are a huge source of inspiration for us and we love filling the studio with lots of pot plants to inspire both our students and ourselves. This chapter celebrates our love for nature and plants – the beautiful curves and lines of a leaf and their simple shapes are perfect for inspiring a print or pattern. We think plants make EVERY space better.

A plant’s curves and lines make for great pattern inspiration.

1317 PP 03_SINGLE COLOUR_1_2.indd 46-47

27/10/17 9:57 am

DIF

LT I CU

Eas

Tea towels While drying the dishes is hardly the most exciting thing to do, the humble tea towel happens to be one of the easiest pre-made items for printing on. Tea towels are the perfect canvas for first time printers: they’re flat and often blank and always made from a natural fibre.

Handy hints

• We find natural fibres work best for screen printing. We recommend that you start out printing on cotton and then build up to linen once you become more confident. Cotton is easier to print onto, as linen absorbs a lot of ink. If printing onto linen, do a test print on a scrap piece of linen first.

You will need

screen printing kit (page xxxx) iron 2 blank cotton or linen tea towels ink in 1 colour

• For best results, iron your fabric before printing.

• Avoid printing on, or too close to, the seam of the tea towel.

• Think about how you position the design on your tea towel, so it looks good when flat as well as hanging over an oven door.

• We recommend you print two tea towels. It’s rare that you’ll get the first print right, so it’s good to have a backup.

1317 PP 03_SINGLE COLOUR_1_2.indd 48-49

27/10/17 9:57 am

T e a to w e l s

1317 PP 03_SINGLE COLOUR_1_2.indd 50-51

Draw your design, transfer it onto stencil paper, then cut your stencil (page xxxx). The design for this project was inspired by our love of indoor plants.

Spread a generous amount of ink above your design. Start printing with one flood pull and then apply pressure during your three hard pulls. Carefully lift up your screen from the fabric (page xxx).

Iron your tea towels and lay them out flat on the printing surface. Prepare your screen and attach the stencil to the front (page xxxx). Get your squeegee and ink ready. Place your screen on top of your first tea towel.

Place your screen onto other areas of the tea towel, angling the screen in different directions each time, and repeat the process. Do the same with the second tea towel. Once you’re done, peel off your stencil and wash it or set it aside to air dry. Wash your screen. Dry the print completely using a hair dryer (page xxx). Heat set your tea towels with an iron (page xxx).

T e a to w e l s

27/10/17 9:57 am

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Every Girl Needs a Plan A Practical Guide to Life and Work Bianca Chatfield and Leigh Russell This is a guide for girls, on how to get ahead in a world that doesn’t always want you to. Every Girl Needs a Plan is a practical guide to life and work, covering all the basics you need to master to be your best self – from emotional fitness, to leadership confidence, to building your own brand. This book will teach you how to navigate social media, how to turn down the volume of your inner critic, and why you should stop worrying about ‘finding your passion’ – guiding you to work out your own personal game plan that will set you up to live the life you’ve always wanted. Every Girl Needs a Plan gives you the tools, tricks and tips to make the small adjustments that will get you to where you really want to be. Contents include: Emotional fitness, Inner critics and tyre-kickers, Fear, Creating your own BOD (Board of Directors), Teamwork, Where are you heading?, Own it, Choose you, Make things happen Topics include: The gratitude attitude, picturing success, the comparison game, the paradox of perfectionism, switch on to switch off, 20 seconds of courage, sleep, social media.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743794739

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Self Help

Key Information

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

196pp

• •

Illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Bianca Chatfield is a former Vice Captain of the Australian Diamonds and Captain of the Melbourne Vixens, an elite athlete who is a World Champion and Commonwealth Games Gold and Silver Medallist, six times Premiership player, keynote speaker, ambassador, teacher and leadership specialist. Leigh Russell is an organisational development specialist, board director, performance coach, television personality and public speaker, who was the first woman to hold a senior executive position within an AFL Club and the youngest CEO appointed in Netball Victoria’s history. Together, Bianca and Leigh founded The Ignition Project — an online leadership and personal development program for women.

• • •

A practical guide to life and work for women today – a positive, empowering handbook that gives you the tools you need to succeed! 2017 was bookended with the Women's March and the #MeToo campaign, and as it drew to a close Merriam-Webster chose 'feminism' as their word of the year. This movement does not look to be slowing down any time soon, and Every Girl Needs a Plan captures its spirit of empowering women with a practical and proactive approach for the individual. Also makes for a great self-buy for young feminists. Not just for women with straightforward or conventional 9–5 careers! This book has something to offer everyone – the stay-at-home mother, the freelancer, the part-timer – and the tools it teaches you reach far outside the office. This is a fully revised and updated edition of Game On (2016).

CHAPTER 3

EMOTIONAL FITNESS

The secret: keep going.

The brain is a muscle; if you don’t look after it and give it a regular workout, it loses tone. Mental fitness is a journey that requires you to take responsibility for yourself; make sure you are able to thrive, not simply survive.

Emotional fitness is absolutely essential in kicking career and life goals, but it isn’t the first thing that often comes to mind when talking about your career, your life, or even fitness itself. We are all familiar with the benefits of physical fitness, but to give yourself the best possible chance of achieving your aspirations, mental fitness should also be a top priority. And, like anything, it takes work. Emotional fitness is about having a strong and healthy mind that allows you to tackle the challenges you face and make the most of opportunities that come your way. GETTING YOUR GAME ON 24

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 24-25

Direction is so much more important than speed. Many are going nowhere fast.

EMOTIONAL FITNESS STARTS WITH YOUR MOST IMPORTANT RELATIONSHIP The most important relationship you have is the one you have with yourself. Taking care of yourself, mentally and physically, is not selfish. In fact, making your wellness a top priority means you can do more and give more! It helps to make you a better leader, friend, sister and daughter. We are not flippantly suggesting that this is easy, but it is definitely important. Why do airlines ask you to put on your oxygen mask before trying to help anyone else? It’s because without your own line of oxygen, you are no good to anyone. The same applies to your life. GAME ON 25

19/1/18 12:08 pm

But sometimes, taking care of yourself seems to come way down the priority list. The demands on our time and capabilities often far exceed our capacity. Being constantly active has become the norm, but contradicts what we know about the brain and the body, and how they work together for high performance.

THE CONCEPT OF BALANCE AND WHY IT ISN’T HELPFUL The term work–life balance is one we have come to dislike for a very simple reason: it implies that there is a utopian level of balance to which we should all aspire (and then of course, feel bad when we can’t get there). Work–life balance only becomes an issue when you don’t like what you are doing for work or you have not been able to say no to competing demands. Balance is all about perspective. What is balance for one might be out of whack for another. Looking for an easy way to work it out? If you feel like you are a rubber band that is about to snap, you are out of balance. Instead of talking about balance, we should be thinking about energy and how to sustain our performance, and the personal strategies we use to make things happen.

HUMAN BEING OR HUMAN DOING? To develop a mindset that will sustain you through the peaks and troughs in life, you need to examine your beliefs about what is important. In modern life, we place value on action. People have become addicted to imaginary lists of things that

GETTING YOUR GAME ON 26

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 26-27

need to get done. Your value should not come from what you do, but who you are. Are you a human being or a human doing? If your sense of achievement comes from getting to the end of a list each day or week, have you stopped to think about exactly what is on that list and if it really matters? Most of us have internalised the importance of doing and have forgotten about the being. Get a visual of a plane in the sky. On one wing, there is the word ‘being’ and on the other, ‘doing’. The plane is steady and balanced. But when we take one word off, the plane becomes tilted, and is at risk of crashing. How are you flying?

THE SINGLE BIGGEST FACTOR IN TAKING CHARGE OF YOUR EMOTIONAL FITNESS The comforting feeling of being in control and enjoying overall happiness comes from our ability to fit everything we need, want and have to do into our lives. When we struggle to have everything in sync, we experience stress. Not all stress is bad, though; we can use a certain amount of positive stress to make sure we are switched on when we need to be. But too much stress causes our bodies to produce an excess amount of the hormone cortisol. Once we have too much cortisol running through our systems, the wear and tear on our bodies can be major. Stress can interfere with our immune function and bone density and, in the long term, can play a role in things such as weight gain, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, heart disease … you get the picture. There isn’t an area in your body that doesn’t feel the effects of stress. The single most important factor in decreasing stress and excess cortisol production is having a sense of control over all parts of our lives. If we feel like we are able to shape our lives, stress doesn’t stand a chance of affecting us.

GAME ON 27

19/1/18 12:08 pm

SIX EMOTIONAL FITNESS STRATEGIES TO GET YOUR GAME ON

1. GIVE YOURSELF PERMISSION TO TAKE TIME OUT

Your brain is your most valuable tool, but it needs rest to achieve great output. Often when people are under the pump, they just work harder. But it’s difficult to produce good work when you’re exhausted. Surviving is not the same as thriving, and giving yourself permission to switch off is essential for your creativity. You are likely to meet fierce opposition to this high-performance strategy. This is because our culture wrongly assumes that time out = laziness. However, research is now proving that while we are resting or simply having some mental downtime, our brains are still hard at work, replenishing the things that allow us to perform at our peak: attention, motivation, creativity and the energy required to be productive2. Rethinking your approach to downtime so it becomes an essential part of your routine is critical to success. Reframe your attitude from seeing breaks as a guilty pleasure to an important strategy for success. The kicker? If you want to do more, do less.

GETTING YOUR GAME ON 30

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 30-31

2. GET ENOUGH SLEEP

To declare you can survive on only a few hours of sleep has become something to beat your chest about. We brag about our sleep debt, but it is killing us and our creativity. In fact, bragging about your lack of sleep is equivalent to bragging about being drunk – you are cognitively impaired.

If you are serious about getting your game on, getting more sleep is the one thing that could make a dramatic difference. There is tons of clear evidence on how sleep, or lack thereof, affects your success3. It is a simple way of recharging and keeping our brains functioning at optimal level. But you have to make room for it in your life. Take a lesson from the sporting arena. For athletes, sleep is on the same priority level as nutrition, training and all the other preparation they need to do to compete. They place such importance on sleep to help their performance that before game day some athletes spend a night or two away from their families to make sure they get the quality of sleep they need. If you are looking for the best performance enhancer going (with the added benefits of being safe and legal), you have found it in sleep. What level of priority do you give sleep? How are your sleeping habits affecting your ability to be the best you can be?

3. FUEL YOUR BODY

Do you think of food as a fuel source for your most important asset – your mind – or do you see it differently? If you are continually putting the wrong food in your body, you are not getting the best out of yourself, physically and mentally. The brain needs the good stuff to ensure great performance, just like our other muscles.

GAME ON 31

19/1/18 12:08 pm

We get particularly scared when we see leaders eating badly. If you are managing others, there is even more reason to promote food as fuel for great performance. It might be easier to eat fast or pre-packaged food, or reach for the 3 pm choccie bar, but once you make the connection between food as fuel and an improvement in your performance, it’s hard to keep eating the same way. What are you feeding your mind? What rubbish are you telling yourself to make your food habits and choices seem OK?

4. EXERCISE

We are sure you are smart enough to have worked out the benefits of exercise already, so we will get straight to the point. Exercise is a great stress-buster and it’s amazing the kind of creative thinking that can happen on a run or during a spin class – the idea for this book, for example. It not only has short- and long-term benefits physically, but mentally too (even being shown to assist with depression4). Too often though, exercise is put at the bottom of the to-do list or in the too-hard basket. We get the reasons, but we prefer to call the reasons excuses. One thing that often helps bump exercise up the list is to link it to reaching your overall potential. Exercise is a tool that can help you to achieve your goals and maintain or even improve your health.

6. FIT IN FUN AND PLAY

Before we grow up, fun and play are an integral part of our lives, but as the chaos of adulthood sets in, we tend not to make time for pure fun. Most adult activities are structured and function as goal-kicking opportunities; a sense of guilt has developed around building fun into our schedules. But losing yourself in a moment of fun and play can be totally refreshing, and it can fire up your creativity, imagination and problem-solving abilities, too. It can also improve your connection to others and boost your energy. It’s an all-round emotional fitness enhancer. In all the elite sporting environments we have been in, fun and play are serious success strategies. To relieve the pressure of performing to win, teams will play games (that are not their sport) and take part in fun, sometimes silly, activities that bring people together and give them a chance to unwind. When was the last time you did something purely for fun? What kinds of things do you like to do just for the sake of it? What did you love to do for fun in your childhood that you could incorporate back into your life as a grown-up?

5. BREATHE

Most people will not even notice how shallow their breath is, particularly when under stress. Breathing is automatic but, like everything else, the way we do it is habitual. Deep breathing (or conscious breathing) can reduce stress by helping you to control your nervous system and encourage your body to relax, bringing about increased feelings of calm and wellbeing. You can do it anywhere, at anytime. You don’t need a candlelit room and rainforest music (but if that is your thing, go for it!). GETTING YOUR GAME ON 32

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 32-33

GAME ON 33

19/1/18 12:08 pm

CHAPTER 4

Without doubt, the number one thing we work on with people is fear, and we see first-hand the impact these doubts and anxieties can have on life. They can hold you back from saying what you need to, doing what you are passionate about and having a real impact on the world (both yours and those around you).

FEAR

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT FEAR To fear is one thing. To let fear grab you by the tail and swing you around is another. – KATHERINE PATERSON

If we could have just one superpower, it would be the ability to dial down the fear response in people, so that life could be easier and all the worry, pain and misery caused by being stuck in fear could be avoided. Of course, we all fear different things, but the effect of fear is the same: we get stuck in a holding pattern and, consequently, this moves us even further away from what we are truly capable of. What is your poison of choice when it comes to fear? Fear of failure? Fear of being wrong? Fear of what people will think? Fear of the unknown?

• Fear is a normal function of our brains. It’s often our first response to new information. • In some situations fear is totally helpful (for example, when a threat presents itself, your brain and body work together to keep you alert), but in most situations in modern life, there is no need for our fear response to activate. • The fear response is a strong force and it takes work to move through it. You have the power to shift fear to another, more productive emotion. • Nobody escapes feeling fear. Not even those people who say they are fearless. Our culture places great emphasis on heroes and celebrating heroic acts that are about being brave and overcoming fear. Don’t let this make you feel alone with your fears. We are all more similar than we’d care to admit. When people say they don’t feel fear, it usually means they have worked on a few strategies to keep it from holding them back. Fear is sometimes hard to identify because it disguises itself so well as rational thinking. What if I fail? What if I’m thinking too big? What will people think? If there is any sense of perceived risk, you will rationalise reasons not to do it and talk yourself out of it. And unless you challenge yourself, this might appear like sensible and appropriate thinking. Ask yourself these two questions:

Imagine for a second the kind of place our world would be and what we would achieve, if we were able to be free of the fear that threatens to derail us. What would you do if there were no nagging voice, no doubt in your mind and no energy drainers telling you it couldn’t happen? MIND GAMES 44

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 44-45

GAME ON 45

19/1/18 12:08 pm

1. WHAT IS THE EVIDENCE BASE FOR THIS LINE OF THINKING? Most times, you will not be able to come up with hard evidence that backs up your fearful thoughts. In fact, what you will often find is that there is evidence all around to the contrary. But you have to look for it. You have to force yourself to see the whole picture of what you are grappling with, rather than just the stuff you want to see. Say you want to start a new business or apply for a new role or promotion, but are plagued by the what-ifs. What if it fails? What if I am bad at it? Instead of dwelling on those negative questions, focus on turning your thought process around. Where is the evidence that you will fail? How many times have you failed before? What will you do to ensure you are not bad at it? Who might you enlist to help you succeed? What is your game plan? Ask enough questions and, chances are, you will find that there is very little evidence to support your thinking, as long as you are being honest with yourself.

2. WHAT IS THE WORST THAT CAN HAPPEN? This is the very best coaching question we have come across, because it shifts panicked thinking almost immediately to allow real rational thinking to kick in (and not the pretend stuff we just talked about). Seriously, what is the worst that can happen – and can you live with it? Often, we build these skyscrapers in our minds about what could happen when, really, the evidence is stacked against it.

STRESS AND FEAR ARE EXCELLENT MATES When Stress and Fear get together, they can have one hell of a good time. When we are stressed, our fear response can overreact, sending us into a spin, which can lead to snap decisions. In these moments we can become paralysed, or act in ways that are not in our best interests. Stress and Fear then invite their mate Regret along and bingo – a perfect party begins. This is definitely not the kind of party you want to go to. So, to avoid attendance, the first thing to do is recognise when stress and fear may cause you to make poor decisions. When is your stress response triggered? Does it come from a base of fear? Be specific about exactly what you are stressed about, or afraid of, and determine what you need to do to reduce the stress and fear. Being able to identify your feelings and let them go takes practice. But learning to get out of your own way is one of the most important things you can do to ensure your success.

WHAT’S DRIVING YOUR FEAR? GET CLEAR ABOUT IT Usually, there are patterns or habits surrounding everyone’s fears. Getting clear on what triggers and drives your fears is helpful. Step back, lady, and reassess your fears through a new lens. Is there a pattern or consistent theme you notice? What are the situations that bring fear out in you? Thinking about these ahead of time helps you to manage them better when you are in the moment. And a tip: don’t get too ‘Judge Judy’ here. You want to remain curious about your patterns of behaviour, and how they help or hinder you. The goal is to remain observant; develop your ‘feardar’ (your fear radar, get it?) to understand what scares you the most. This will help you prepare for situations before they happen.

MIND GAMES 46

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 46-47

19/1/18 12:08 pm

It’s really true – you need to sleep your way to the top. Literally.

LEADING YOURSELF

BEING FIT TO LEAD

Before you try and foster high performance in your team, you need to know yourself first. People tend to think the biggest challenge of leadership is leading others, but the real challenge lies with you. Looking in the mirror is by far the hardest thing to do. Knowing your strengths, vulnerabilities, opportunities to develop and how they impact on your relationships and work is vital.

Many workplaces don’t prioritise health as a – BIANCA AND LEIGH tool for great leadership. They are full of artificial light and are often surrounded by fast food joints. We are required to sit in front of screens for long periods of time and work in high-octane, high-pressure environments where being ‘busy’ is glamourised. We make long commutes to and from the office, often arriving home to eat more fast food because we don’t have time to cook. This then affects how we sleep.

Leading yourself means getting comfy with seeking feedback and being clear about the behaviours that help and the ones that hold you back. Consider these questions:

1. WHY DO YOU WANT TO LEAD? Understand your purpose and values. How does leadership fit into that? Values matter, because what you think is important will shape your behaviour. Many people get into trouble when they are leading and living in ways that are in conflict with their personal values. Clarifying why you want to lead helps you through the tough times of leadership and anchors you to a bigger purpose.

2. WHY SHOULD YOU LEAD?

This question is not asked often enough. What do you bring to the table? How might you inspire others? How do you let others know that they matter? How do you develop excitement for a project, game or task?

Ask yourself these questions every few months or so to make sure you are focusing on the right things.

TAKE THE LEAD 80

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 80-81

Our physical and mental health is our number one asset, so consistent good habits are essential (an occasional cheeseburger or a few drinks with the girls isn’t what we’re talking about here). Our habits define who we are and – more than that – define the type of leader we can be. After all, being at our peak (whatever that is for you), both mentally and physically, gives us a fighting chance to have an impact on the world. And that is the essence of what real leadership is about. Go back and have a look at our emotional fitness strategies in Chapter 3 (see pp. 44–47). Take some time to understand your wellness and how it impacts your leadership potential. It will be time well spent.

‘Restore connection’ is not just for devices, it is for people too. If we cannot disconnect, we cannot lead. – ARIANNA HUFFINGTON

LEADING OTHERS Make leading others simple. Think about what you value in leaders and make sure you live those values, consistently and repetitively. Leading others is as enjoyable as it is hard work. To stay on top of the game, you have to do the little big things right. GAME ON 81

19/1/18 12:08 pm

CHAPTER 10

WHERE ARE YOU HEADING? Define success on your own terms, achieve it by your own rules, and build a life you’re proud to live. – ANNE SWEENEY

definition will dictate the path you take. But defining what success means to you doesn’t happen by chance; you’ve got to do the work. Reflect, pay attention and tune in to those thoughts that you are too afraid to say out loud. Dream up what a big life would look like for you. Some people steer away from using the word ‘dreams’, likening them to fantasies. And they probably will be fantasies if you don’t do anything about them. Think of dreams as calls to action. Your dreams are made up of your purpose, your passion and the stuff that you can’t stop thinking about. Dreaming big then defining success for yourself gives you a plan worth working towards.

What are your beliefs about success? When it comes to success, nothing matters more than your beliefs. What do you believe? Do you think that success only happens for a chosen few, or lucky people, or that there is a time frame for it? Do you believe that every situation is an opportunity to learn or that there are failures and successes, and nothing in between? Do you believe past experiences predict future ones? Beliefs define your reality. What reality are you choosing for yourself?

What is your definition of success?

When people come for career coaching, they often look to us as experts. The first thing we say is that they hold the answers; we don’t have a crystal ball. With a somewhat confused look on their face, they listen and probably wonder what they are paying us for. But there isn’t any point in us acting like experts, because we are not. They are. You are.

DEFINING YOUR VERSION OF SUCCESS Real success starts with defining it in your own terms. It’s the first thing you need to tackle when you are thinking about where you want to go, because your YOU'VE GOT THIS 110

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 110-111

We were taught to worry about what we wanted to do when we grew up, so it’s no wonder that when we start to focus on defining success for ourselves, job titles are the first place our minds go. We want you to dig deeper than that and define who you want to be rather than what you want to do. The being comes before the doing. Try the following exercise to define your version of success: • What do you want your life to look like? Where are you, who are you with, what are you doing? Write your vision down. • Note down every belief you have about success. Make sure they are things you really believe, not just things you have got used to telling yourself (or picked up from others).

GAME ON 111

19/1/18 12:09 pm

• List the things you are currently doing that honour your vision of how you want your life to be, as well as the things that are not helping. Starting today, what do you need to start or stop?

PICTURING SUCCESS

• Turn all your notes into a paragraph titled, ‘My definition of success right now’. Set a reminder in your phone to revisit this paragraph in a year’s time to see if your definition has changed.

Writing down your goals is one thing, but actually visualising your goals can be really powerful too. It’s also much easier than remembering to revisit written goals.

Your definition of success can (and should) change What is important to you when you’re 20 may not be so important when you’re 40. Your definition can change over time, particularly as you learn more about yourself and what you are truly capable of. Be flexible enough to recognise opportunity (don’t say no to something because it doesn’t fit your rigid criteria) but know your core non-negotiables. And while the meaning of success can change for you over time, having a definition of it gives you an anchor point. Your definition then acts as a filter to determine whether you are on the right path or not. This can be challenging, as others may try to encourage you down different paths, but remember that you own your definition; they have no claim on it.

Vision boards are a great way of reflecting on who you are and where you want to head. They are really simple to make: just get together some images, words and photos that inspire you. The idea behind them is that when you surround yourself with images of your intentions (the future self or life you want), your awareness, passion and activity are sparked because your mind responds strongly to visual stimulation. So in other words, you are helping your brain help yourself. Vision boards are everywhere but yours is unique to you.

Getting started We both tackle vision boards in different ways. Try the approach that suits you best.

Tips on creating your board: • This is the time to set your fears aside. As you are flipping through images, rip out (or print out) things that you are attracted to. You don’t need to know why at this stage – just collect anything that jumps out. Cut out pictures, words, poetry and phrases (you could even draw something if that is your thing). Getting enough material may take some time and you might need to look in a few different places.

YOU'VE GOT THIS 112

1337 WORK IT OUT_1.indd 112-113

19/1/18 12:09 pm

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Catherine Saxelby's Complete Food and Nutrition Companion The Ultimate A-Z Guide Catherine Saxelby

DRAF T

C OV E R

This updated and detailed A-Z guide is the ultimate family reference to guide you in healthy and nutritious eating and to change the way you look and feel. Winner of the Australian Institute of Food Science and Technology Bruce Chandler Book Prize in 2014 for this ultimate guide to health through food and nutrition, Catherine Saxelby, Australia's most respected nutritionist, now brings you an updated edition of the guide. Despite the huge gains in nutritional knowledge, healthy eating has not become easier. In our time-poor society, fewer people regularly cook and eat at home, and many rely on take-away and fastfoods. In effect, we are suffering from malnutrition in the midst of plenty, along with many modern lifestyle diseases: obesity, diabetes, heart disease and cancer. A leading nutritionist for over 25 years, Catherine has educated a generation of Australians about healthy eating and getting the most from their diet. In this updated edition of the Complete Food and Nutrition Companion , Catherine presents an A-Z guide of everything you need to know to get healthy, live longer and live better. With more than 500 entries covering whole foods, processed foods, additives, nutrients, supplements and more, this is the ultimate family reference for good health and nutrition.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$44.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781743794753

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

No Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

234 x 180 mm

Catherine Saxelby is an award-winning nutritionist, columnist, blogger and food commentator who is passionate about helping people to eat delicious, healthy, seasonal food. Catherine is a regular in the media across television, radio, print and online, and is well known for her easy-to-read articles and her invaluable Foodwatch website. In 2014, she received the Bruce Chandler Book Prize from the Australian Institute of Food Science and Technology for best food writing related to nutrition and food technology. She has also received awards from the Dietitians Association of Australia, Dairy Australia and the Food Media Club for her books and blogs. Drawing on a lifetime of professional experience, she has written 12 books on food and nutrition, including the phenomenal Nutrition for Life , which has sold almost half a million copies.

Extent

408pp

Illustrations

24 pages full colour photography

Key Information •

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Catherine Saxelby is recognised as Australia's leading nutritionist. An updated edition of the best-selling ultimate guide to food and nutrition (June 2012). This A-Z guide to ultimate health contains more than 500 entries, with up-to-date revisions. With her good sense and accessible tone, Catherine Saxelby makes good health easy. Debunks some of the amazing health claims made for coconut and coconut oil. Reveals the truth about diets and long-term weight loss.

CAFFEINE

KICKING THE HABIT IN FOUR EASY STEPS Most caffeine junkies don’t realise they are physically dependent on caffeine until they try to go without. If you go cold turkey for a day or two, you may find yourself with a headache that is sometimes accompanied by nausea. You may feel a little nervous or shaky and you may be tired, yawning and unable to concentrate. Symptoms are the worst on the first two days. They usually subside 4–7 days after stopping, but are often bad enough to prompt heavy caffeine users to return to drinking their favourite caffeinecontaining brew. The best way to reduce your caffeine intake is to cut back gradually and allow your body to adapt without going into withdrawal. Step 1: Start on a weekend or on holiday when you won’t be under pressure. Step 2: Begin by replacing one or two cups a day with tea, herbal tea, coffee substitute (made from roasted barley, chicory or dandelion root), or decaffeinated coffee. In particular, replace the coffee you’d normally have in the late afternoon or evening that could interfere with your sleep. Alternatively, switch to tea instead of coffee as this will approximately halve your caffeine intake. Step 3: Drink more water. Step 4: Keep cutting back each day until you drink no more than four cups of instant coffee or one cappuccino (espresso) a day.

Caffeine Caffeine is a natural stimulant found in varying amounts in coffee, guarana, tea, cocoa and chocolate. It is also added to cola soft drinks, energy drinks and many anti-sleep tablets. Chemically, caffeine is a methylxanthine compound that acts on the central nervous system, speeding up the heartbeat and rate of breathing, dilating blood vessels (except in the brain) and relaxing smooth muscles. It boosts alertness and concentration and overcomes the perception of fatigue—all key reasons for its enduring popularity in our fast-paced world. Caffeine postpones exhaustion and enhances physical performance effectively, and is commonly used by athletes. Up until 2004, its use was wide enough for the International Olympic Committee to routinely test for caffeine on the basis that excessive intake is considered an artificial enhancement. Caffeine also triggers the release of fatty acids into the bloodstream, which provides an alternative fuel to glycogen and partially explains its ability to quieten hunger. Caffeine is absorbed into the bloodstream within an hour of consumption and metabolised within 3–7 hours. It is not stored by the body, but passes out via the urine. The coffee you have at an afternoon break is unlikely to keep you awake at night, but drinking one just before bed probably will. YOUR DAILY FIX On a daily basis, most people can handle 300 milligrams of caffeine without experiencing any significant health problems (this is equivalent to four cups of instant coffee or three shots of espresso—a standard latte, short black or cappuccino has one shot). However, some people are very sensitive to caffeine and find that just one cup is enough to keep them awake at night, or even set them on edge. During pregnancy, it’s probably wise to limit caffeine to the equivalent of one or two cups of instant coffee (about 150 milligrams) a day. Reports of caffeine causing miscarriages or low birth weight in babies have not been supported with moderate consumption levels, but may occur if the intake of caffeine is high. These days, it’s not just coffee and tea you need to watch. Caffeine turns up in some surprising places including energy drinks like Red Bull or V, and chocolate bars or corn chips with guarana (the chief ingredient being caffeine, despite being marketed as ‘natural caffeine’ and supposedly ‘safe’). DON’T OVERDO IT Those who drink coffee all day may well be suffering caffeine overload, but a tolerance to caffeine can build-up over time and many people are able to ingest large amounts without noticing problems. But others will complain of things like insomnia, an upset

C AT H E R I N E S A X E L B Y ’ S C O M P L E T E F O O D A N D N U T R I T I O N C O M PA N I O N

CAFFEINE

stomach, heartburn and a rapid heartbeat (tachycardia), and you can be sure it’s because they’ve been drinking too much caffeine. Nervousness, irritability and anxiety (‘coffee jitters’) are other telltale side effects of excess caffeine. Some people never notice any side effects—that is, until they have to go without. For some, going camping or fasting for a blood test is all they need to get hit by caffeine withdrawal. You get the massive headache that doesn’t go away and incredible tiredness, and while this might only last for a couple of days, it’s bad enough to send you screaming for a coffee fix (which works quickly and effectively). Other people get warning signs from caffeine habituation, which is what the experts call that addictive quality of caffeine—they don’t go so far as to use the word ‘addiction’. For me, two coffees in a row is enough caffeine to get my heart seriously beating, and make my stomach unhappy. I just don’t go there anymore. HEART PROBLEMS Anyone with a pre-existing heart condition should be very cautious about consuming too much caffeine. In 1999, a 25-year-old woman died from caffeine-induced cardiac arrhythmia after consuming a ‘natural energy’ guarana health drink containing a high concentration of caffeine. BIRTH DEFECTS Researchers are divided on the dangers of consuming caffeine during pregnancy; the studies are not conclusive and most reports clear caffeine of posing any major health risk when taken in moderation. However, if consumed in excess, health risks certainly rise. One of the difficulties with caffeine studies is that it’s hard to isolate caffeine from other problem-causing habits. Studies repeatedly find that many heavy coffee drinkers are also heavy smokers, drink more than a moderate amount of alcohol and have high levels of stress. DID YOU KNOW? Alex Watson, a fencer from Australia who competed in the 1988 Summer Olympics in Seoul, was banned due to an elevated level of caffeine in his system.

PRODUCT

CAFFEINE CONTENT (mg)*

COFFEE 1 shot (30 ml) espresso Long black, 2 shots (60 ml) Turkish, 2 shots (60 ml) 1 cup percolated/plunger/ drip 1 cup instant coffee 1 cup decaffeinated 1 cup cappuccino, latte, flat white made with 1 shot (30 ml) espresso and topped with hot steamed or frothed milk TEA (no milk) 1 cup tea from leaf or teabag 1 cup green/Jasmine/ Chinese tea 1 cup peppermint/ chamomile herbal infusion 1 cup rooibos DRINKS 250 ml can energy drink 375 ml can cola soft drink, diet and sweetened 375 ml can cola soft drink, decaffeinated 300 ml carton coffeeflavoured milk 1 cup cocoa CHOCOLATE 30 g dark chocolate 30 g milk chocolate OVER-THE-COUNTER STIMULANTS No Doze

BRITTLE BONES High intakes of caffeine promote the loss of calcium by ‘dragging’ calcium out of the body via the urine. If you continually overdo caffeine, your bones will eventually suffer, which may predispose you to osteoporosis in later life. The results of several studies reveal, however, that this applies when calcium intake is already low; coffee posed no increased threat to women who consumed at least one glass of milk a day. ULCERS Caffeine increases the amount of acid produced by the stomach, which can irritate the stomach lining or worsen any existing ulcers. Cutting back is a good idea here.

C AT H E R I N E S A X E L B Y ’ S C O M P L E T E F O O D A N D N U T R I T I O N C O M PA N I O N

60 120 80–120 60–120 60–80 2–5

60 10–50 30–50 0 0 80 35–45 0 40 5–20 20–30 2–10

100 *Keep in mind that figures like these give average values only. The caffeine content in coffee, for example, varies depending on the type of beans, how it was made and how strong it is. In tea, the type of tea leaves and how long it was brewed for are contributing factors.

CSC_Wraps 1_HG.indd 1

23/04/12 4:21 PM

CSC_Wraps 1_HG.indd 2

23/04/12 4:21 PM

CSC_Wraps 1_HG.indd 3

23/04/12 4:21 PM

CSC_Wraps 1_HG.indd 4

23/04/12 4:21 PM

CSC_Wraps 2_HG.indd 1

23/04/12 4:22 PM

CSC_Wraps 2_HG.indd 4

23/04/12 4:22 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Happy Food Fast, Fresh, Simple Vegan Bettina Campolucci Bordi Gorgeous vegan recipes to make your eyes and your taste buds sing with joy. In Happy Food, Bettina Campolucci Bordi shares a collection of easy and delicious plant-based recipes that anyone can incorporate into their busy life. Whether you’re looking to eat more veggies or have decided to turn vegan but don’t want to compromise on taste, this is the book for you.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$36.99

ISBN

9781784881573

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

248 x 190 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Bettina’s philosophies are simple: she believes that food is meant to make you happy! Whether it’s love at first sight because a dish looks so colourful and delicious, or at the first hit of flavours when they burst into your mouth, everything you eat should put a smile on your face. With recipes including Hearty Buckwheat Waffles, a tasty Korean Pancake, a delicious yet quick One Pot Curry in a Hurry, and the decadent Hazelnut Bites, Bettina proves that nutritious food doesn’t have to be restrictive. Happy Food is designed to take you through your busy day by including ideas for breakfast, lunch, dinner, meals for one, desserts and snacks, and will easily meet the needs of any modern household Inspired by food from the countries where Bettina has lived and worked – Tanzania, Sweden, Italy, Spain and Bulgaria – this is vegan food to make you smile!

Author Details Bettina Campolucci Bordi was born in Denmark but brought up in Tanzania to a Norwegian father and Danish-Bulgarian mother. After working in the food and beverage industry for a demanding 10 years, and faced with a diagnosis of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome and endometriosis, Bettina quit her job and researched natural ways to heal her body and mind. This led to her founding her wildly successful blog, Bettinaskitchen.com.

Key Information • • • • • • • •

The perfect cookbook for #MeatFreeMonday and those looking to reduce their meat intake. Bettina is Jamie's Food Revolution Super Ambassador. All the recipes are plant-based, gluten-free and refined-sugar-free. Bettina has over 100,000 followers on Instagram, who love the beautifully shot food and lifestyle photography. Bettina's recipes regularly feature in Marie Claire (UK), Red and jamieoliver.com. Visit Bettina's blog, bettinaskitchen.com, and take the seven-day plant-based challenge for yourself! Includes easy recipes for two that can easily be adapted for more, and uses ingredients that can easily be sourced in your local supermarket. Publicity campaign on release including interviews and extracts in food media.

BATCH COOK ABLE

FREEZABLE

L ASTS FOR 3+ DAYS IN THE FRIDGE

BEETROOT QUINOA, HERBED MACADAMIA WITH CHEESE & ORANGE DRESSING A brightly coloured, bound to impress salad platter. Another Retreat favourite eaten on a hot summer’s day or when wanting and needing a more substantial salad.

Serves 4 1 batch Nut cheese For coating the cheese 1 tablespoon mint 1 tablespoon each parsley and basil pink Himalayan salt and pepper, to taste For the beetroot quinoa 4 small beetroots (beets) 440 g / 1 lb / 2 cups quinoa 2 oranges, sliced bunch of mint leaves For the salad Butter gem lettuce Endives (purple and green) Big Batch dressing

Use a fresh batch of macadamia nut cheese or let it ferment for a day. (The difference between leaving it to ferment or not is the added benefits of the probiotics and the acidic ‘cheesy’ taste it gets from the fermentation process.) Then add salt, pepper and lemon juice to the cheese until you have a good balance between salty and acidic. Roll out a big piece of cling film (plastic wrap) and add all your cheese mixture to it – you can choose whether you would like a skinny cheese roll or a bigger one. I always find it is nicer to have bite-sized pieces, meaning a skinnier and longer cheese sausage. Once rolled, let it set in the fridge for an hour. After an hour, or when it has set, unwrap the ‘sausage’ from the cling film. Chop all the herbs on a chopping board or plate, and roll the nut cheese sausage in them, then slice into discs. Put the beetroots in a big pan of water with a pinch of salt and let them boil for about an hour until soft. Cool, then puree in a blender until smooth. Set aside. Cook the quinoa according to the packet instructions. Make sure you don’t use too much water. I like using the ratio of 1 cup of quinoa to 1 cup of water. I start by letting the water boil, then add the quinoa, put the temperature right down, cover and cook until all the water has disappeared. Once the quinoa is fluffy and ready, set aside to cool. Once cool, gently fold in the beetroot puree into the pan until all of the quinoa has been covered. Put together the salad by plating the salad leaves and topping with the beetroot quinoa, the orange slices, mint leaves, sliced herbed nut cheese and drizzle with zesty dressing. 4

Happy Start

BATCH COOK ABLE

FREEZABLE

L ASTS FOR 3+ DAYS IN THE FRIDGE

BANANA PANCAKES WITH HOME-MADE NUT-ELLA One of my all-time favourite breakfasts. The grated apple adds sweetness to the batter and the caramelised bananas make these pancakes irresistible. Perfect for a lazy weekend morning, or you can batch-cook them and keep them, covered, in the fridge so you have breakfast sorted for a few days.

CAN BE NUT-FREE IF YOU USE COCONUT MILK INSTEAD OF ALMOND IN THE BATTER

Makes 6 small pancakes, serves 2 140 g / 5 oz / generous 1 cup gluten-free flour mix 250 ml / 8 fl oz / 1 cup almond milk or other plant milk 1/2 teaspoon baking powder pinch of salt 1/2 grated apple 1/2 vanilla pod (bean), scraped, or 1/2 teaspoon powdered vanilla pod 1 tablespoon coconut oil, for frying 1–2 ripe bananas, sliced into rounds For the nut-ella (makes a 700 g jar) 300 g / 10 oz / 2 cups hazelnuts 250 ml / 8 fl oz / 1 cup coconut oil 3–4 tablespoons maple syrup or honey 3 tablespoons cacao powder 1/2 vanilla pod (bean), scraped, or 1/2 teaspoon ground vanilla pod To serve fresh fruit and berries coconut yogurt (shop-bought or home-made drizzle of maple syrup nuts and seeds

Start with the nut-ella. Place the hazelnuts in a blender and blitz until fine. Then add the rest of the ingredients and blend to a smooth chocolate paste. Spoon into a clean glass jar or container and set aside. Add all the pancake ingredients, except the coconut oil and bananas, to a bowl and mix until you get a lovely thick pancake batter. Using a pastry brush or kitchen paper (paper towel), rub a non-stick frying pan (skillet) with an even layer of coconut oil and pop on medium heat. Ladle in enough batter to make three small pancakes, arrange some banana slices on top and gently push them into the batter. Cook the pancakes for 4–5 minutes until the batter sets, then gently flip the pancakes and cook for another 4–5 minutes until the bananas have caramelised and the pancakes are cooked through. Remove and keep warm. Repeat with the remaining batter and bananas until both are used up. Serve the pancakes warm with a dollop of home-made nut-ella and fresh fruits. I also love adding a dollop of coconut yogurt, a cheeky drizzle of maple syrup and some nuts or seeds. 6

Happy Start

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Long and the Short of Pasta A Collection of Treasured Italian Dishes Giancarlo Caldesi and Katie Caldesi Taking inspiration from the past Caldesi books, this collection showcases the best Italian pastas. Including hearty ragus, sumptuous seafood pastas, and sauces that come together in a snap. The Long and the Short of Pastashowcases the best Italian pastas from across the country. With dishes from Tuscany to Rome, this book brings to life the soul of Italy. Katie and Giancarlo Caldesi bring together a collection of incredible pasta dishes inspired by their lifetime travelling Italy and cooking Italian food. Enjoy dishes such as a Roman potato gnocchi in a tomato sauce, spaghetti with sardine and wild fennel sauce from Sicily and scialatielli with a porcini and pancetta sauce from the Amalfi Coast. Covering the basics of making fresh pasta and the perfect sauces to pair them with, this will give anyone the confidence to master the art of Italy’s most beloved ingredient.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$36.99

As with all of the Caldesi’s books, it will include gorgeous photographs of the Italian landscape and city portraits paired with personal travel musings and historical anecdotes about the origins of the recipes.

ISBN

9781784881696

Author Details

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Key Information

Format

247 x 198 mm

•

Extent

176pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Katie and Giancarlo Caldesi are the owners of London’s Caffé Caldesi, Caldesi in Campagna in Bray, and the Marylebone La Cucina Caldesi cooking school. They are undisputed experts in Italian food and have taught alongside some of the biggest names in Italian cuisine, including Gennaro Contaldo, Ursula Ferrigno and Valentina Harris.

•

Over 70 recipes showcasing the best pasta dishes and sauces from around Italy. Basic tutorials for making fresh pasta from scratch, including gluten-free. Quick dishes that come together while the pasta is cooking. Beautiful photographs from Helen Cathcart.

The Long & THE Short of Pasta Pasta is a feeling as well as a fuel. In our opinion there is nothing quite so satisfying to eat as a bowl of hot pasta clinging to a rich, intense sauce â&#x20AC;&#x201C; from the aroma of the sauce warming in the pan, the look of a dish that will surely quash your hunger to the first bite into al dente pasta that slides easily from fork to mouth.

Quick Pasta Recipes There are many recipes for quick sauces that cook in the time it takes to cook the pasta. In the Naples area they are described as sciué sciué, pronounced ‘shway, shway’ which although sounds Chinese is actually a Neapolitan way of saying ‘quick, quick’! Most sauces are made with the abundant local produce so there are many clever inventions using anchovies and lemons. Some are so simple that they are more a combination of ingredients rather than an actual recipe. Each time we spoke to an Amalfitano they would come up with yet another delicious pasta sauce, probably devised by their mother.

Roscioli’s Carbonara (Carbonara di Roscioli) SERVES 4 250 g (9 oz) guanciale, or unsmoked rindless pancetta or streaky bacon plus 1 tablespoon pork fat or olive oil 320 g (11½ oz) spaghetti 4 large egg yolks 1 large egg white good pinch of salt 1 teaspoon freshly ground Sarawak, Sichuan or black pepper 200 g (7 oz) Pecorino Romano or Parmigiano Reggiano, finely grated

I have eaten a lot of carbonara in Rome in the name of perfecting this recipe, so I hope my larger dress size is worth it! Some have been too cloying, others are bland, a few tasted of cinnamon (a coating used on some cured meats) and many are served with chewy guanciale, the cured, fatty pork cheek that gives this dish its flavour. The best carbonara in Rome that we found was at Roscioli followed by a close second at Felice in Testaccio. Roscioli have the best guanciale, they use unusual crushed peppercorns and bright yellow eggs from corn-fed chickens. Equally perfect bowls of this famous pasta can be made at home with pancetta or good-quality streaky bacon, thickly sliced from a good butcher. Make sure it is fatty and for extra flavour use a tablespoon of rendered pork fat. Alessandro Roscioli uses an iron frying pan to crisp up the cubes of guanciale so that they are crunchy on the outside and soft on the inside; they become like the best pork scratchings you have ever munched on, all combined with pasta in a peppery cheese coating. Incidentally, carbonara is named after the carbonari: the charcoal men who fed themselves on the cured meat, cheese and pasta they carried with them into the forest. Presumably black specks of charcoal gave it extra flavor although now they are replaced with pepper. Cut the guanciale or bacon into 1 cm (½ in) cubes. Put them into a frying pan with the fat, if using (if you are using guanciale you won’t need any extra fat), over a low heat for around 15–20 minutes or until each piece crisps up and releases its fat. Remove from the heat and set aside. Cook the spaghetti in a large pan of well-salted boiling water until al dente. While the pasta is cooking, beat the egg yolks and white together in a large bowl. Add the salt, pepper and 150 g (5 oz) of the cheese. Once the pasta is cooked, drain it into a colander and using tongs add it in 4 batches to the egg mixture, tossing it together to combine. Adding it a little at a time will prevent the eggs from scrambling. Finally, tip the bacon and fat into the bowl and toss again. Serve straight away in hot bowls scattered with the remaining cheese.

Quick Pasta Recipes

Pasta with Caldesi Sauce (Pasta al Sugo del Caldesi)

SERVES 6

The most popular pasta at our restaurant in London, Caldesi, in Marylebone, is Giancarlo’s favourite, the Linguine Caldesi. In this case, the tomato sauce on page 72 is given a touch of heat with chilli and then cooled down with double cream, before being stirred into hot linguine. Our children still love it this way, so I often make it with linguine for them and roasted vegetables for us. We often use roasted vegetables as a base for sauces in place of pasta. It makes for a lighter meal at lunchtime and is a really delicious way to eat traditional Italian sauces such tomato or ragù, if you can’t eat pasta. Heat the tomato sauce with the chilli and cream in a frying pan until bubbling and hot. Taste and season, adjusting the heat of the chilli as necessary. Meanwhile, cook the pasta according to the packet instructions (see page 19 for how to cook dried pasta) and time it so the pasta will be just cooked when the sauce is ready. Once the sauce is ready, stir in the freshly cooked pasta and serve in warmed bowls. Dress with a swirl of good-quality olive oil, top with a basil leaf, and scatter over the grated Parmesan.

Quick Pasta Recipes

1 quantity of Our Favourite Tomato Sauce (see page 72) ½ teaspoon dried chilli flakes 3 tablespoons double (heavy) cream salt and freshly ground black pepper 480 g (17 oz) dried pasta, such as linguine good-quality extra-virgin olive oil a few basil leaves 25 g (1 oz) grated Parmesan

Courgette & Tomato RagU (Ragù di Zucchine e Pomodoro) SERVES 6

Poor Man’s RagU We were shown this sauce of a reduced soffritto by Giancarlo’s cousin, Tiziana Caldesi. It is known as a ‘lying sauce’ as it is similar to a meat ragù and was made to dress pasta when there was no meat available. It is a good vegetarian option that we sometimes serve if we are having a ragù. Finely chop the carrot, celery, onion and parsley, by hand or in a food processor (if you use the latter, make sure you don’t end up with a paste). Heat the oil in a large frying pan over a medium heat. Add the garlic, if using, and fry for 1 minute. Stir in the remaining ingredients, and season. Sweat the vegetables over a low heat, stirring and shaking the pan frequently, for 30 minutes or until the vegetables have softened. The colours will have changed from bright and sharp to soft and golden. Then add the tomato passata and cook it for a further 30 minutes. Serve the ragù with freshly cooked and drained short pasta, such as penne, and finish with a sprinkling of finely grated parmesan.

Vegetables/Herbs/Cheese

SERVES 6–8 150 g (5 oz) carrots (2–3 medium carrots) 150 g (5 oz) celery (2–3 stalks), with a few leaves if you have them 150 g (5 oz) white onion (1 medium onions) handful of parsley with soft stalks, finely chopped 150 ml (5 fl oz/⅔ cup) extra-virgin olive oil fresh chilli, finely chopped, or dried chilli flakes, to taste salt 400 g (14 oz) tomato passata

6 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil 1 onion, peeled and roughly chopped 2 garlic cloves, peeled and lightly crushed 350 g (12 oz) courgettes (zucchini), sliced into rounds (a mixture of green and yellow, if possible) salt and freshly ground black pepper 200 g (7 oz) ripe, flavourful tomatoes (round, cherry or plum), cut into 1 cm (½ in) cubes 125 g (4 oz) mozzarella, roughly torn 15 g (½ oz) parsley, roughly chopped 15 g (½ oz) basil leaves, roughly torn

This delicately flavoured dish is a little like a French ratatouille. It is best made with summer produce to really appreciate the flavours. I like to eat it in a bowl for a quick lunch or serve it as a side dish for grilled meats. If you leave out the cheese it is lovely with grilled fish, too. Alternatively, add a poached egg and call it breakfast, or stir in some hot pasta shells and it will be a perfect pasta sauce. It keeps well for a couple of days in the fridge and is easily warmed through on the hob or in the microwave, making it a perfect lunchtime meal. Heat the oil in a large non-stick frying pan over a medium heat. Add the onion and garlic and fry for about 10 minutes until the onion is translucent. Add the diced courgettes to the pan, season with salt and pepper, and toss through. Cook the courgettes for a few minutes, stirring frequently, until they start to become golden. Stir in the tomatoes and cook for a couple of minutes until they have just begun to soften and the courgettes are al dente. Serve straight away with freshly cooked and drained pasta shells, while the courgettes and tomatoes are still steaming hot, topped with the mozzarella and herbs.

Vegetables/Herbs/Cheese

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Road Atlas of Australia 5th ed UBD Gregory's This latest edition of the Road Atlas of Australia features Australia-wide coverage, with more than 140 maps included. You'll find holiday region maps, inter-city route maps, capital city CBD and suburban maps. Other features include extensive distance charts, national park charts showing facilities, comprehensive maps for 48 touring regions, useful touring information and lists of major attractions for all capital cities and touring regions, plus a wealth of colour photographs and a comprehensive index. With spiral binding and a plastic jacket, this is the ideal mapping product to keep in your car.

Key Information • • • •

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Spiral

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$34.99

ISBN

9780731931040

Publisher

Hardie Grant Travel

Imprint

UBD Gregory's

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

275 x 175 mm

Extent

312pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Spiral-bound and medium format for easy handling. An invaluable atlas to take with you on the road, including touring information and photos. Detailed mapping for all capital cities, major tourist regions, states and territories. Comprehensive Australian route maps and distance charts.

The Little Book of House Plants and Other Greenery Emma Sibley House plants are having a moment. Inexpensive to purchase, easy to care for and a statement in any space they inhabit, growing these plants is virtually foolproof. The Little Book of House Plants and Other Greenery is a source of green inspiration for small-space gardening, featuring a directory of 60 of the most popular varieties of foliage to own. From dramatic palms and tropical leafy wonders to beautiful ferns and flowering potted plants – this book covers everything you need to know about nurturing and growing your own.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781787131712

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

180 x 160 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Each of the 60 plants is accompanied by luscious photography and an easy-to-follow breakdown of all the essential requirements for that variety. This includes details on size, growth and flowering, along with any extra tips on caring for that specific plant.

Author Details Emma Sibley has had a keen interest in horticulture from a young age and after studying Surface Design at university, her career moved into plants. She took a number of short courses to increase her knowledge and love of all things green. Emma runs a growing start-up business called London Terrariums where she offers workshops, interior displays and private commissions. She has recently opened a shop in Nunhead, London where she sells houseplants and gardening tools. Emma is the author of the much-loved and very Instagrammable The Little Book of Cacti and Other Succulents.

Key Information • • • • •

A directory of 60 popular varieties of house plants and indoor foliage to add a statement to your home. Fun photography throughout shows the unique character of every plant. Expert advice on general care for each plant plus tips on repotting, pruning and propagating. The perfect gift for a plant-loving friend or satisfying self-purchase for anyone wanting to grow their indoor plant collection. The follow-up to The Little Book of Cacti and Other Succulents (2017) – sales of 3000.

I would love to dedicate this book to my grandparents, Ben and Ethel Howard, for passing on their green fingers to me.

CO N T EN T S 6 9 10 12 14 16 138 141 142 143

I N T RO D U C T I O N C H O O S I N G YO U R P L A N T S P OT TING AND TO OL S P R O PA G AT I O N T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G H O U S E P L A N T S A N D O T H E R G R E E N E RY INDEX G L O S S A RY SUPPLIERS A B O U T T H E AU T H O R

C H O O S I N G YO U R P L A N T S When it comes to purchasing the right plant it is best to do it in person. There are a few online retailers now that can post plants straight to your door, but as convenient as this can be I think it is best to visit your local nursery, garden centre or plant shop where you will be able to pick out what you want from the selection and chat to the people who work there to make sure you are getting the right plant for your home. When you have chosen your plant, now is the time to check for any signs of disease (browning leaves or yellow dots) or visible pests, as you do not want a diseased plant or to risk affecting the rest of your collection. Buying house plants can be addictive. You never seem to have enough and there is always room for one more! You will find plants that like to sit next to each other: ferns and Calathea can be friends because they both like high humidity so will enjoy a good misting, and Begonias do not like getting too much water on their leaves, so will benefit from being placed away from the ferns. Use your hanging and trailing plants to break up your bookshelf or display them from a ceiling hook. It is always important to give each plant enough room to grow, as you donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t want the aerial roots from your giant Monstera to start creeping into the pots of your smaller plants, others such as the Paper Plant like plenty of room to extend their long arms without obstruction. A large collection is great but make sure you have the correct space and enough light to keep everyone happy! 9

This may be one of the most resilient and hardy house plants you can find â&#x20AC;&#x201C; when looking at a Zanzibar Gem one could actually mistake it for a plastic plant. It is made up of individual stems which can each grow up to 1.6m (5ft) in height, and each is lined with glossy, rubberlike leaves. This house plant can tolerate the highest and lowest of light conditions as well as doing very well in drought, if you are not regular at watering your plants! However, like most plants it does have its preferences.

Z A N Z IBA R G E M Z AMIO CULCA S Z AMIIFOLIA LIGHT:

As mentioned this plant will do well in low lighting but to maximise growth and the glossy leaves, it would be ideal to place it in a bright location, avoiding direct sun.

WAT E R :

It is better to underwater than overwater your Zanzibar Gem. Water once a week in the summer months, allowing the top layer of compost to dry out in between watering. Water more sparingly during winter and do not worry too much about misting as it is not too fussed about a humid environment.

PROPAGATION :

This plant is very easy to propagate as it is made up of rhizomes which can be separated at the root when repotting. It does not mind being root-bound so the likelihood of you needing to repot more than every few years is low. 117

One of the house plants that likes to take on a false identity, this Cycad is palm-like in appearance, but is not related to the true palms, such as the Kentia or Reed Palms. As it is an extremely slow-growing plant you will need to invest time to enjoy its one-leaf-per-year development. However itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s worth the wait as after a while you will be witness to the symmetry of a dark green rosette of spiky, arching leaves.

JAPANE SE S AG O PA L M C Y C A S R E V O L U TA

136

LIGHT:

Cycads prefer a bright, sunny spot, which will encourage strong and stable root growth. They will also tolerate a low light.

WAT E R :

This palm will not respond well to too much water, so water once a week. Make sure it is planted in free-draining compost and allow it to to dry out fully between watering. Cycads do not require a high humidity, so misting is not necessary.

P RO PAGAT I O N :

Seeds from this palm can take months to germinate and years to grow into a tree. Mature plants will grow offsets called pups which can be separated and planted into their own pots.

WAT C H O U T FOR:

This palm is poisonous to pets so avoid if you have a cat or dog.

One of the most recognisable foliage plants, Ivy is usually found growing outside, but as long as you know what makes this trailing plant happy it will grow well in your home, too. Ivy is a climbing plant so it is best to use a hanging basket or moss stick to train the stems, and watch out for the aerial roots, as Ivy tends to try and cling to any surface around it.

IV Y

122

HEDER A HELIX

LIGHT:

The most important factor to consider when growing Ivy indoors is light. All Ivy requires lots of light: the brighter the better. Variegated cultivars will require less light but be aware that the less light it gets the less pronounced the variegated pattern will be. Lack of light will also cause your plant to become â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;leggyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; and maybe more prone to pests.

WAT E R :

Keep the soil on the dry side when watering your Ivy as it does not like to be left standing in water and must have adequate drainage. Throughout the summer months water your Ivy once a week when the compost is dry to the touch. During winter, decrease the watering to once every two weeks or again wait until the soil has dried out.

G RO W T H AND CARE:

Help your Ivy thrive indoors by misting its leaves regularly and protecting it from cold draughts and heating vents. Misting will help keep spider mites at bay and wash the leaves will get rid of any dust or pests.

PRO PAGAT I O N T H E P R O C E S S O F C R E AT I N G N E W P L A N T S F RO M A CU T T I N G , AN OFFSET OR A SEED.

Propagation is the process of creating new plants from a cutting or by separating the plant at the repotting stage. You can also propagate plants from seed, but this is a lengthier process, so we are just going to concentrate on the first two methods. CUT TINGS

Many plants such as Pilea, Saxifraga and Spider Plants produce pups or offshoots (small shoots of themselves), which are found from shoots or nestled into the main stem of the parent. Once they start to root, they can be cut off and placed in a new pot with some potting compost and will quickly grow to become a parent plant themselves. Both leaf and stem cuttings can also be very successful for propagation. Simply trim the leaf or stem a few centimetres below the growing point and place in a cup of water. Within a few weeks you should be able to see a new root network growing from the bottom of the stem, which can then be planted in potting compost.

S E PA R AT I N G Y O U R P L A N T

Plants that are made up of lots of individual stems or clumps, such as Asparagus Ferns or Calathea, can easily be separated when repotting to create more plants. Repot your plants in early spring just before the main growing season, as this will give the new plantlets the best chance once separated. Gently take the plant out of the pot and dust off as much compost as possible; this will make it easier to separate the roots without too much damage. A sharp blade can be handy here to carefully separate the plants, but as long as each section carries a healthy amount of roots and leaves they will be happy transferring to their new pots. Once in their new pot keep the soil moist until the plant is properly established.

This sweet little plant has one special feature: as soon as its delicate leaves are touched during the day they rapidly fold up and the stems start to droop, taking about an hour to recover! This will, however, also happen naturally in the evening. An easy plant to look after, the Mimosa pudica will also produce the most beautiful fluffy pink ball flowers through the summer months.

SENSITIVE PL ANT

108

MIMOSA PUDICA

LIGHT:

Although known as the Sensitive Plant due to its responsive leaves, this should not be taken into account when it comes to how much light to give it. Your plant will thrive in bright light and can also take small amounts of direct sunlight.

WAT E R :

The compost should ideally be kept damp through the summer months, without overwatering. During winter keep watering to a minimum and allow the compost to slightly dry out between waterings.

HUMIDITY:

The Mimosa enjoys a high humidity so regular misting of the leaves is advised, especially during winter when the central heating can really dry them out.

P RU N I N G :

Prune your Mimosa regularly to keep it full and prevent it from becoming leggy.

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781849499149

Batched & Bottled Cocktails to Make Ahead Max Venning and Noel Venning Sick of standing in the corner making cocktails while everyone else is having fun? Fed up of having to buy loads of expensive spirits and bitters? Just want to pour a delicious cocktail any time, any place? Batched & Bottled features 50 of the best recipes for batched and bottled cocktails – cocktails you can pre-make and bottle, and either pour straight over ice or leave to mature for an hour, a month or even a year. You’ll have cocktails you can drink when you get in from work, or bottles you can crack open come Christmas/summer/birthday/Friday. From negronis and manhattans to more complex concoctions you can infuse with botanicals or fermented ingredients, the recipes follow the seasons and range from simple, stir-through mixes, to more elaborate drinks that require kitchen prep. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787131552

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

233 x 166 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Max and Noel Venning are the brothers behind Three Sheets Bar in Dalston, London which serves batched cocktails including the revered French 75. Max was formerly operations manager at The Drinks Factory (Tony Conigliaro’s experimental lab) and ran 69 Colebrooke Row and Bar Termini. Noel formerly ran Crazy Pedro’s – a fun-time cocktail bar in Manchester.

Key Information • • •

Forget faffing with a cocktail shaker: make your drinks ahead and enjoy the party. The first book to market on this trending subject. 50 inventive and beautifully photographed ideas.

CONTENTS 4

INTRODUCTION

EQUIPMENT & TECHNIQUES

SPRING

SUMMER

105 AUTUMN 135 WINTER 184 INDEX 190

THANK YOU

a b o u t us We are brothers. We’re Northern lads who grew up in Manchester, which has definitely had an impact on our style of hospitality. We are firm believers that everyone should be welcome at our bar and that’s why we enjoyed opening it in east London, with its rich history and character. Both of us slipped into bartending as a consequence of going to university. Max used bartending to help with finances while studying in Edinburgh. I got into bartending when university didn’t pan out as expected. We also both worked at the same local boozer in Manchester to earn some extra cash. It was a real salt-of-the-earth place: no frills, lots of spills and a fair few bellyaches. We’ll introduce each other: it’s probably the only time we’ll ever say anything nice about each other in print, so I guess this one’s for you, Mum. NOEL

by Max

He started his career, properly, in Manchester, after messing around for a few years with uni. Noel has a strong grasp on what’s important in a bar: keeping people happy, and looking at the bigger picture; music, lighting and mood is what makes people come back. Hopefully this book shows that drinks can be pretty easy to get right, but creating a good atmosphere is something you need a talent for, and he gets it, in his own grumpy way. MAX

by Noel

Max started working in bars in Edinburgh at a hotel called Rick’s. He then moved back to Manchester after finishing university and continued his journey into the cocktail world at some of the city’s best bars. He was one of the top bartenders who worked at the legendary Socio Rehab. He then moved to London to work at the inimitable 69 Colebrooke Row under industry great Tony Conigliaro. As I’ve started to learn, he’s always trying to sod off for a few days on a ‘work’ trip: he’s had opportunities to travel pretty extensively, experiencing the global drinks and food industry, which was valuable when we were trying to figure out what to do with our own bar. It was early 2016 when Max called me with the idea of opening our own place in London. I said yes almost instantly. It moved forward rapidly – let’s just say we begged and borrowed to scrape together the money – and six months later Three Sheets was open. And now we wouldn’t change a thing.

SPRING

Rhubarb & Grape Some things are worth waiting for, and the fermented rhubarb cordial in this recipe is most definitely one of them. It makes good use of fantastic fresh produce, and once you’ve stabilised the fermented rhubarb with sugar and citric acid, it’ll last for a few months in the fridge. Meaning you can enjoy that flavour for much longer than just the season.

– 300g/12oz rhubarb stalks – 3g/¾ tsp White Labs dried champagne yeast (or another wine yeast) – 1.5 litre/60oz water – Caster (superfine) sugar – Citric acid powder (see Eko Mail introduction, p44)

SPRING

Fermented rhubarb cordial

– Kilner jar or similar airtight, non-reactive container, at least 2 litre/80oz – Cheesecloth or clean tea towel (dish towel) – Elastic band – Funnel – Coffee filter – Jug, at least 2 litre/80oz jug

To bottle – 350ml/14oz El Gobernador pisco – 150ml/6oz fermented rhubarb cordial – Sterilised bottle, at least 500ml/20oz

To serve – Soda water – Long strips of rhubarb stalk, removed with a peeler, to garnish

SPRING

TO MAKE THE RHUBARB CORDIAL 1. Chop the rhubarb into small pieces about 1cm/½inch in length. 2. Put in the Kilner jar with the yeast, then pour in the water and stir. 3. Cover with cheesecloth and secure with an elastic band, close the lid. 4. Store in a dark place. Leave for 5–7 days to ferment, tasting daily after 2 days. You’ll know when it is ready when it tastes like complex, acidic rhubarb juice. The longer you leave it the stronger the acid levels will become, until the liquid turns and tastes ‘off ’. Before any vinegar flavours become too pronounced, strain through the coffee filter into the jug (see p12) that is on some digital scales. 5. Once strained, weigh the liquid (see p12). To avoid confusion, work out how much sugar and acid you will need for the next step before adding anything. 6. Add 150% of the strained weight in sugar. 7. Add 2.5% of the strained weight in citric acid. 8. Stir until all the sugar has dissolved. This will take a little while so feel free to stir, walk away, come back and stir some more. BOT TLE Pour the pisco and fermented rhubarb cordial into the bottle. Store in the fridge. It will keep for 2 months. GLASS SERVE 1. Slide a strip of rhubarb stalk around the inside of each glass.

2. Fill with ice. 3. Pour a large measure of cocktail in and top with soda.

1. Chop the peaches into quarters and add to the Kilner jar with their stones and the yeast, then add the water and give it a stir. 2. Cover with cheesecloth or a clean tea towel and an elastic band. Leave it in a warm dry place for 5–7 days to ferment. 3. At first, taste every day, as peaches have a tendency to turn quite quickly. Toward the end, taste it twice a day. You’re looking for notes of vinegar and a reduction in sweetness – but if you detect any ‘off ’ flavours, it’s time to stop. 4. When you have a delicious, complex and floral peach juice, strain it through the coffee filter into the jug (see p12) that is on some digital scales. 5. Weigh the strained juice, then add 70% of the strained weight in caster sugar (see p12). 6. Stir until the sugar dissolves. Then add malic acid to taste, but in small amounts, working up, as the cordial is quite delicate. 7. When you are happy with the balance of sugar and acidity, pour into the bottle and seal. Store in the fridge. It will keep for 1 month.

SPRING

TO MAKE THE PEACH CORDIAL

JUG SERVE 1. Fill the jug with ice then

add the peach cordial and top with the prosecco. 2. Stir gently to mix. 3. Pour the mixture into ice-filled wine glasses. 4. Garnish with a bay leaf, or another aromatic herb.

TIP A splash of the cordial is great over thick and creamy vanilla cheesecake.

BATCH 1. The day before you want to serve this, fill a few plastic Tupperwaretype tubs with water and put in the freezer, to create large blocks of ice for the punch. 2. A few hours before you want to serve, simply add all the ingredients to your chosen punch bowl and stick it in the fridge to get it nice and cold. It will keep for 24 hours.

the fridge, and get the large ice blocks out of the freezer and place in the bowl. 2. Get extravagant with the garnishes: as it is a centrepiece, you can go overboard with edible flowers, seasonal fruit and mint sprigs. If you canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t get hold of fancy garnishes, citrus wheels look great bobbing just under the surface along with mint sprigs and berries. 3. Just leave a ladle in the bowl and let your guests help themselves.

SPRING

BOWL SERVE 1. Pull the bowl out of

TIPS This recipe, like most punches,

will still be delicious with different spirits. So, feel free to swap the bourbon for gin, rum, cognac, vodka or whatever you prefer. The same goes for the liqueur. Maraschino is a cherry liqueur, but can be changed for a liqueur of your choice. You can also play around with the tea element. Earl Grey is used here as it has floral notes that work well with maraschino. But try rum with Assam tea and peach liqueur, or Scotch, lapsang souchong and apricot, or even tequila, green tea and pear liqueur.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Juniper: The Happiest Fox Jessika Coker Calling all animal lovers! Juniper: The Happiest Fox is a heartwarming book about a happy-go-lucky fox named Juniper, and the amazing life she leads. With gorgeous photos and a charming narrative about Juniper's life, this book will capture the heart of any animal lover. Juniper's story chronicles her real-life Fox and the Hound relationship with a dog named Moose, the hilarious shenanigans she regularly gets herself into, as well as how she began her artistic adventures (she paints with her paws!). With her signature snaggletooth smile, Juniper reminds us that there is always something to be happy about; you just have to know where to look. Please note early release date of April 1. Publication

01 April 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452167602

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Gift

Format

203 x 178 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

150 full-colour photos throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Jessika Coker is an artist, entrepreneur, and the owner of Juniper. She handles all of Juniper's social media, and is currently starting an animal sanctuary in the south.

Key Information • •

• • •

Juniper has 1.5 million followers on Instagram and over 360,000 followers on Facebook, many are Australian fans. Not only does Juniper have a lot of followers, she has a very strong brand identity. Her website has a personality profile, as well as a section where you can buy her art, t-shirts with her face on them, and more, so fans know what to expect from Juniper. Juniper has been featured on a number of sites. To name a few: Time Magazine, Huffington Post, Buzzfeed, People Magazine, AOL, Daily Mail, Metro UK, The Dodo, etc. Juniper is a unique pet who will make a splash in the crowded pet book market. Juniper and Moose's real-life Fox and the Hound relationship will appeal to those fans.

Juniper

INTRODUCTION

nce upon a time, not so very long ago, tucked

far away inside a wooden box, a mother fox

gave birth to a small litter of kits. You may think

that there is nothing magical about a litter of foxes. Animals are born every day. In that litter, however, there was something magical. In that litter of

foxes, hiding underneath her brothers and sisters, was the smallest fox of all. A tiny bundle of tawny brown fur. And while it wasnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t apparent then, the world would soon find out just how remarkable she really was.

The Happiest Fox

Juniper

IT WASNâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;T LONG BEFORE THE KITS

began to grow, and so did the runt. She became stronger every day, but was more timid than the other foxes, often preferring the company of her human caretaker to her siblings. One by one, the other fox kits found homes in sanctuaries. Most of them became ambassadors, foxes that work with humans to educate the public about the species. But the tiniest fox remained. Then, on one warm May day, she finally met the girl who would cherish her for the remainder of her life: me. Shy and still small enough to fit in my hand, the baby foxâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s sparkling dark eyes looked up to meet my gaze. Little did the tiny fox know, her whole world was about to change.

The Happiest Fox

Juniper

beneath the dogâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s huge paws. She could hardly contain herself. She loved this strange, silly creature. Her tail began to wag and she bounded after him, tripping over the tall blades of grass along the way. She was home. THE FIRST WEEK SHE WAS WITH US,

I barely slept. Since she was still only a few weeks

old, she required constant care and needed to be fed every few hours. Between her squeals for attention and my alarm screaming throughout the night (reminding me that it was time to feed her), it was as if I had a newborn. She was generations from being a wild fox, but she still possessed some of the tendencies of her wild counterparts, and I

The Happiest Fox

Her tail began to wag and she bounded after him, tripping over the tall blades of grass along the way. She was home.

Juniper

training under control. Red foxes, however, are avid markers. They will mark food, toys, their beds, your bed. Pretty much anything they feel is theirs. Their food and water dishes are no exception. I knew this habit would be nearly impossible to break since it’s very natural for foxes in the wild. Once a fox pees on something, it’s incredibly difficult to get the smell out. I began to notice that I could smell Juniper as soon as I opened the front door. I’d steam clean the carpets regularly, light candles, use wax burners, anything to help with the smell, but it couldn’t be conquered until she understood that she couldn’t just pee anywhere she pleased. Eventually, I learned that I could trick Juniper into going in her litter box by placing plants with strong odors on top of

The Happiest Fox

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Buster Know How: Explore Anita Ganeri Explore contains everything you will ever need to know to survive and thrive when traveling the four corners of the globe — from the ice caps of the poles to the dusty dunes of the Sahara. Kids can find out everything from: how to survive going over the Niagara Falls; how to paddle up the Zambezi; how to make a snow hole at the north pole; how to land a seaplane on lake Titicaca; how to find the source of the Nile; how to spot terrible tropical diseases, and much more. It is the perfect book for adventurous kids. This book is part of the Buster Know How series, a collection of books that teaches adventurous and imaginative kids everything they will ever need to know about getting by in this wide, whacky world.

Author Details Anita Ganeri worked in publishing for several years – first as a foreign rights manager for Walker, and later as an editor at Usborne – before becoming a freelance writer. Her first published book was a Ladybird book on 'how things work'. In total, she has written over 600 non-fiction books, at a rate of 15-20 per year. Her work on the Horrible Geography series led to her becoming a Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781780555089

Key Information

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

•

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

128 x 180 mm

Extent

230pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

The perfect book for adventurous kids, Explore contains everything you will ever need to know to survive and thrive when traveling the four corners of the globe — from the ice caps of the poles to the dusty dunes of the Sahara. Discover how to survive going over the Niagara Falls; how to paddle up the Zambezi; how to make a snow hole at the north pole; how to land a seaplane on lake Titicaca; how to find the source of the Nile; how to spot terrible tropical diseases, and much more. This book is part of the Buster Know How series, a collection of books that teaches adventurous and imaginative kids everything they will ever need to know about getting by in this wide, whacky world. Please note, this book is a reissue of The Explorers’ Handbook (2009).

HOW TO …

DRIVE A DOG TEAM ACROSS POLAR ICE You’re on an Arctic expedition to study the effects of global warming on the thickness of the ice. The Arctic is the region at the northern end of the Earth, and the Arctic Ocean around the North Pole is entirely covered in ice – perfect for indicating a rise in the Earth’s temperature.

ARCTIC TRANSPORT In order to get around on the polar ice in the Arctic, locals and explorers use dog sleds. Tiriaq is your local guide. He is an Inuit. The Inuit are the people who live in the Arctic Circle. Tiriaq teaches you exactly how to hitch your dogs to your sled and use the right commands to control their every move.

Tiriaq has been driving dog sleds for years and explains the dos and don’ts of dog-sled driving.

By measuring the rate at which the ice is melting, scientists can work out the rate at which the Earth’s temperature is increasing, as a result of global warming. Global warming is caused by humans pumping greenhouse gases, such as carbon dioxide and methane, into the atmosphere. These gases largely come from burning fossil fuels (oil, gas and coal) in power stations, factories and vehicles. Even a small rise in temperature is having a devastating effect on the Arctic, causing the ice to melt.

DOGGY DOS AND DON’TS to te n yo ur sle d, yo u’l l ne ed five of e siz e th on ing nd pe De e th ey ’re hu skies are ide al, be ca us do gs . Sib er ian or Al as ka n r co at s to prot ect th em fu k hic r-t pe su ve ha d an st ro ng , to ug h fro m th e co ld.

e sle d by t ha rn es s, at ta ch ed to th Fit ea ch do g wi th a ch es at ion ch th e do gs in a fa n fo rm a ro pe ca lle d a ‘tu gli ne’. Hit in a fa n sh ap e as th ey t ou ad re sp gs do e th at – en su rin g th a crevas se , th e ot he rs wn do lls fa g do e on if y, gs ru n. Th is wa Let th e mo st int ell ige nt do ll. we as wn do d ge ag dr do n’t get be st up id or cleve r, to o. n ca gs do s, ye – d lea e ta ke th d). te rm fo r dr ivi ng a do g sle al nic ch te e th ’s at (th Get mu sh ing get an d sh ou t ‘ Hi ke ! Hi ke !’ to d sle e th of ck ba e th St an d on co mm an ds inc lud e: th e do gs movin g. Ot he r ht ’ Ge e wh ich me an s ‘tu rn rig t’ Ha w wh ich me an s ‘tu rn lef .’ W ho a wh ich me an s ‘st op do n’t wo rr y if yo u ke ep so e, tic ac pr of s lot s ke ta yo u M us hin g do gs wi ll so on lea rn wh at e Th g. nin gin be e th in f fa llin g of ays an em erge ncy, yo u ca n alw in op st To . do to em th wa nt r at th e ba ck of th e sle d. ba e ak r b e th on wn do pu sh

TOP TIP To be a good musher, the dogs need to see you as the ‘leader of the pack’. If you’re nervous or hesitant, the dogs will become confused and won’t respond to your commands.

It’s late in the afternoon at the beginning of summer, and the air is hot and dusty. You are in a pick-up truck with a group of filmmakers and scientists known as ‘storm chasers’, in a part of the midwest of America known as ‘Tornado Alley’. Storm chasers travel all over this region looking for storms in order to film them and measure the violent winds they cause.

HOW TO …

TRACK A TWISTER IN TORNADO ALLEY

Tornado Alley is an area in the USA that stretches across the states of Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas, Nebraska and North and South Dakota. It is a ‘must-see’ for budding storm chasers as over 800 tornados (or twisters) strike this region each year.

LET’S TWIST

As the sky dar ken s and beg ins to look mo re me nacing , you fee l the win d pick up. All of a sud den the re is an alm ighty rum ble of thu nde r, follo wed qui ckly by a flas h. A film ma ker call ed Em ma tells you this me ans that the re is a goo d cha nce you will see a tor nad o. Tor nad oes for m ben eat h thu nde rsto rms . Win d above the sto rm moves mo re qui ckly tha n the air low er dow n. Thi s cau ses the sto rm to spin . As it beg ins to spin fas ter, a fun nel for ms at the cen tre wh ere the air is spin nin g at its fas tes t. As this fun nel spin s, it suc ks up mo re and mo re air fro m belo w the sto rm, gro win g lon ger and lon ger unt il it me ets the gro und . Wh en twi ste rs tou ch dow n on the gro und , they leave a tra il of des tru ctio n beh ind the m. They can sm ash up hou ses , pick up cars and tra ins, and eve n lift fish fro m lake s, dum pin g the m alon g the way. Wo rse stil l, they may last for severa l hou rs and rea ch mo re tha n 40 0 kilo metre s per hou r. They can travel hun dre ds of kilo metre s before run nin g out of ene rgy.

SCALE

MEASURING TORNADOES down twister starts whirling ed ap sh elnn fu a e, nc In the dista ts undercloud. Emma star th ck bla hnis ee gr a om menacingly fr e uch of the storm as sh m as e ur pt ca to ies tr her camera and wind speed, tempts to measure the at , yn itl Ka d, ien fr r He can. ngth of s being so high, the stre ind w e th to e du at th but says rent scale altogether. fe dif a by d re su ea m is a tornado e instruments because th ith w re su ea m to ult fic Twisters are dif A rate them . So, scientists in the US ng ro st so e ar ide ins s wind d the cause, using a scale calle ey th e ag m da e th to according ‘Enhanced Fujita Scale.’

WIND SPEED

EF0

105–137 kil om et re s pe r ho ur

EF1

13 8–178 kil om et re s pe r ho ur

EF2

17 9–2 18 kil om et re s pe r ho ur

EF3

219–266 kil om et re s pe r ho ur

EF4

267–322 kil om et re s pe r ho ur

EF5

Over 32 3 kil om et re s pe r ho ur

TOP TIP: Never try to outrun a twister on foot. They can travel far faster than you can.

POSSIBLE DAMAGE Lig ht da ma ge . Lif ts su rfa ce sli ghtly fro m ro ofs; da ma ge s gu tte rs ; brea ks bran ch es fro m tre es . M od erat e da ma ge . Ro ofs st rip pe d; mo bil e ho me s over tu rn ed ; gla ss wi nd ows broken . Co nside ra ble da ma ge . Te ars of f ro ofs; de st roys mo bil e ho me s; up ro ot s large tre es ; lift s ca rs of f grou nd . Seve re da ma ge . W ho le ho us es de st roye d; tra ins over tu rn ed ; ba rk st rip pe d fro m tre es ; he av y ca rs lift ed fro m grou nd . Deva st at ing da ma ge . W ho le ho us es co mp let ely flatte ne d; ca rs hu rle d th ro ug h th e air. To ta l de st ru ct ion . Ho us es sw ep t aw ay ; hig h- ris e bu ild ing s ba dly da ma ge d; ca r-size d de br is flu ng th ro ug h th e air.

If you haven’t got a storm shelter, get to the lowest possible part of the building or go to the bathroom and get into the bath. Hide under a mattress, soft blankets or pillows to protect yourself from flying debris.

If you are unlucky enough to be caught outside, you might have to hide in a ditch or lie flat, face down, on the ground. This is not ideal, but it may protect you from high winds and debris. Keep as far away from trees and cars as possible. Use your arms to cover your head and neck, and don’t be tempted to look around you to see what’s happening as the twister hits.

Don’t try to sit the storm out in a car or caravan. The winds inside the twister can reach speeds of more than 400 kilometres per hour, which is certainly strong enough to pick up your car and hurl it down the road with you inside.

TORNADO SAFETY WARNING Storm chasing can be very exciting but it is very dangerous and should only be attempted with a team of experts. Never try and chase a storm yourself. If a tornado is heading your way, you need to take action – fast.

WHAT TO DO

Get indoors and put as many walls between you and the windoutside as possible. Stay away from windows and doors. In Tornado Alley, many houses have storm shelters in their cellars and these are the safest places to head for.

HOW TO â&#x20AC;Ś

DO TAI CHI IN CHINA You arrive in Shanghai, China. It is an amazing city, full of ancient palaces and temples, huge skyscrapers and busy traffic. However, you are not here to take in the sights; youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re here to learn how to do Tai Chi, an ancient Chinese martial art, today often practised as a form of exercise. You are lucky because your teacher is Wan Cheng, one of the greatest Tai Chi masters.

postures, or exercises, Tai Chi is based on different sets of ents. It was first practised performed with slow, flowing movem rs ago. Wan Cheng tells you in China almost two thousand yea d with energy called Chi. If that he believes that the body is fille can cause injuries and illnesses. the flow of energy gets blocked, it flow of Chi through your By doing Tai Chi, you can smooth the wellbeing. People also find body, and improve your health and to makes them stronger and Tai Chi helps to reduce stress and more flexible.

To practise Tai Chi you should wear something comfortable and loose so you can move and str etch easily. Tai Chi is usually performed in bare feet and it is bes t to do your exercises outside or in a room that has plenty of spa ce.

Before you begin, Wan Cheng tells you that breathing properly is essential while you are doing the exercises. First, relax and clear your mind of any thoughts and distractions. Breathe deeply and evenly through your nose. You may need to practise this until it comes naturally. When you breathe in, your diaphragm (the flat sheet of muscle under you r lungs) moves outwards and downwards to allow your lungs to take in fresh air. When you breathe out, your diaphragm contra cts (squeezes) inwards and upwards to push stale air out. Wa n Cheng reminds you that correct breathing leads to a calm state of mind. 106

107

Now you are ready to perform your first exercise. Wan Cheng tells you it is called the ‘Horse-riding Stance’ because it looks as if you are riding a horse. You must return to this posture when you are moving from one exercise to the next so it is important to get it right. Wan Cheng demonstrates the movements while you copy what he is doing.

HORSE-RIDING STANCE

4 1

Stand with your feet a little wider than shoulder-width apart. Your feet should be parallel to each other and directly under your knees.

Keeping your back straight and head held high, lift your arms out in front of you, palms facing inwards. Keep your elbows relaxed and slightly bent as if you are holding a horse’s reins, or hugging a tree.

Take a deep breath, then breathe out again to relax your body and release any tension. Hold this stance for as long as possible. To begin with, you may only be able to manage a minute or two before your legs start feeling tired. As your leg muscles get stronger, you will be able to hold the stance for longer.

TOP TIP 2

108

Bend your knees slightly, then sink down into a squatting or sitting position. By doing this, your centre of gravity should be perfectly balanced down the middle of your body.

Don’t let your shoulders hunch up but try to keep your whole body relaxed. Remember that each posture in Tai Chi should be performed in one long, flowing movement.

109

HOW TO …

SING KARAOKE IN JAPAN You hop on a plane and head off to Japan to visit your friends Yukiko and Kei. They are delighted to see you and have a special treat planned – a good night out. You are looking forward to entertainment, perhaps even a band, but when you get there you get a nasty surprise. You are the entertainment!

Your friends have brought you to a place where members of the audience take it in turns to sing their favourite songs to wow the rest of the crowd. The Japanese name for this is karaoke, which means ‘empty orchestra’ because there isn’t an orchestra in sight.

123

SINGING ALONG

• Try to rem em ber it is just for fun . It doe sn’t matte r if you are n’t the gre ate st sing er in the wor ld. If you have a goo d tim e, so will the aud ien ce. Kee p smi ling and try to look con fide nt, eve n if you’re sha kin g wit h ner ves .

• Cho ose a son g you kno w ver y wel l and wh ich sho ws off you r sing ing abil itie

s (or disg uise s you r lack of the m). Try to pick som eth ing cat chy. That way, the aud ien ce are mo re like ly to kno w it and join in.

• Watch the words on th e screen ver y car efu lly eve n if you kno w the son g. • Give a per for ma nce . Don’t just sta nd the re, eve n if you’re ner vou

s. Let the em otio ns of the son g sho w in you r fac e and bod y movem ent s, and dan ce a bit if it suit s the son g. • At the end of you r son g, bow and gra ciou sly acc ept the app laus e.

There is just a big video screen with the words to the songs passing across the bottom and some enormous speakers playing the backing track. Resisting the urge to jump on the next plane home, you stick around. Yukiko and Kei give you some tips for making your turn at the microphone a memorable performance.

124

TOP TIP Before your next karaoke evening, practise your song at home. Use your hairbrush as a microphone to help you feel the part. Knowing the words better will help you to concentrate on your performance next time.

125

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Buster Know How: Spycraft Martin Oliver Espionage enthusiasts, connoisseurs of reconnaissance and intelligence aficionados rejoice! Spycraft is the perfect book for kids with a sense of daring and adventure, this book contains all the tips and tricks that readers need to become secret agents. Perfect for kids with a sense of daring and adventure, this book contains all the tips and tricks that readers need to become secret agents. From cracking codes to tailing suspects via the art of cunning disguise, this book is a must for budding Bonds everywhere. This book is part of the Buster Know How series, a collection of books that teaches adventurous and imaginative kids everything they will ever need to know about getting by in this wide, whacky world.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781780555102

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

128 x 180 mm

Extent

230pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Since starting his career as an author, Martin Oliver has written over 20 books for children covering subjects as wide-ranging as pirates, pharaohs and puzzle adventures. He's also written two titles in the popular Knowledge series, Dead Dinosaurs and Groovy Movies (Scholastic Publishing) Martin lives in Teddington, near London, with his wife, Andrea, and their two daughters, Katie and Isabelle. The Boys Book 2 was his first title for Buster books.

Key Information • • • •

Perfect for kids with a sense of daring and adventure, Spycraft contains all the tips and tricks that readers need to become secret agents. From cracking codes to tailing suspects via the art of cunning disguise, this book is a must for budding Bonds everywhere. This book is part of the Buster Know How series, a collection of books that teaches adventurous and imaginative kids everything they will ever need to know about getting by in this wide, whacky world. Please note, this book is a reissue of The Boys’ Book of Spycraft (2008).

HOW TO …

CHOOSE A GOOD PASSWORD Disguising and burying top-secret information on your computer should be enough to put most double agents off your trail, but there is an even better way to protect these documents: a well-chosen password.

ACCESS DENIED !!!!!!

The way that you set up password protection will be different depending on the programme you use. As a guide, look for a ‘Security’ or ‘Protection’ heading, usually found within ‘Tools’, and follow the instructions there. If you can’t find the right section, use the ‘Help’ facility available with your software. Once you’ve found out how to set a password for a file, you’ll need to choose a good one. Here are a few things you should (and shouldn’t) do when setting a password:

d low er ers an d let te rs , ca pit als an mb nu s xe mi at th rd wo • Use a pa ss ca se let te rs . lon g. is at lea st six ch aracte rs at th rd wo ss pa a se oo Ch • uld fin d in a dictio na ry. wo u yo at th rd wo y an • Avoid d e: ‘M y be st fri en d is ca lle nc ta ins r Fo . ce en nt se in • Th ink of a me mo ra ble rd : m, b, f, i, c, j, h. Ad d wo ch ea of r te let st fir e Ja ck Ha rd y’. Ta ke th e r, su ch as th e nu mb er on te let a ce pla re to it dig a a ca pit al let te r an d Bf1cjh’. se cu rit y an d yo u have : ‘m tra ex r fo ‘i’, r te let e th fo r go to geth er, su ch as ‘bi n’ lly ua us n’t uld wo at th s • Ch oose tw o sh or t wo rd rs ag ain an d yo u sh ou ld te ac ar ch ial ec sp me so an d ‘ro of ’. No w ad d in like ‘b1 Nr 00 f’. co me up wi th so meth ing us e th es e ex am ple s! M ake su re th at yo u do n’t

•

DON’T wo rd ’.

ss • Do n’t ch oose th e wo rd ‘pa of bir th , yo ur na me , te da ur yo oid av – ils ta ly. • Do n’t use any pe rso na l de of an yo ne els e in th e fa mi me na e th or me na t’s pe yo ur

do wn an yw he re .

• Do n’t write yo ur pa ss wo rd an yo ne els e. • Do n’t give yo ur pa ss wo rd to ge it at re gu lar int er va ls. an ch – rd wo ss pa me sa • Do n’t ke ep using th e

HOW TO …

MAKE YOUR ESCAPE Even the most successful spies, such as Alex Ryder and James Bond, can find themselves overwhelmed by enemy agents. Imagine you were captured by a rival organization and held against your will. How would you escape?

ESCAPE FROM A PAIR OF HANDCUFFS Handcuffs are impossible to open, right? Well, if you don’t have any equipment, they are almost unbreakable. With the right tool, however, you can release them quite quickly. All you need is a simple, old-fashioned hairgrip. It is easy to hide one in the lining of a jacket or in a pocket, so make sure you have one within reach when you are captured. Try concealing it between your fingers or drop it on the floor within reach while you are being handcuffed. Then:

Once your captor has left the room, break the hairgrip so you can use the bendy section for grip and use the curved end for picking the lock.

Place the curved end into the keyhole on the cuffs, with the curve facing upwards. Make sure it’s in the flat part of the keyhole, parallel with the handcuffs.

Apply steady pressure and push the grip forwards. The cuffs should spring open so that you can twist your hands out of them in one easy move.

ESCAPE FROM BEING TIED UP Tying you up would be a highly-effective way of holding you prisoner, but only if you’re tied up so well that you can’t move.

Any knot can be untied if you can reach it with both hands. The most important thing for you to do while being tied up is to make sure that there is some slack or loose rope. Later on, this will enable you to move enough to reach the knots. In order to do this, you need to work from the moment you are being tied up – every second counts. Bunch your fists and breathe in as much as possible to expand your muscles and your rib cage. Keep doing this until your rival spy has finished tying the last knot. When you relax, you should find there is a fair amount of slack in the rope. Use the extra space you have to start loosening the knots.

ESCAPE FROM A LOCKED ROOM Now you’re free from any handcuffs or ropes, but how do you get past a locked door?

First, check to see if the key has been left in the lock. If it has, hunt around the room that you have been locked in for any useful equipment. Ideally, you’ll be able to find a large sheet of paper and a pen or pencil.

Lie on the floor so that you can see though the gap between the door and the floor. Make sure that no one is around outside to see what you are up to.

Carefully and quietly, slide the piece of paper under the gap in the door, so that the largest portion of it is directly below the lock on the opposite side of the door.

Use the pen or pencil, or the hairgrip if you still have it, to gently push the key out of the lock from your side of the door. As long as you don’t push it too hard, the key should land on the piece of paper.

Pull the piece of paper slowly back towards you under the door, grab the key and make your escape.

WARNING While it is fun to practise escape techniques with your friends, you never know when rival agents might swoop in and catch you off guard, so it is important to be sensible at all times. A true agent never plays practical jokes, such as leaving other agents tied up or locked in.

Keep an eye out for shadows approaching as you work.

HOW TO …

YOU WILL NEED

• a ju icy le m on • a ca llig • so m e pa pe r • a he at ra phy pe n, or th in pa intb ru sh

WRITE IN INVISIBLE INK

so urce (s uc h as a lig ht bu lb, a ha ird ryer, an iro n or an oven )

1 2

3 Mastering the art of writing invisible messages is vital for any spy. It makes it easy to pass secret communications between each other, because if they fall into the wrong hands you don’t need to panic. Double agents, traitors or even parents won’t realize what is going on. What’s more, invisible writing iseasy to achieve. Here’s how:

Sq ue eze th e ju ic e ou t of th e le m on an d pi ck ou t th e pi ps . D ip yo ur w ri ti ng im pl em en t in to th e ju ic e an d w ri te yo ur pl an or m ap on to th m es sa ge , e pi ec e of pa pe r. W ri te qu ic kl y, so th at st ill se e w hat yo u yo u ca n are w ri ti ng befo re th e ju ic e dr ie s. Wai t fo r th e ‘in k’ to dr y. A s it do es , yo ur m es sa ge sh ou ld di sa pp ea r.

Ca rr yi ng or pa ssin g a bl an k pi ec e of pa pe r w ill ra is e su sp icio n, so yo u’ ll ne ed to di sg ui se th e m es sa ge . Yo u ca n do th is ea si ly by fli pp in g ov er th e pi ec e of pa pe r an d w ri ti ng a ‘n or m al ’ m es sa ge on it. In ad di tio n, it ’s a go od id ea to sn if f th e m es sa ge . If th ere’s a te ll- ta le sc en t of le m on ju ic e, bo rr ow so m e pe rf um e or af te rs ha ve an d gi ve th e pa pe r a qu ic k sq ui rt to m as k th e sm el l.

is he at al l yo u ne ed to do e, ic ju on m le ith w ri tt en usin g To reve al w ri ti ng w ca n do th is – tr y u yo s ay w of ts lo e are bu lb. If th e pa pe r up. Th er ld it cl os e to a lig ht ho or it to on r ai t ho po p th e pa pe r on a to t a ha ird ryer to bl ow ul ad an k as et ho ds w or k, ba ck of th e pi ec e e th neith er of th es e m er ov n iro m or ru n a w ar tray in a ho t oven of p ap er.

HOW TO …

ENCODE EMAILS QUICKLY

ge af te r re ad in g it. D es troy th e m es sa

If you haven’t got time for a complex encryption, use this super-speedy method to send an ultra‑urgent email.

careful Warning: Always be sage on not to set your mes g it. fire by overheatin

TOP TIP

Type out your email as quickly as you can – make sure that no one is looking over your shoulder as you write.

Before you send it, highlight all of the text and change the font from letters into symbols. Anyone who spots it will just see nonsense, but the recipient can simply switch the writing back to letters to check your message, before quickly deleting it.

Try apple juice instead of lemon juice. Use a toothpick to collect juice from the apple and use it to write your message. Don’t forget to eat the apple afterwards to destroy the evidence. You could even use milk to write with if all else fails. 88

HOW TO …

SHAKE OFF A TAIL In the shadowy world of international espionage, a successful spy is always alert and aware of the danger of being followed. A ‘tail’ is a person who is secretly trying to follow you. Practise the following evasion techniques in your local area with fellow trainee agents, so you’ll always have the skills up your sleeve.

IN THE CITY If your neck prickles and you get the feeling of being followed, it’s vital to identify your tail quickly. To take a look behind you without arousing suspicion, try one of these two tricks:

• Find a shop selling something you might be genuinely interested in (rather than a wallpaper shop, for example).

• Stop, pretend to look at the window display, but then use the reflection in the glass to scan the street behind you.

• Stop at a parked car and pretend to be checking your hair in the

window or wing mirror. While you’re checking out your look, check out the people around you, too.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Buster Know How: Survival Guy Campbell If you can keep your head, when all about you are losing theirs; if you can meet triumph and disaster and treat those two impostors just the same (and even if you can’t), then this is the perfect book for you. It’s time to take control and be a hero! From how to survive a tornado, carry someone to safety and read an orienteering compass, to how to make a catapult, build an igloo, survive a snakebite or avalanche, and much more. Survival explains all the skills you’ll need to get through the toughest day. This book is part of the Buster Know How series, a collection of books that teaches adventurous and imaginative kids everything they will ever need to know about getting by in this wide, whacky world.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781780555096

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

128 x 180 mm

Extent

230pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A writer and graphic designer since 1986. Guy Campbell started the Creative and Graphics company Moran Campbell da Vinci in 1990 producing corporate ID, advertising (newspapers, magazines, point of sale, posters) and packaging (specialising in toys) for, among other clients, Harrods and Hamleys. Writing credits has included over 40 books for children, a monthly comic for children, hundreds of cartoon strips for newspapers and magazines worldwide, puzzles for books, newspapers and magazines, comedy sketches for TV and a short comic play for BBC Radio 5.

Key Information • •

• •

Kids can get through even the toughest day, be the best and beat the rest with Survival. Survival explains all the skills you’ll need to get through even the toughest day. From how to survive a tornado, carry someone to safety or read an orienteering compass, to how to make a catapult, build an igloo, survive a snakebite or avalanche, and much more. Part of the Buster Know How series, a collection of books that teaches adventurous and imaginative kids everything they will ever need to know about getting by in this wide, whacky world. Please note, this book is a reissue of The Boys’ Book of Survival (2007).

HOW TO…

AVOID PIRANHAS If you find yourself on an expedition in a South American rainforest and you have no choice but to cross a river, spare a thought for piranhas. You’ve heard of these ferocious fish with razor-sharp teeth who have a frightening reputation for stripping the flesh off animals, right down to their bare bones. Here are some tips for keeping the flesh on your bones where it belongs.

Piranhas can grow to 50 cm in length, so they are not ideal swimming companions!

PIRANHA POINTERS • Throw a dead animal, such as a goat or sheep, into the water downstream from where you want to cross. The carcass will attract the piranhas and give you some time to cross, but not much. If the shoal is big and hungry enough, it will demolish a dead goat in a few minutes and you will be next on the menu. • Piranhas live in warm waters that are still or flow slowly. Make sure the point at which you attempt to cross the river is one where the water is cold or fast moving. • Wait until dark before attempting to cross as this is when piranhas are least active. Then swim or wade smoothly through the water, keeping any splashing to a minimum so as not to alert the piranhas to your presence. 14

Piranhas don’t go out of their way to attack humans unless they are really hungry. They are most dangerous during dry seasons, when water levels are low and food is hard to come by. So you might want to set up camp and wait until another time of year to get cross that river!

How to…

choose a good place to shelter If you find yourself stranded in an unfamiliar environment, your top priority is to find a safe place to sleep. Well before darkness falls, you need to find a suitable place to shelter. The most important thing a shelter provides is protection from the elements. In desert areas you will need to stay out of the sun. In mountains or polar regions rain, snow and wind will seriously threaten your chances of survival.Caves provide good natural shelter. Always check them out carefully first – you don’t want to find you are sharing your new-found home with a surprised wild animal, such as a hibernating bear Scout around for tell-tale signs that the cave may be occupied. These include bones, nests or droppings inside or near the cave entrance, and clumps of vegetation that are being used as bedding.

If you can’t find a cave, look for a spot that is shielded from the elements. Camping at the base of rockfaces and cliffs will offer some shelter. However, check that there aren’t any loose rocks lying around, as these would suggest you are in danger from falling debris.

GET INSIDE A clearing in a wood is the ideal spot to make camp, especially if there is a fast‑running stream near by. That way you will have building materials for your shelter, wood for your fire and water for drinking, washing and cooking.

GET INSIDE • Stay away from areas close to ponds or lakes. Water that isn’t flowing attracts insects that might bite or sting you. • Don’t camp in a hollow at the bottom of a hill. Rain water may run off the hillside and flood your shelter. • Avoid sheltering beside a cliff or rockface in snowy terrain, as this is where snow may build up and it could bury you while you sleep. There might also be a danger of avalanches. • Never camp at the top of a hill as this will be exposed to the wind and rain. Your shelter could easily be blown away.

How to…

SURVIVE A DUEL If you are right-handed hold your sword in your right hand and vice versa if you are lef t-handed. Your sword is thin and whippy, so you shouldn’t need to hold it with both hands.

Imagiane you wake up on a Monday morning and, instead of opening your eyes and seeing your messy bedroom, you find yourself transported back in time to the 17th century. Superb sword-fighting skills would be essential to your chances of survival.

NEVER, EVER PICK UP A REAL SWORD IN THE 21ST CENTURY. EVEN IN THE 17TH CENTURY, DUELLING WAS A LAST RESORT.

Stand one large step away from being able to touch your opponent’s outstretched sword. Any closer and if your strike misses, you will be left standing in your enemy’s strike range.

The ‘en garde’ position

Turn your body to the side. Right-handers: point your right foot directly towards the opponent, keeping your left foot where it is (left-handers vice versa)

Every musketeer knows the foundation of all good sword-fighting moves is a steady ‘en garde’ position. En garde allows the fighter to switch quickly between defending themselves or attacking their opponent.

Bend your knees so that your body is well balanced.

Keeping your back as straight as possible, bend your sword arm at the elbow. Hold the handle (called the grip) of your sword level with your hips, with the point level with your head but slanting away from your bodytowards your enemy. This ‘stance’ will ensure your body is protected from your head to your hips. Hold your other hand behind your back, or to one side, so it doesn’t get in your way. You should feel well balanced and comfortable in this position.

Tactics

an d ra ig ht en yo ur ar m st , ke ri st to s pt m at te yo ur • A s yo ur op po ne nt id e his sw ord w it h as k oc kn to y Tr . st rike go in fo r th e at ta ck d an d co un te r his ar rw fo ep st y kl ic ow n bl ad e. Th en qu w it h yo ur o w n. nt ’s le gs , ar m s an d ne po op ur Yo . ke ri od st • A ny st rike is a go et th an his to rs o. rg ta to er si ea n te of even his ha nd s are em en ts by ke ep in g yo ur m ov gy er en ve er ns . co • W he n figh tin g, th e ru nn in g arou nd l al do nt ne po op yo ur to a m in im um . Let He w ill so on tire. ll over . e an d m ake him fa ur it rn fu to in m hi • If yo u ca n, ba ck to es s, yo u ca n af fo rd dl or sw d an nd ou e gr • W he n he is on th rm ed . let him le ave un ha be ch ival ro us an d

Make sure your back is to the sun – that way your enemy’s body will be well lit, but yours will be hidden in shadow.

How to…

Track Animals to wilderness, knowing how e th in t ou ng ivi rv su n Whe ndy. But before you can ha in e m co ill w al im an track a wild gnize its fo otprints . co re to le ab be t us m u track one, yo u wo n’t mi nd fin din g: He re are so me tra ck s yo

Cat

Do g

Ru nn ing ra bb it

Ba dg er

Fo x

u sh ou ld no t fo llo w: He re are so me tra ck s yo

Hyen a

Be ar

Hippo

• Th e be st tim e to go tra cking is ea rly in th e mo rn ing or lat e in th e day. W he n th e su n is low in th e sky, tra ck s wi ll be ed ge d wi th sh ad ow, ma kin g th em mo re visibl e. • Ta ke a tra cking gu ide bo ok wi th yo u, so yo u ca n ide nt ify any un us ua l tra ck s yo u co me ac ro ss . • Sc ou t arou nd fo r tra ck s. Br us h loo se leave s an d ve getatio n aside . • W he n yo u fin d a tra il of pr int s, ma rk ea ch on e by pu sh ing a st ick int o th e grou nd ne xt to it. Th is wi ll he lp yo u to se e th e size of th e an im al’s st rid e, an d gu es s at ho w big th e an im als mi gh t be . • Us e a ma gn ify ing gla ss to loo k clo se ly at th e pr int s. Yo u mi gh t fin d an an im al ha d a cli pp ed ho of or da ma ge d cla w. Th is wi ll he lp yo u dis tin gu ish it fro m ot he r an im als . • Lo ok ou t fo r drop pin gs , ch ew ed pla nt s an d any ot he r sig ns of an im al activ ity

Mo un ta in lio n

Don’t look down at your feet. You’ll track down the animal much faster if you look between 5m and 10m away from your body. Stay low, move slowly and be as quiet as you can. Even the sound of a snapping twig could make your animal run off. 77

How to… ON TH E RIG HT TR AC K cking , its fo ot pr int s wi ll tra e ar u yo al im an e th As yo u get clo se r to on to p of t, tw igs an d leave s lyi ng dir e ar sp s les th wi er, an be co me cle r. At th is wi ll be wa rm er an d so fte er, sh fre ing be , gs pin op th em . Its dr it. ss th e an im al an d st ar tle ro ac me co u yo se ca in po int, slo w do wn leave th e tra il an d cree p to nt wa t gh mi u yo u, yo If th e wi nd is be hin d en t do es n’t s tra ck s, so th at yo ur sc al’ im an e th of de tsi ou e arou nd th im al an d sc are it aw ay. get blo wn to wa rd s th e an

MAKE A TRACKING STICK Animal tracking is great fun, and this tracking stick will help you master the art.

If you need to hide, take refuge in a bush and get down on your hands and knees – failing that, lie down in some long grass and inch along the ground using your arms.

Find a branch about a metre in length.

Use this to measure the distance between one footprint and the next footprint left by the same foot, from heel to heel. This will give you the length of the animal’s stride. Use a sharp stone to scratch a mark on your stick in the position of each heel (X and Z).

Hold the stick with point X at the heel of the first footprint and measure the length of this print. Use your stone to mark the front of the print as point Y.

4 78

To begin using the stick, hold it so that point X is over the heel of the rearmost print and then look close to point Z for the next track. Repeat this process until you track down your animal. 79

How to…

ON THE SCENT

MAKE A

If your pursuers are using tracker dogs, your chances of a clean getaway are smaller unless you can throw the dogs off your scent.

GETAWAY

• Whenever possible stay downwind of the dogs so they can’t pick up your scent on the air. • Wade through water at every opportunity. This is the most effective way to leave no tracks and no scent. • If you come to a stream, don’t go straight across; if you have time, walk or swim up or down stream for a good distance before getting out on the other bank.

You are on the run and need to put as much distance between yourself and your pursuers as possible. Here’s how:

• Whenever possible, mingle with other people in a crowded place, so that your scent will be mixed with the scent of others. • Best of all, if you can get yourself on a horse or a bicycle you will break your trail, and it will be very difficult for the nosy mutts to sniff you out.

Disguise your tracks Try not to leave an obvious trail. Stick to roads, rocks and other hard surfaces where you won’t leave noticeable footprints. If you can’t avoid leaving prints, don’t waste a lot of time brushing them away. It is essential to move quickly, and brush marks are easy to spot. Scramble over fences or walls which will be hard for the dogs to scale.

‘Backtracking’ (walking backwards in your own tracks) is an excellent way to confuse trackers:

Find a starting spot that will make your trail harder to follow – such as a slab of stone or some shallow water.

Walk up to this spot, then walk backwards in your own tracks for ten paces.

Leap sideways off your trail and set off in a completely different direction. If the start of your new trail is hidden by a tree or bush, so much the better. 81

Catapult construction

HOW TO

make a catapult Catapults are great for firing small stones at tin cans in your back garden or for scaring off ferocious animals that may attack your camp in the wilderness. Who knows, your handy little sling could even come in useful for fending off invading aliens or zombies.

WARNING: Never fire your catapult at a human being. They certainly won’t thank you for it and there’s a serious risk of hurting them.

1. Fi nd a st ro ng , bu t fle xi bl e, fo rked br an ch (a bo ut 2 .5 cm A n even ly Y-sh ap ed th ic k). bran ch w or ks be st . 2 . N ex t yo u ne ed so m e el as ti c. Pu ll a bi t ou t of so m e ol d trou se rs – ju st be ce rt ai n yo u do n’t w an t to w ea r th em A lte rn at ivel y, us e a ag ai n. bi t of th e in ne r tu be of a bi ke’s ty re . w ill be st ro ng er an Th is d le ss likel y to sn ap . 3. Fi nd a st ro ng , ob lo ng pi ec e of fa br ic , bi g en ou gh to ho ld la rg e m arsh m al lo w. a Le at he r or de ni m w ill w or k w el l. Th re ad el as ti c th ro ug h tw yo ur o ho le s in th e fa br ic so th at th e po uc th e m id dl e as sh ow h si ts in n be lo w. 4 . Ti e an en d of th e el as ti c sli ng to ea ch pron g of yo ur fo rked s ti ck . 5. Ho ld yo ur fi ni sh ed cata pu lt at th e ba se an d pl ac e a sm st on e, a co nker or al l a m arsh m al lo w in th e fa br ic po uc h. 6. Pu ll ba ck on th e sli ng un ti l th e el as ti c is fu lly st retc he d. th ro ug h th e V m ad Aim e by th e tw o up pe r ar m s of th e cata Th en let go of th e pu lt. sli ng to fi re th e ca ta pu lt.

You ’ll nee d to pra ctis e if you wan t to hit a tin can . 85

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Buster Know How: Time Travel Lottie Stride From the Jurassic period and the dark ages to feudal Japan or the Victorian era – this book contains everything you ever needed to know about surviving any time, any place, anywhere. Packed full of fascinating historical facts, Time Travel is educational as well as entertaining. It covers all the different aspects of life in a different age, including cookery, games, education and surviving diseases. Hunt a hairy mammoth, cross swords with the samurai, make an axe stone-age style, write like an Egyptian, learn how to survive the Blitz, graduate from gladiator school, and much more. This book is part of the Buster Know How series, a collection of books that teaches adventurous and imaginative kids everything they will ever need to know about getting by in this wide, whacky world.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781780555072

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

128 x 180 mm

Extent

230pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Lottie Stride has written many books for children, including The Time Travellers' Handbook , Write Every Time and Meerkat Mischief . She lives in London with her three lovely children. She enjoys walking on beaches, eating potatoes, and listening to Beethoven. If she could choose one superpower she would fly through time.

Key Information • • • • •

Children will learn how to survive any time, any place, anywhere – from the Jurassic period and the dark ages to feudal Japan or the Victorian era. Educational as well as entertaining, Time Travel covers all the different aspects of life in a different age, including cookery, games, education and surviving diseases. Children can hunt a hairy mammoth, cross swords with the samurai, make an axe stone-age style, write like an Egyptian, learn how to survive the Blitz, graduate from gladiator school, and much more. Part of the Buster Know How series, a collection of books that teaches adventurous and imaginative kids everything they will ever need to know about getting by in this wide, whacky world. Please note, this book is a reissue of The Time-Travellers’ Handbook (2009).

HOW TO … 1599 CE

ACT IN A SHAKESPEAREAN PLAY

In front of you appears a man with a pointy beard and a twirly moustache. He is pacing around, tugging at his hair and muttering to himself. You have landed backstage at the Globe theatre, in London, and this is William Shakespeare, who will become probably the most famous playwright in history.

Right now, however, Shakespeare’s in trouble. Halfway through a performance of his new play, one of his actors has rushed offstage. The boy has a green face, he’s holding his stomach and groaning about eating one too many eel pies.

THE SHOW MUST GO ON Jus t the n Wil l spo ts you and decide s you’d be the per fect rep lace me nt. Before you kno w it, he’s shovin g a scr ipt in you r han d and givi ng you a few act ing tips :

• Spe ak up. The aud ien ce sitt ing up in the hig hes t gall ery are a lon g way away. If you bre ath e in fro m just above you r bell ybu tto n and fill this bit up wit h air, you r voic e will be mu ch stro nge r and travel mu ch fur the r wit hou t nee din g to sho ut.

• Spe ak clea rly. Pro nou nce you r words mo re pre cise ly tha n you wou ld nor ma

lly. If you talk too qui ckly or slur you r words, the aud ien ce won’t be able to und ers tan d you and will get bored. • Loo k aro und . The Glo be the atre is circ ular and has the aud ien ce on three side s of the sta ge, so you nee d to move you r bod y so you can be see n by eve ryo ne. If you follo w the se tips , hop efu lly the 3,0 00-stro ng aud ien ce won’t get bored. If they do, wat ch out. Row dy Elizabetha n aud ien ces will throw thin gs. If you see any foo d flyi ng throug h the air – duc k, or you cou ld get a rot ten tur nip in you r fac e. 48

HOW TO STAGE A FIGHT William Shakespeare has written plays about love, war, witches, murders, ghosts and shipwrecks – anything to keep his audience interested. He loves to write about fights. The play is Macbeth and has a great fight scene. William quickly tells you how to stage a fight so you can take part in the play on stage right now. Every single move in a stage fight is planned out and rehearsed over and over again. Read his tips and practise with a friend:

Arm yourselves. Remember that the whole point of your stage fight is that neither of you gets hurt. So choose your weapons carefully. The long cardboard tubes you get in wrapping paper are ideal. Decide why you are fighting. This will provide drama. One of you perhaps is the king and the other is wanting to steal his throne, or you could be pirates fighting over a pot of gold.

Find a good place to rehearse, like a garden or park, then you can start to create your fight.

Be entertaining. If you both just go whack, whack, whack with the swords it will be boring. Swing round things. Jump off things. Use props: maybe one of you can drop his sword and be forced to use something else to fight with. Be inventive.

Once you have worked out your moves, rehearse them slowly at first until you are sure you both know them in the right order. Then speed them up, and gradually work the fight up to full speed.

TOP TIP Don’t forget the sound effects. Grunts, gasps and shouts are all good. To make it sound really authentic, say things like “Alack!” or “I’m slain”. Dying scenes should be as long and drawn out as possible.

HOW TO … 108 CE

GRADUATE FROM GLADIATOR SCHOOL

It’s just after dawn and you’ve landed in the training ground of an Ancient Roman gladiator school. It’s called a ludus and is full of sweating, grunting men wearing heavy armour, warming up for a hard day’s training. As you watch, you don’t notice an older man approaching. Thinking you are a slave, he gives you a clip around the ear and tells you to get on with your work. He is called Ferox, and he is a magister, or trainer, at the school. Quickly, you explain to him that you want to become a gladiator. “It’s a tough life,” Ferox laughs. “And I should know, I was a famous gladiator, myself.”

SLAVES AND CRIMINALS

M os t of th e gla diato rs in th e lud us aren’t vo lun te er s. M os t of th e me n an d wo me n he re ar e slave s or cr im ina ls, ot he rs are pr iso ne rs of wa r. Th ey did n’t ch oo se to be he re , an d th ey ca n’t ch oo se to leave . Gla diato rs on ly ga in th eir fre ed om if th ey ma na ge to su rvive seve ra l ye ars of fig ht ing . It’s no t all ba d. At th e lud us, th e gla diato rs are loo ke d af te r we ll, an d given fo od an d me dic al tre at me nt wh en th ey ne ed it. Th ey are ve ry co mp et itive an d st rive to wo rk th eir way up grad es ca lle d pa loi to be co me th e pr im us pa lus – th e be st an d mo st re sp ecte d gla diato r in th e lud us . A pr im us pa lus ca n be co me as fa mo us as a prem iersh ip fo ot ba lle r is to day.

PLAY PRIMUS PALUS IN THE ARENA ria l co nt es t in th e aren a, to dia gla big a be to ing To day th ere is go As yo u en te r th e aren a, lp. he to ng alo me co n an d Fe ro x says yo u ca ru ms . Th e alm os t sh at te rs yo ur ea rd rs to ta ec sp 0 ,00 50 of th e ro ar m his d wave s at th e crow d fro an s ile sm t es nt co e th orga nis er of to rs hin d him co me th e gla dia Be . de ra pa e th of rt pa ch ar iot wh ich is Th e ma n eir ar mo ur, an d th en yo u. th y rr ca o wh s ve sla e th an d t he wa s g us ed to be a so ldi er, bu yin rr ca e ar u yo ur mo ar wh os e as a re e ye ars he ha s fo ug ht th r Fo e. ttl ba a g rin du ca pt ured fre e. t. If he su rvive s he’ll be es nt co t las his is y da to gla diato r, an d be ne at h th e wn a pa ss ag e to a ro om do r to dia gla ur yo w llo fo Yo u crow d do wn he re . Yo u he ar th e ce pla ing fy rri te , rk da a aren a. It’s sw ord, to r ha s ch os en a cu rved dia gla ur Yo . od blo r fo g ab ove bayin he prefe rs to dres s lig ht ly so He et. lm he a d an ur, mo a sh iel d, leg ar sil y. ca n move arou nd mo re ea of th e e yo u. Yo u he ar th e ro ar ov ab s en op or do p tra a Su dd en ly, wh at t fig ht is go ing to be wi th las r’s to dia gla ur Yo r. de crow d get lou yet. r wh o ha sn’t los t a fig ht to dia gla g kin loo e rc fie loo ks like a ve ry e ab ou t to get me ss y. Yo u hit EJ ECT – th ing s ar

Back in the future, it’s a good idea to stay fighting fit in case you land back in the arena when you are least expecting it. Find an open space, like a large garden or park, set up this four-station obstacle course and train with your friends. Who will be primus palus – the greatest gladiator of all?

YOU WILL NEED • at least two players • a large old bed sheet (one that can get muddy without anyone getting cross) • large stones • six empty cereal boxes • a tennis ball • a tablespoon • a bucket • a quoit or beanbag • a stopwatch

OBSTACLE ONE Lay out you r she et and plac e larg e sto nes on eac h cor ner to anc hor it dow n. Put mo re alon g two opp osit e side s to hol d it dow n, leaving eno ugh slac k for ‘gla diat ors’ to scram ble ben eat h it. OBSTACLE TWO Sta nd the six cereal boxes in a stra igh t line abo ut 50 cen tim etres apa rt. If it is a win dy day, fill the box es wit h sto nes . Thi s ‘sta ndi ng jum p seq uen ce’ is design ed to streng the n you r legs and imp rove bala nce . Com pet itors nee d to jum p wit h bot h feet tog eth er ove r eac h box wit hou t taking an ext ra ste p or kno ckin g the boxes ove r. If they do, they have to sta rt aga in at the beg inn ing . 67

HOW TO … 1275 CE

FOLLOW THE OLD SILK ROAD

It’s not like any road you know – more like a dusty track – and you’re travelling with a ‘caravan’, or group of merchants, and their camels. They are taking silk, tea, porcelain and other goods to trade with European merchants at trading posts and bazaars along the route. In exchange they will buy European goods such as gold, wool and wine and take them back to China.

BANDITS

Ouch, you’ve landed right between two humps on a camel’s back and it hurts! It’s hard to say who is more surprised, you or the camel. But there’s no time to think about that, because the camel is already moving. You’re off along the Old Silk Road, the ancient trading route between China and Europe.

Be war ned . The Old Silk Roa d goe s thr oug h ent ire des ert s and som e of the hig hes t mo unt ain ran ges in the wor ld, and it’s tou gh and dan gerous to travel. You’re travell ing throug h ban dit cou ntr y, so wat ch out for am bus hes . Like ly plac es are nar row pas ses , den se und erg row th, beh ind hillt ops and larg e bou lders. To ma ke it harder for ban dits , you can :

• Var y the spe ed at wh ich you travel. • Sto p reg ular ly, and che ck the rou te ahe ad and beh ind you . • Kee p an eye out for glints of light – it ma y be sun light ref lect ing off som eth ing metal belo ngi ng to a cro uch ing ban dit.

• Ma ke sure the me mb ers of you r carava n are spa ced out. You

sho uld aim to be clos e eno ugh to help eac h oth er out, but far eno ugh apa rt so that ban dits can’t com plet ely sur rou nd you .

108

109

SANDSTORMS wi nd s blo wi ng over loo se ng ro St o. to y, tr un co m or Yo u’re in sa nd st th at move at sp ee ds of up s ud clo st du us mo or en sa nd or so il create to do : yo u sp ot on e, he re’s wh at If . ur ho r pe s re et om kil to 16 0 yo u ca n. • M ove to hig he r grou nd if

VERTIGO When you reach the mountains, you’ll be travelling along steep, narrow tracks with terrifying drops into ravines hundreds of metres below. If you are panicking, don’t fight it. Accept that you’re scared stiff. Slow down your breathing. Keep right behind the trader in front of you and follow in his camel’s footsteps exactly. Look out for loose ground that could trip you up. Don’t look too far ahead. Concentrate on here and now and stop worrying about that even steeper bit you can see ahead.

h wi th a wet clo th . • Cove r yo ur nose an d mo ut m ge ro ck to prot ect yo u fro lar a r fo ok Lo er. elt sh ke • Tr y to ta ur ly use yo ur new fri en d, yo ive at rn te Al . nd sa e th of th e wo rs t e do wn ne xt to it, on th e sid e ez ue sq d an , wn do sit ca me l. M ake it It ha s go od Yo ur ca me l wi ll be alr ight. . nd wi e th m fro ed er elt sh its no st rils , an d it ha s se clo n ca It . ms or st nd prot ectio n ag ain st sa eyes . es to ke ep sa nd ou t of its sh ela ey g lon d an ws ro eb bu shy ey sh iel d yo urse lf. Th e st ro ng to n ca u yo g hin yt an in • Wra p yo urse lf an d yo u co uld be hit. ts jec ob y av he up d pe oo wi nd s may have sc lity ca n pu t un til it’s over – visibi ay st u, yo th wi is m or st • On ce th e se co nd s. be re du ce d to ze ro wi th in

110

111

HOW TO … 12,000 BCE

MAKE A FLINT AXE

He is making an axe, but when it is finished, it doesn’t look like any axe you’ve seen before. It doesn’t even have a handle. He sees you are puzzled and walks towards a small sapling. Holding the axe in the palm of his hand blade-side-out, he hits the sapling at the base. It comes down in one stroke. He picks it up and then uses the edge of the blade to scrape off some bark at the base. He pulls on the bark and it comes off in one long strip which he says they can use for string or for weaving baskets. He hands you a chunk of rock which he says is flint and tells you to have a go.

Suddenly you hear the sounds of two stones being struck together behind you. You spin around and see a man sitting on the ground. He is chipping away at a large hunk of rock with a smaller rock.

STONE AGE STEP-BY-STEP

YOU WILL NEED • a large piece of flint • protective glasses • a few pebbles of different shapes and sizes • a piece of bone or hard wood • a thick leather cloth or a doubled-up towel

120

First, select the piece of flint you will be shaping. If possible, get a piece that is already a flattish round or oval shape. Avoid flint with white veins or bits of crystal in the rock – it is not good for shaping. Also if you tap the flint, and it makes a muffled sound, this means there is a fault inside which will make it weak and difficult to ‘knap’, or shape into a stone tool.

121

Rest your piece of flint on a thick leather cloth (or towel) on your left knee and steady it with your left hand if you are right handed (the other way if you are left handed).

Use one of your pebbles to strike the longest side of the flint. Use blows to one side rather than hitting it in the middle. This will make sure you remove some long shards of flint from the edge of the rock, making it more pointed.

As the edge of the axe gets thinner, you’ll need to use your pieces of bone or wood instead of the pebble to avoid breaking off too much flint in one go.

7 4

As you knap, don’t throw away the flakes you chip off. They can be made into arrowheads and small tools for scraping the flesh away from an animal skin. Be careful, they are very sharp.

Once you have shaped your big piece of flint so that it looks narrower on one side than the other (this is the chopping side of the axe), you are ready to start making a sharp edge.

With a smaller pebble, continue flaking off long pieces of flint in the same way as you did before – but this time, use less force, and be especially careful to knap along the long ‘face’ of the axe.

Place the axe on a hard surface, and with the chopping side closest to the surface, grind the pointed end of your piece of wood in a twisting motion against the very edge of the axe. This will allow you to take off tiny pieces of flint until your axe is the perfect shape.

WARNING Shards of flint can be as sharp as kitchen knives. Wear protective glasses and be sure to cover your lap. Be very careful when getting rid of shards of flint. Wrap them in several sheets of newspaper and throw them in the bin. Never knap flint indoors, as rock dust can be very bad for your lungs.

122

123

hardie grant publishing ADVANCE INFORMATION

hardiegrant.com

Buster Know How GTIN: 9349685009276

8 copy pack with 47.5% discount Includes 2 of each book RRP: $119.92 With discount: $62.96 NZ RRP: $143.92 With discount: $75.56

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

World: Illustrated Map Tania McCartney Wall maps are one of the latest trends when it comes to interior decorating, and now both adults and kids alike can adorn their walls with this beautifully illustrated map of the world. Showcasing more than 300 illustrations of flora, fauna, landmarks and attractions from around the world, the detail on this map could keep anyone enthralled for hours. This map is available for individual sale in a nicely designed tube, or can be ordered as part of a 12-copy dumpbin.

Author Details Tania McCartney is an experienced Australian author, illustrator and editor. She has authored several picture books, non-fiction and junior fiction titles, and has received various awards including two CBCA Notable books and the CBCA Laurie Copping Award for Distinguished Service to Children’s Literature 2017. She has previously created another illustrated map with Hardie Grant Travel, Australia: Illustrated Map, which was released in December 2017.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Tube Map

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781741175769

•

Publisher

Hardie Grant Travel

Imprint

Explore Australia

Series

Category

Travel

Format

950 x 1350 mm

Extent

Map

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Tania's Australia: Illustrated Map has sold exceptionally well, so we've followed up with a world map at the same size, featuring more of Tania's beautiful illustrations. This will replace the Children's World Map, which is now out of stock. Maps available for individual sale in a nicely designed tube, or as part of a 12-copy dumpbin. Great gift for both children and adults.

hardie grant publishing ADVANCE INFORMATION

World: Illustrated Map GTIN: 9349685008989

12 copy display bin with 50% discount AU RRP: $299.88 With discount: $149.94 NZ RRP: $335.88 With discount: $167.94

hardiegrant.com

World/Australia: Illustrated Map GTIN: 9349685008989

12 copy display bin (6 of each) with 50% discount AU RRP: $299.88 With discount: $149.94 NZ RRP: $335.88 With discount: $167.94

Note: This dumpbin will feature the new World map, not the Australia map.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Jurassic World Fallen Kingdom Raptor Rescue

C OV E R

Carlton Publishing and Universal Partnerships and Licensing bring you the official Augmented Reality book for one of 2018’s most hotly anticipated blockbuster events: Jurassic World Fallen Kingdom.

DRAF T

Caroline Rowlands

Jurassic World is the third-highest-grossing movie of all time, and its sequel, Jurassic World Fallen Kingdom, is set to be one of the biggest blockbuster events of 2018. Carlton’s official Augmented Reality book is jam-packed with exclusive movie imagery and background facts, and lets you experience original Jurassic World dinosaurs through mind-blowing next-generation, fully interactive Digital Magic. Learn how to bond with andtrain alpha Velociraptor “Blue”and then use her as your protector and guide as you encounter other dinosaurs through the app. From brandnew movie dinosaur characters including awesome Baryonyx and a terrifying new hybrid breed, to old favourites like T. Rex and Stegosaurus, this Jurassic World AR book will wow readers all over again.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783123643

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Child Picture

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

32pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Caroline Rowlands wrote Carlton’s bestselling Jurassic World: Where Dinosaurs Come to Life.

• •

•

This is the official AR guide to the sequel to 2015’s Jurassic World, the third-highest-grossing movie in history, which generated $1.6 billion in box-office revenue Jurassic World is the definitive dinosaur brand, bringing dinosaurs into real-world settings. This is the second instalment in the Jurassic World trilogy. The third movie is due in 2021. World-beating dinosaur assets and exclusive movie stills. Brand-new next-generation Augmented Reality lets you become a raptor trainer and encounter incredible dinosaurs through Digital Magic. Experience the thrill and awe of meeting dinosaurs in real life! AR is easy to use, doesn’t require special equipment, is inherently social and shareable, and isn’t solely about escapism. AR is grounded in the real world, the tried and tested human environment, and even better than that, Carlton’s Digital Magic AR is the most successful content delivery mechanism humans have ever created. AR is no longer a new concept to the public: Pokémon Go broke records when it was released in app stores, and retailers such as IKEA release AR samples for all its products so you can test how they look in your home. Facebook and Snapchat are taking full advantage of AR camera filters.

Discover an amazing world with Augmented Reality

How to Use this Book WHAT DO I NEED?

1. DOWNLOAD Download the free DIGITAL MAGIC AR app from www.apple.com/itunes or www.play.google.com/store/apps and launch it on your mobile device.

2. ACTIVATE THE APP Tap the "Activate" button on the Home Screen to open your AR scanner.

INTERACT – IN LIFE SIZE!

Trigger five amazing Augmented Reality dinosaurs to move around and interact with at their real size!

COLLECT!

Using your tracker scan all nine collection pages to unlock and collect incredible Augmented Reality dinosaurs.

Scan this page with your device to activate the thumb scanner. Scan your thumb to unlock your dinosaur tracker. Then work your way through the book and use your tracker to collect all of the amazing Jurassic World Augmented Reality dinosaurs in this book.

STANDARD SYSTEM REQUIREMENT • Apple devices running iOS 9 and above: iPhone 5s and above; iPad 4 and above; iPod touch 6th Gen. or above. • Android devices with a rear-facing camera using Android 4.0 and above, and ARMv7 NEON processors. • INTEL ATOM based devices are not fully supported.

Look out for AR activation icons in this book. Hold your device over any page where you see this symbol to kick off the Augmented Reality action!

Need some help? TRAIN

Form a bond with Blue by holding her gaze, then train her to follow your commands! Use gestures on-screen to make her run and roar.

Check out our website: www.carltonbooks.co.uk/digitalmagic

The Gates are Closed The world’s first dinosaur theme park now lies in ruins, destroyed by its most fearsome inhabitant, Indominus rex. With humans having fled Isla Nublar, the island home to Jurassic World, dinosaurs now roam wild as they did millions of years ago.

SUPER SCIENCE

The geneticists at Jurassic World pushed the boundaries of science to create bigger, better and more ferocious dinosaurs than those that existed millions of years ago. These miracle makers’ splicing and modifying may have managed to revive dinosaurs after 65 million years, but they failed to consider the consequences de-extinction would have, and the bigger problems it would cause.

JURASSIC WORLD

ISLA SORNA – A SECOND CHANCE

Jurassic World captured the entire world’s imagination and was big business until its top asset, the hybrid dinosaur Indominus rex, escaped. It unleashed a chain of events that ultimately destroyed the theme park, and even led to the Indominus rex being eaten by an unlikely hero – the Mosasaurus.

But John Hammond refused to let his dreams die and kept himself busy working to breed more prehistoric species on another island named Isla Sorna. But then dinosaur hunters invaded, captured and tried to take the T. rex to a zoo in San Diego. The T. rex managed to escape and caused millions of dollars worth of damage before being recaptured.

JURASSIC PARK – THE BEGINNING

Although John Hammond had the best intentions when building the first theme park with real dinosaurs as the lead attraction, a security failure put those who had come to endorse it in grave danger. Lives were lost and with them, John Hammond’s dreams were under threat…

Several years after this, Dr. Alan Grant joined a rescue mission on Isla Sorna, only to end up needing rescuing himself when things went horribly wrong and his group began to be hunted by dinosaurs inhabiting the island.

SURVIVAL OF THE FITTEST

Unable to contain the damage caused by the Indominus’ escape, all park guests and employees fled Jurassic World, leaving Isla Nublar deserted and the remaining dinosaurs to fend for themselves. The battle for survival in the wild begins and, once again, these prehistoric creatures prove how life always finds a way.

Extinction Level Event

HISTORY REPEATS ITSELF

Three years after the parkâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s closure, the whole world watches as Isla Nublar's long-dormant volcano suddenly roars back to life. The dinosaurs are trapped on the island, and without human intervention, face extinction once again.

SAVE THE DINOSAURS!

Temperatures are rising, not just on the island but all around the world, as the debate heats up as to whether humans should step in and save the dinosaurs on Isla Nublar. The Dinosaur Protection Group, headed up by Claire Dearing, wastes no time in weighing in on the debate about saving the dinosaurs or letting nature takes its course.

AUGMENTED REALITY Scan the tracker map on the opposite page with your app to reveal an interactive map of Isla Nublar.

After ruling the planet for nearly 160 million years, becoming extinct, being re-created, then learning to survive in the modernday wild, the dinosaurs are once again threatened with mass extinction by mother nature. There are many theories around what caused the first extinction of the dinosaurs, ranging from an asteroid colliding with Earth millions of years ago, to a similar volcanic explosion during the time of the Cretaceous period. If that is true then history has come full circle, with the dinosaurs on Isla Nublar facing the danger of a new volcanic explosion and all the deadly perils that go with it. Is survival possible?

Dinosaur Protection Group When Claire learns that John Hammondâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s former business partner is planning a rescue mission with his own funds, she jumps at the opportunity to help save the dinosaurs!

RESCUE MISSION

Claire and Owen join forces with Benjamin Lockwood, John Hammond's original partner, and the man who funded Jurassic Park all those years ago. Lockwood shows great interest in the dinosaurs and their dangerous situation and wants to save them. His plan is to rescue the dinosaurs by transporting them safely to an island sanctuary he has specifically created for them to live on, free from the influence of human beings.

BLUE & OWEN

Owen is inspired to track down Blue, his lead Raptor who he raised from a baby, and who is still roaming wild on the island. The special bond he shares with Blue is the driving force behind Owen joining Claire on the rescue mission.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Today I'll Be a Unicorn Dana Simpson Who wouldn't want to be a unicorn? This super-sparkly board book celebrates the unique, magical, and enchanting world of being a unicorn and introduces a younger reader to the bestselling Phoebe series.

Author Details Dana Claire Simpson grew up in Gig Harbor, Washington, drawing the entire time. She eventually graduated from The Evergreen State College, despite having spent all her time drawing, and not always for credit. Attempts at doing real work along the way are hardly worth mentioning; the relevant fact is that, from 1998 to 2008, she drew the internet comic strip Ozy and Millie. After winning the Amazon-sponsored Comic Strip Superstar Contest in 2009, Andrews McMeel Syndication signed her to a development deal for Heavenly Nostrils, which was later renamed Phoebe and Her Unicorn.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781449489991

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

•

Series

• •

Category

Child Picture

•

Format

Board Book

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information Introduces Phoebe and Her Unicorn to a younger audience. Unicorn vs Goblins, the third Phoebe and Her Unicorn book, hit The New York Times Best-Seller List (3/16). Girls love unicorns and the demand for unicorn books is huge. Super-sparkly cover. Phoebe and Her Unicorn had one of the largest roll-outs in Universal Uclick history and is in more than 150 newspapers (3/16). It was nominated for a 2016 Harvey Award for "Best Syndicated Strip or Panel".

Today I'll be a unicorn_TEXT.indd 2-3

11/16/17 10:49 AM

Today I'll be a unicorn_TEXT.indd 4-5

11/16/17 10:50 AM

Today I'll be a unicorn_TEXT.indd 6-7

11/16/17 10:50 AM

Today I'll be a unicorn_TEXT.indd 8-9

11/16/17 10:50 AM

Today I'll be a unicorn_TEXT.indd 10-11

11/16/17 10:50 AM

0 50837 41684

Today I'll be a unicorn_TEXT.indd 12-13

11/16/17 10:50 AM

FOOD & DRINK

Brew The Foolproof Guide to Making World-Class Beer at Home James Morton Making good beer at home is easy, and oh so cheap. Brew takes the novice beer-enthusiast by the hand and talks you through every last step of the process. The craft beer revolution is upon us. All over the world we're enjoying bottles of American craft, old Belgian, real British ale and exquisite German lager, and you can make it all for yourself. You don't need to go out and buy loads of kit. With a plastic bucket or two, you can make beer as good as any beer in the entire world and customise it to your own tastes.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787131613

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

With beautiful step-by-step photographs and comprehensive sections on how and what you need to get started, bottling and storing, a glossary of key ingredient types, troubleshooting tips and proven beer recipes that result in complex flavours, every taste and skill level is catered for. Brew isn't like other brewing books. It is for those who have never brewed and want to understand more, for those who have a basic grasp and a few beers under their belt, and it is for those with experience who want inspiration to continue to grow.

Author Details

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

James Morton is the author of Brilliant Bread , which won the Guild of Food Writers Cookbook of the Year award in 2014; and How Baking Works . In 2012 he reached the final of BBC TV's Great British Bake Off . He qualified as a medical doctor in 2015. He has written for the Good Pub Guide , writes a weekly column for the Sunday Mail, and has won several national home brewing awards. James lives in Glasgow, Scotland.

Format

209 x 161 mm

Key Information

Extent

256pp Full colour photography throughout

•

Illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The most comprehensive, accessible, easy-to-follow guide to home brewing from the bestselling author of

Brilliant Bread and How Baking Works. • • •

Nothing too technical, no out-dated processes, just easy and cheap beer making with step-by-step photography. Learn about the different types of beer from around the world and flavours that can be achieved through simple tweaks and personalisation. 'Walking you through every single step of the process, James writes with knowledge, wit and passion.' BBC Good

Food

CONTENTS

6 PREFACE 12 LOVE BEER 28 GETTING STARTED: KIT BEERS 38 BREWING YOUR FIRST KIT 52 BOTTLING & STORING BEER 64 ALL-GRAIN BREWING: EXTRA EQUIPMENT 80 ALL-GRAIN BREWING: INGREDIENTS 106 BREW DAY 142 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR BEER 150 BRITISH & IRISH ALES 166 AMERICAN BEERS 182 EUROPEAN ALES 196 SPECIALITY BEERS 208 MOVING ON UP 226 SOURS & LAGERS 242 SUPPLIERS & ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 246 INDEX

BREW

GOOD BEER IS COMING

every beer in the world. They are cheaply and widely available, in any season, and of outstanding quality. And because such huge variety exists within each of these categories, we can make a huge range of beers, many more combinations than are possible with any other type of alcohol. Only beer allows you to make your own artisanal alcohol from scratch, anywhere, all year round. Distilling your own gin is illegal, and how many of us have apple trees or grape vines to raid whenever we like? If we want to make wine or cider we have to resort to ‘kits’ containing juice concentrate. Some of these kits are very good, as they can be for beer as well, but most of the magic is lost. You’re not making something from its component parts. I’m hoping that this won’t be like the other books you’ve seen. I’m trying to stray away from the offputtingly technical, textbook style. I’m trying to avoid outdated processes that have no evidence base to them, and instead I’ll try my best to be friendly, avoid jargon and talk straight from start to finish. I’ve made plenty of mistakes in my time, in brewing and otherwise, and I don’t mind explaining where I went wrong. Together, we can bring brewing to life. And make all your friends like you quite a lot more.

We’re shunning the stereotypes and we’re embracing a new way of drinking. We’re emptying our cans of carbonated cat-pee down the drain and instead popping open bottles of American craft beer, old Belgians, real British ale and exquisite German lager. Flavour has reached a new level. This is the beer revolution. You’ve probably seen it and perhaps you’ve been part of it. This book is your next step. Home brewing has long conjured up visions of old men with beards and dusty corduroys chatting nasally about exploding bottles of infected ale. Now we’re seeing young people (admittedly, bearded) creating communities around the relative merits of their own bespoke creations, each easily as good as any made on a big scale. Beer has so much going for it that other alcoholic pretensions do not have. There is little pomposity or snobbery. Beer pairs with food as well as, if not better than, wine. A restaurant is no longer being judged on its wine list, but its tap list. We cannot appreciate these new flavours to their fullest extent without thinking about how they are born – the journey beer goes through before it ends up in the glass you hold in your hand. On making this journey myself I discovered a secret: making good beer at home is easy, and very, very cheap. This book is designed to take the novice beer enthusiast by the hand as we trek through the worlds of beer and brewing. You don’t need to go out and buy loads of stuff. With a plastic bucket or two, you can make great beer from a kit and customise it to your own tastes. Then, we’ll go through the processes of turning just malted barley, yeast, hops and water into beer better than most. These four components are in nearly

Who the hell am I? My name is James. I’m better known in the UK as a baker of bread and all-things-nice. But all the time I’ve been writing my first two books, Brilliant Bread and How Baking Works, I’ve been brewing. Brewing in my kitchen. The problem is that once you start brewing, your mind wanders on to little else. If someone mentions anything to do with beer, you hijack the conversation. You jump at the chance to have a serious debate about the pros and cons of a particular strain of wild yeast when you sense the presence of a fellow beer geek. Two things piqued my interest: the potential for cheap beer and the science behind it. The chemistry of the brew day was cool, but it was the manipulation of yeast during the beer’s fermentation that really made me obsessed. It took me a while to get into it properly as I failed several times to make good beer from beginner kits. I thought about giving up, but I

(OPPOSITE) AMERICAN PALE ALE

PREFACE 9

LOVE BEER

The Curry Guy Easy 100 Fuss-free British Indian Restaurant Classics to Make at Home Mr. Dan Toombs The Curry Guy is back, with super quick and easy dishes! Dan Toombs, The Curry Guy, has perfected the art of British Indian Restaurant (BIR) cooking. In his highly anticipated new book, Curry Guy Easy, Dan shares the secrets of fuss-free curries, ones that can be cooked in half the time but still taste as good as the takeaway. Dan has been besieged by requests for more curry house favourites, ones that can be made with very little equipment and faff, without all the need for hours of restaurant preparation. Here he shares long-awaited recipes for the likes of Chicken 65, Black Dhal, Aloo Chaat, Simple Dosas, Prawn Balti, Lamb Keema Saag, and many more. For BIR food lovers all over the world, this is an essential guide to making their favourite recipes at home. Dan has spent years researching the methods and secrets of Indian chefs and here he distills that knowledge into a fabulous collection of 100 simple and delectable dishes.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787131286

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Dan Toombs (aka The Curry Guy) has perfected the art of replicating British Indian Restaurant (BIR) cooking. After travelling around the UK, sampling dishes, learning the curry house kitchen secrets and refining those recipes at home, Dan has created recipes that taste just like a takeaway from your favourite local but in less time and for less money. Dan's first book, The Curry Guy (2017), was a bestseller. He lives in Yorkshire with his curry-loving family.

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

225 x 175 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

The Curry Guy sold over 15,000 copies internationally in the first month of publication.

•

Dan Toombs has a large and loyal following on social media, who helped to propel his first book to the No 1 bestseller spot. Perfectly timed release for winter cooking.

•

For Caroline, Katy, Joe & Jennifer

PREFACE 4 HOW TO USE THIS BOOK 6 INGREDIENT SHORTCUTS AND SUBSTITUTES 7

STARTERS 8 HOME-STYLE AND STAFF CURRIES 32 CLASSIC BRITISH CURRIES 48 SEAFOOD RECIPES 72 QUICK VEGETARIAN CURRIES AND SIDE DISHES 82 UTTAPAMS, IDLIS AND DOSAS 102 TANDOORI GRILLING AND ROASTING 118 ACCOMPANIMENTS 138 LIST OF UNUSUAL INGREDIENTS 155 SUPPLIERS 156 INDEX 157 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 160

I’m asked often why this dish is called ‘Chicken 65’. There is no one definite answer, but there are two explanations which I think are better than most. One is that the original recipe had 65 different ingredients in it. More likely is that in India, where the menus can be very long and people order by number, this dish began showing up as the sixty-fifth option on numerous menus, making it easy to go out and order the very popular number 65 without even looking at the menu. The deep frying in this recipe can be done ahead of time, so if you are serving this curry house classic to dinner guests, you won’t need to be standing over hot oil when everyone arrives.

CHICKEN 65

SERVES 6 OR MORE AS PART OF A MULTI-COURSE MEAL PREP TIME: 20 MINUTES, PLUS MARINATING COOKING TIME: 10 MINUTES 1kg (2lb 2oz) chicken breast Rapeseed oil, for deep frying 1 tsp black mustard seeds 1 tsp cumin seeds 20 curry leaves 3 green chillies, sliced 12 garlic cloves, finely chopped 10cm (4in) piece of ginger, julienned 3 spring onions (scallions), roughly chopped 2 tbsp lemon juice 2–3 tbsp chilli sauce of choice (optional)* FOR THE SPICED BATTER 2 eggs, beaten 2 tbsp garlic and ginger paste (see p7) 3 tbsp cornflour (cornstarch) 3 tbsp rice flour 1 tsp ground turmeric 1 tbsp ground cumin 1 tsp ground coriander 2 tsp chilli powder 11/2 tbsp tandoori masala 1 tsp salt 1 tbsp black pepper * Shop-bought sauces work well, for homemade see page 143. 10 STARTERS

Slice the chicken breasts into small bite-sized pieces (tikka). Mix all of the batter ingredients into a paste and rub it evenly into the chicken pieces. If time permits, let this marinate for about 30 minutes or overnight, but this isn’t crucial. When ready to deep fry, heat your oil in a large wok. The oil should be at least 10cm (4in) deep. The oil is ready when a small piece of chicken sizzles immediately upon putting it in the oil. If using an oil thermometer, aim for 190ºC/375ºF. Fry the chicken in batches until the exterior is nice and crispy and the meat is almost cooked through. This should take about 2–3 minutes per batch. Place the finished chicken pieces on a wire rack to rest while you fry the remaining batches. The frying can be done ahead of time. Store the fried chicken, covered in the fridge until ready to use. Once cooled a bit, remove all but about 3 tbsp of the oil from the wok. Place over high heat and toss in the mustard seeds. When they begin to pop, reduce the heat to medium–high, add the cumin seeds, curry leaves and green chillies and fry for a further 30 seconds. Stir in the garlic and ginger and fry until fragrant and soft – about 1 minute should do the job. Tip in the chicken and spring onions (scallions) and stir well to coat. Fry it all over high heat until the chicken is completely cooked through. Squeeze the lemon juice over the top and add chilli sauce, if using. Give it all one last good stir, check for seasoning, adding a little more salt if needed, and serve.

This is Bangladeshi comfort food that is delicious as a starter or snack. You can find Asian vermicelli at Asian grocers and online. Feel free to use Italian vermicelli if you have trouble finding the Asian stuff. Asian vermicelli is quite a lot finer. When cooked, the fine pasta tends to clump together, but that is one of the things that makes it more interesting and different to Italian.

BANGLADESHI VERMICELLI SERVES 4

PREP TIME: 5 MINUTES COOKING TIME: 10 MINUTES 150g (51/2oz) Asian vermicelli 3 tbsp rapeseed oil 1 onion, finely chopped 2 green chillies, finely chopped 2 garlic cloves, finely sliced 1 /2 tsp ground turmeric 1 /2 tsp curry powder 2 eggs 3 tbsp chopped coriander (cilantro) Salt Lemon wedges, to serve

Bring a pot of water to a boil and add the vermicelli. It only needs to cook for 3â&#x20AC;&#x201C;4 minutes as it is so thin. When cooked, pour it into a colander and rinse with cold water. Heat the oil in the pan you used to cook the vermicelli over mediumâ&#x20AC;&#x201C; high heat. When visibly hot, add the chopped onion and fry until soft and lightly browned. Add the green chillies and garlic slivers and fry for a further 1 minute or so. Add the turmeric and curry powder followed by the eggs and fry it all up until good and scrambled. Tip in the cooked vermicelli and toss it around until well mixed and heated through. Season with salt to taste, sprinkle with the coriander (cilantro) and squeeze lemon juice, to taste, over the top to serve.

STARTERS 21

ALSO AVAILABLE BY DAN TOOMBS

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781849499415

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Vintage Baker More Than 50 Recipes from Butterscotch Pecan Curls to Sour Cream Jumbles Jessie Sheehan This cookbook takes blue-ribbon-worthy dessert recipes and updates them for the modern baker, wrapped up in a keepsake-worthy package. This book takes recipes from vintage recipe booklets from the early to mid-20th century and recasts them as a contemporary baking cookbook with a cool, modern edge. The book is illustrated with images of vintage baking booklet art and photography of many of the modern versions of the recipes. Headnotes briefly describe the origins of the recipe, the booklet from which it came, and how the author perfected its modern makeover. This book upholds the delicious original recipes while also gently nudging them into the 21st century with modern flavours, textures, and techniques. 01 June 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Jessie Sheehan is a recipe developer, cookbook writer, and occasional blogger (jessiesheehanbakes.com) living in Red Hook, Brooklyn.

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452163871

Key Information

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Foil stamped cover, 16-page tip-in booklet, Vintage recipe booklet art, 30 photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Publication

• •

No baking book has touched on the timeless baking booklets of the midcentury – recipes which are treasured and beloved but sorely need a deft modern update. The cover and interiors have special vintage touches (textured cover with foil stamping, mini booklet inside) that make this an instant keepsake and ideal gift for any baker. The 1940s to 1960s is an ever-popular era that is constantly referenced and has many avid fans – this book feeds into this trend in an updated, modern, and cheerful way.

dedication To my grandmother, Hyla: Whose lemon velvet sheet cake is one for the history books. And to my parents: For always

Introduction

filling the pantry with Nabisco Double-Stuf Oreos and Drake’s

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Contents No 2

Cornflake Macaroons with Chocolate Drizzle

Butterscotch–Potato Chip Crisps

Devil Dogs. My sweet tooth would be nowhere without you.

Sweet & Savory Morning treats

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Names: Sheehan, Jessie, author. | Gao, Alice, photographer. Title: The vintage baker. Description: San Francisco : Chronicle Books, [2018] Identifiers: LCCN 2017024415 | ISBN 9781452163871 (hc : alk. paper) Subjects: LCSH: Baking. | Desserts. | LCGFT: Cookbooks. Classification: LCC TX763 .S4257 2018 | DDC 641.81/5--dc23 LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2017024415

Molasses Doughnuts with Chocolate-Ginger Glaze

Sour Cream Jumbles

Chai Banana Fritters

Sand Tarts

Butterscotch Pecan Curls

Deep-Fried Cardamom Cookies

Cinnamon-Raisin Flake-Apart Bread

Swedish Tea Rolls

Peanut Butter Fingers with Salty Milk Chocolate Glaze

Vanilla Yogurt Coffee Cake

Chocolate-Molasses Crinkles

Cacio e Pepe Popovers

Lemon-Pepper Shortbread

Black-Bottom Banana Dream Bars

Fig Pincushions

Manufactured in China

Photographs by Alice Gao Prop styling by Kira Corbin Food styling by Diana Yen

Interior line art inspired by Bond Bread Cookbook , General Baking Company, 1933. Double Stuf Oreos are a registered trademark of Intercontinental Great Brands LLC. Drake’s Devil Dogs and Yodels are registered trademarks of McKee Foods. Kellogg’s Rice Krispies and Pop Tarts are registered trademarks of Kellogg NA Co. Kix Cereal and Pillsbury Bake-Off are registered trademarks of General Mills.

“ Everything” Buttermilk Biscuits

Red Hots are a registered trademark of Ferrara USA. 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Chronicle Books LLC 680 Second Street San Francisco, California 94107 www.chroniclebooks.com

VintageBaker_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 4-5

10/11/17 4:01 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

No 3

pies

No 4

Cakes

No 5

Refrigerator Desserts

No 6

Confections

Butterscotch Pie with Rum–Black Pepper Whipped Cream

Devil’s Food Sheet Cake with Sea Foam Frosting

128

154

Hot Fudge Sauce

155

Blueberry Angel Food Dream

Strawberry-Lemon Charlotte Russe with Thyme Ladyfingers

Salt-and-Pepper Caramels

Coconut-Chocolate Icebox Cake with Toasted Almonds

157

Curried Candied Cashews

158

Cinnamon Red Hots Popcorn

Lemon Chiffon Pie with Coconut Whipped Cream

102

Peanut Butter Custard Pie with Marshmallow Fluff Whipped Cream

Chocolate-Hazelnut Meringue Cradle Cake

104

Mexican Hot Chocolate Bavarian Pie

Chocolate–Peppermint Stick Roll

107

Latticed BlackberryLime Pie

Silver Cake with Pink Frosting

110

Coconut Blitz Torte

Pumpkin-Chocolate Tart with Cinnamon Whipped Cream

114

Cherry-Almond Slab Pie with Marzipan Crumble

90 92

131

134

Vanilla-Rhubarb Icebox Cake

159

Peanut Butter– Marshmallow Kix Trees

136

Milk Chocolate Malted Pudding

162

Honey-Roasted Peanut Brittle

139

Maple Parfait with Pecan Sandy Crumble

165

Caramel-Filled Banana Cupcakes with Penuche Frosting

142

Salty Caramel Crunch Sundaes with Caramelized Cornflakes

Chocolate-MarshmallowWalnut Fudge with Sea Salt

166

118

Raspberry-Marshmallow Upside-Down Cake

Cream Puffs with Pistachio Pastry Cream

145

Baked Alaska Sandwich

120

Ice Cream Cake 168

Basic Techniques

Peach–Graham Cracker Hazelnut Crisp

“S’more” Graham Cracker Cake

149

Strawberry-Basil Turnovers

122

Strawberry Shortcake

170

Acknowledgments

124

Cottage Pudding with Vanilla Sauce

171

Booklet Credits

172

Index

VintageBaker_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 6-7

10/11/17 4:01 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Molasses Doughnuts with Chocolate-Ginger Glaze Makes 12 doughnuts and loads of holes

Grandma’s Old Fashioned Molasses Recipes (1928) includes three different recipes for molasses dough nuts, an indication of just how fond folks were of this treat. I have revamped the recipe for Sour

Milk ones, using yeast instead of baking soda, resulting in doughnuts that are light and fluffy. Like the originals, my recipe does not include sugar, allowing the molasses flavor to truly shine. The chocolate-ginger glaze on one side of the doughnut and the cinnamon-sugar coating on the other ensures your sweet tooth won’t miss it.

Doughnuts

Grease a medium bowl with vegetable oil or nonstick

3 cups [420 g] all-purpose flour

cooking spray. Line two rimmed baking sheets with

2¾ tsp instant yeast

of paper towels or 1 or 2 large paper grocery bags

¼ cup [45 g] potato starch 1½ tsp table salt 1 tsp ground ginger ¾ tsp ground cinnamon 3 Tbsp vegetable shortening 1 cup [240 ml] buttermilk, at room temperature ¹ ³ cup [105 g] molasses 1 egg, at room temperature

con t ’d

parchment paper. Line a wire rack with a thick layer and set near the cooktop. For the doughnuts In the bowl of a stand

mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, combine the flour, yeast, starch, salt, ginger, and cinnamon, and mix on low speed until a shaggy dough forms. Add the shortening, buttermilk, molasses, and egg, and continue to mix until mostly incorporated. Remove the paddle and replace with the dough hook attachment. On medium speed, knead the dough until a smooth(ish) mass forms that comes off the sides of the bowl, 5 to 7 minutes. If the dough is very sticky, add a little extra flour. Alternatively, if it’s too dry, add a little buttermilk, until it sticks just a bit.

con t ’d

Sweet & Savory Morning Treats

VintageBaker_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 14-15

10/11/17 4:02 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Dinner's in the Oven Simple One-Pan Meals Rukmini Iyer With 75 recipes ranging from classic to healthy and innovative – this bright and modern take on sheet pan dinners appeals to weeknight cooks of all levels. Fresh, simple, delicious, and all made, be it a sheet pan, casserole, or gratin in one pan – this comprehensive cookbook is a vibrant guide to creating tasty and quick meals for any time or day of the week. Filled with recipes for 75 satisfying one-dish meals ranging from Chipotle Chicken Wings with Sweet Potato Wedges to Crispy Baked Gnocchi with Tomatoes, Basil, Mozzarella & Pine Nuts, these clever dishes are the ideal solution for busy home cooks looking to eat nutritious food made from scratch. Bright, fresh photography pairs perfectly with these easy recipes that offer a modern, elevated twist on dinner.

Author Details Rukmini Iyer is a food stylist, food writer, and recipe developer based in London. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781452168593

•

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

246 x 167 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

8 illustrations, 100 photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

David Loftus is an internationally acclaimed food photographer based in the UK.

•

With households only getting busier, finding ways to get a delicious healthy meal on the table during the week is a challenge – the one pan concept for making dinner is appealing to a wide range of home cooks. There are other books in this food category, but the gorgeous photos from David Loftus, sweet illustrations, more vertical hardcover trim, and airy modern design make this a book that will merchandise well in specialty markets including gourmet and general specialty like Anthropologie. At $34.99, the content matches the quality of the comps while offering a more upscale package.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Beer and Food Matching Bringing Together the Finest Food and the Best Craft Beers in the World Mark Dredge The Pocket Book of Beer and Food Matching combines great food with the world’s best beers. Mark Dredge mixes great beer appreciation with delicious food pairings. Not only does this book tell you about some of the best craft beers out there, it also looks at the science of taste and the principles of matching beer with food, explaining which ingredients enhance a brew’s flavour and what beer styles will compliment everything from breakfast and barbecue to cheese and chocolate. Also included are over 40 beer-infused recipes like stout mac ’n’ cheese or ribs in Belgian beer. With over 350 beers featured, it’s ideal for anyone who loves a drink and a tasty bite to eat.

Author Details

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781911026495

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

250 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Mark Dredge is a beer writer and runs the popular blog Pencil and Spoon , where he writes about anything ale-related. Mark has won an award from the North American Guild of Beer Writers for Beer and Food and is a three-time winner of the British Guild of Beer Writers Beer and Food Writer of the Year. His work is featured in leading publications across the globe and he’s an international beer judge. Mark is based in London.

Key Information • • •

A new edition in pocket format. The original edition (ISBN 9781909313231) has sold 22,000 copies internationally. Mark Dredge’s bestselling first book, Craft Beer World (ISBN 978095714998), occupied the top spot on the Amazon beer book list, featured in the top 10 food and drink reference books and has sold over 25,000 copies. The trend and demand for craft beer continues to grow with breweries now operating in Australia and year-onyear sales increasing by 40 percent. Combine this with the explosion of interest in food over the last 10 years and that’s a lot of hungry beer drinkers.

THE THREE B’S OF BEER AND FOOD Bridge, Balance, and Boost; remember these three concepts when trying to match your beer with food and you’ll always achieve successful results.

BRIDGE This is chocolate with coffee.

HERE ARE SOME BEER STYLES

AND EXAMPLES OF FLAVORS THAT BRIDGE:

It’s Belgian Quadrupel with fruit cake. It’s Thai curry with the limelike hops of a New Zealand Pilsner. It’s the sweetly caramelized flavor of roasted veg with American Pale Ale. This approach aims to find similarities in both the beer and the food that pulls them together by hoisting a bridge between the two. That bridge naturally helps to bring the flavors together, although we still need to consider intensity and texture—a thin and weak Stout, even though it has a roasty and chocolatey flavor, won’t work with a gooey chocolate brownie. You can focus on something small and specific, such as a shared ingredient or flavor (Witbier with a dish using ground coriander, for example), or it could be a more general bridge, like pouring a Porter with barbecued food, where the roasted malt shares grilled flavors with the meat.

BALANCE This is chocolate with chili. It’s a smooth Hefeweizen with spicy chicken tacos; a malty Brown Ale with rich mac ‘n’ cheese; herbroasted belly pork with the sharp carbonation of a Tripel. This keeps everything between the beer and food controlled

Pilsner

Lemon, woody herbs, fresh or toasted bread Grilled meat, toast, QN@RS UDFDS@AKDR Cilantro (fresh coriander),lemon, lemongrass, ginger Hefeweizen Toasted nuts, yogurt, beans Saison Pepper, fennel, arugula (rocket), garlic, apple Belgian Dark/Quad Dried fruit, cinnamon, chocolate, pepper American Citrus fruit, roasted Pale Ale onion thyme 3DFLƩF ,3$ Lime, cilantro (fresh coriander), mint, lemongrass Smoked Beer Roasted meat, bacon, BKNUDR O@OQHJ@ ,PSHULDO "GNBNK@SD BNƤDD Stout U@MHKK@ ADQQHDR

Dunkel Witbier

by balancing and softening bold ﬂavors and not letting anything overpower, while still pushing the individual elements forward. And, if you get it right, you’ll also get a boost of ﬂavor.

Two strong characters, when put together, can clash. What seems like a great idea at first turns into a loser-takes-all fight, and we want to avoid that. This approach typically starts with the food, as you are aiming to find a beer that can emphasize certain flavors and balance others, as if adding shading and highlights to make everything stand out in the right ways. This lifts the richness of fat, stops salt taking over, lightens deep-fried food, carves through creaminess, and keeps chili in check. Some ingredients help us by providing balance: avocado, rice, yogurt, coleslaw, bread, ketchup, coconut, cream, apple, fennel, cucumber, and others. These add a cooling quality, give a sensation of freshness, and can calm heat and alcohol—they tend to work alongside the beers, like a superhero’s sidekick.

BOOST This is chocolate with sour cherry. It’s Cheddar cheese with American IPA, where a whole basket of fruit bursts forward. It’s Saison with Vietnamese food, as the dry spiciness makes everything taste so fresh. It’s a crème brûlée with a sour raspberry beer. In this we want to make the beer like a missing ingredient in the food, which, when put together, gives it a big boost of new ﬂavors that are tastier than their constituent parts. It’s not the easiest of things to get right, but it’s deﬁnitely the most rewarding, and gives some of the most spectacular and surprising matches.

BASIC INGREDIENTS • 32

Chapter 1 Basic Ingredients 8 Chapter 2 Beer Styles 34 Chapter 3 Matching Food and Beer 108 Chapter 4 Cooking With Beer 162 Index 220 Acknowledgments 224

IW CB1205_Beer_food_mtch_DSJ.indd 2

Salt balances bitterness: Try Pale Ale with fried chicken, Pilsner with pretzels. Sweetness and fat balance bitterness: Try carrot cake and American IPA, AKTDADQQX LTƧM VHSG BNƤDD 2SNTS Fat and salt balance alcohol (and bitterness): Try Double IPA with French fries, blue cheese with Imperial 2SNTS Sweetness and a full body balance chili heat: 3QX ,HKJ 2SNTS VHSG IDQJ BGHBJDM 'DEDVDHYDM VHSG I@KEQDYH curry. Acidity and carbonation balance oily, fatty, smoky foods: Try Gueuze with L@BJDQDK 2@HRNM VHSG ADKKX ONQJ Bitterness and carbonation balance richness: Try Tripel and pâté, Pilsner VHSG EQHDC ƥRG Sweetness balances sweetness: 3QX (LODQH@K 2SNTS VHSG U@MHKK@ cheesecake, Quadrupel with cookies. Sweetness balances umami: Try IPA VHSG @ BGDDRDATQFDQ .@SLD@K 2SNTS with spaghetti and meatballs. Roasted bitterness balances acidity: 3QX /NQSDQ VHSG ATƤ@KN VHMFR (LODQH@K 2SNTS VHSG KDLNM LDQHMFTD OHD

Look Beyond the Bs and Stay Local Another consideration is to match the food to where a beer was brewed or where a style originates. Bridge, Balance, and Boost still apply, but they now work with a local focus. In general, taking this approach is good

THE THREE B’S OF BEER AND FOOD • 33

CONTENTS Introduction 4

OF BALANCED BEER AND FOOD PAIRINGS:

BELGIAN BLONDE, TRIPEL, AND STRONG GOLDEN

londe and Golden Ales of Belgian origin or inspiration, the beers in this family are superstars of Beer and Food. They often have elevated alcohol levels and yet the malt is never dominant or heavy and the hops give a bitter ﬁnish, which combines with the dryness provided by the voraciously hungry yeast. This might also kick out some fruity esters (apple, banana, aniseed, and pepper), while a feisty, fat-clearing carbonation keeps everything light. Blondes will be the lightest in the range, somewhere between 5.0 and 7.0% ABV; Tripels and Strong Golden Ales overlap between 7.0 and 10.0% ABV. They are powerful beers, and yet still somehow delicate, which makes them so good with a wide variety of dishes.

Orval ƛƞƬƭ ưƢƭơ WILD MUSHROOM RISOTTO

BREWED IN: FLORENVILLE, BELGIUM ABV: 6.2%

Take a poll of brewers around the world and ask them which beers they’d want with them if they were stranded on a desert island, and I bet Orval would be the most popular choice. Bridge: Toulouse sausage, (Duvel, on the next page, seafood pasta, apricot tart would probably get in the Top 5.) It’s a Trappist beer, Balance 1N@RS ONQJ NHKX ƥRG foie gras or pâté but not like any of the others: it’s a hoppy Belgian Boost: Asparagus, beef and Pale Ale that’s dosed with FHMFDQ RSHQ EQX KDLNM BGHBJDM Brettanomyces yeast when it is packaged. As the beer Local: Mild cheeses, cured ages, the hops mellow into meat the beer, and the peppery, lemony tartness of the yeast Avoid: Hot spice, chocolate develops, meaning that every time you open a bottle, it’s a little different, thus making BEER STYLES • 36

SPECIFICATIONS

PUNK ASS CHICKEN

HERE ARE A FEW EXAMPLES

Binding: Hardback Format: 4¾ x 7¼ in./ 186 x 123 mm Extent: 224 pages Illustrations: 250 color photographs and illustrations Price: US $14.95/£9.99 Publication date: May 2018 Text: 60,000 words

ften known as Beer Can Chicken, this recipe is always going to be in a beer and food book for a few simple reasons: it’s awesome, it’s outrageous, and it’s a lot of fun. Although classically a BBQ recipe, I don’t know anyone with a BBQ big enough to cook a whole chicken like this, plus this works fine in most regular ovens. I have identified four issues to overcome in order to make this recipe. The first is choosing the beer. You can use any you wish—I like BrewDog Punk IPA because Punk Ass Chicken is a cool name— but make it a good one because some of the beer’s character will permeate the chicken. IPA, Stout, Saison, and Fruit Beer are all good choices. The second issue is actually putting the can inside the chicken. This is not a glamorous job, especially if you’ve already seasoned and oiled the bird, but the good news is that, like a forefinger and a nostril, a beer can is the exact same size as a chicken’s butt. The third problem is making sure it doesn’t fall over. I have no useful tips for this except that if you see it leaning to one side, then you’d better catch it before it falls (because it will fall). The fourth problem is getting the can out at the other end of the cooking because the chicken and the can, plus the beer still in the can, are very hot, so be careful.

1 roasting (whole) chicken 1 can of beer Olive oil Selection of seasoning, herbs, and spices (salt and freshly ground black pepper are essential, the rest are down to you—I like to use garlic, fresh thyme, and paprika, but you can also go with chili powder, curry powder, or other spices)

ISBN: 978 1 911026 49 5

1 Remove all the shelves from the oven apart from the lowest one. Preheat the oven to 400°F/200°C/Gas 6. Place a baking tray in the oven for the chicken to sit on.

2 Now open the can of beer and approach the bird... Rub the oil, seasoning, herbs, and spices over the bird, plus some of the beer if you wish. I also like to add some garlic cloves and thyme inside and under the skin of the chicken and to the baking tray.

3 Pour half of the can of beer into a glass. (You can also use this “spare” half can of beer as a brine if you want to start your recipe preparation earlier.) Now, try to push the can inside the chicken—you may need some help with this. Once the can is secure, stand the chicken up and balance it on the baking tray (at this point it may look very sorry for itself, but it’ll soon look incredible). Close the oven door and cook for around 1½ hours, depending on the size of the bird.

Text © Mark Dredge Design © Dog ’n’ Bone Books UNCORRECTED PROOFS

4 I love this dish served with a plate of fries and some coleslaw or salad. Have

SERVES 4-6

a cold beer on the side. It really doesn’t matter which one. COOKING WITH BEER • 170

it mysterious and intriguing. It’s also a near-perfect food beer, with its savory, peppery quality, boozy strength that can stand up to big flavors, appetizing dryness, and tongue-tingling fizz. Paella, oily fish, cured meat, and pâté are all great food choices with this beer. With a wild mushroom risotto, finished with lemon juice, the beer zips through everything and zings with the added citrus. The ultimate pairing, if you can get it, is the cheese that they make at the Orval Abbey.

bridge to the beer’s fruitiness, while the salmon’s oily richness is softened by the beer’s malt richness. Some coconut and cilantro (fresh coriander) rice on the side completes it. For dessert, make banana fritters or have a coconut chocolate bar.

Omnipollo Leon ƛƞƬƭ ưƢƭơ ASPARAGUS

AND PARMA HAM BREWED IN: STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN ABV: 6.5%

Russian River Damnation

Omnipollo was founded by homebrewer and beer geek Henok Fentie in 2010, and Karl Grandin joined him soon after. Karl does the label artwork and all the bottles It might seem odd, but drinking are so good-looking a glass of this beer in a bar in that they’re worth Philadelphia made me think of the saving after you’ve Caribbean... There’s some banana, coconut, rum, lime, and pineapple in finished drinking their contents. Leon is a the aroma and Belgian-style Golden this combines Ale fermented with a with a very clean malt body Champagne yeast and uses whole cone Amarillo and Simcoe hops to be and a lingering a mix of New World and Old World. bitterness. It’s There are lemons, grapes, peaches, a complex, and grapefruit in the aroma, the interesting, body is dry, the bubbles are sharp and massively and refreshing, and it finishes like drinkable lime sherbert and peppercorns—it’s Strong Golden superb. Wrap some asparagus spears Ale. Taking the in Parma ham and then roast them tropical tastes, grill salmon with with freshly grated Parmesan cheese on top. The hops hit the asparagus’s ginger, thyme, cayenne pepper, vegetal flavor and the fruit is great lime, honey, and with the ham and cheese, while the garlic. The spices saltiness is balanced by the dry beer.

MAIN COURSES • 171

For further information, contact: US Dog ’n’ Bone Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

ƛƞƬƭ ưƢƭơ CARIBBEAN-INSPIRED

SALMON BREWED IN: SANTA ROSA, CALIFORNIA ABV: 7.5%

BELGIAN BLONDE, TRIPEL, AND STRONG GOLDEN • 37

UK Dog ’n’ Bone Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

www.rylandpeters.com

18/09/2017 11:26

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The L.A. Cookbook Recipes from the Best Restaurants, Bakeries, and Bars in Los Angeles Alison Clare Steingold From Boyle Heights to Malibu, Los Angeles is the most exciting food city in the United States. These 100 recipes from L.A.'s best chefs transport the California Dream to your table. Blessed by the abundance of sun, sea, and fertile agricultural land; vibrant Asian, Latin American, Middle Eastern, and European communities; and an abundance of talent in up-and-coming mavericks, celebrity chefs, and bold restaurateurs redefining hospitality, Los Angeles is having an unprecedented food moment. Food writer Alison Clare Steingold has collected and curated 100 recipes from the most talked-about kitchens in town, many shared for the very first time. From local favourites to celebrity hotspots, Los Angeles dining culture combines respect for ingredients, relaxed yet confident technique, and a flair for showmanship that can only come from next-door to Hollywood. From cocktails and pantry staples through homemade pizza dough and desserts, The L.A. Cookbook presents the drinks and dishes Angelenos love most, brilliantly adapted for the home. Publication

01 June 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$70.00

ISBN

9780847861675

Alison Clare Steingold left the east coast for sunny Los Angeles more than 15 years ago. A writer and editor covering food, design and travel ever since, she has written for a variety of publications including Architectural Digest online, The Wall Street Journal Off Duty, 1stdibs' Introspective, and Luxury Magazine in addition to her years as a senior editor at C (California Style) magazine. She also works with creative directors to develop strong brand identities in the hospitality and design sectors. This is her second cookbook.

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Key Information

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

260 x 197 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

125 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

Heralded by magazines such as GQ, Bon Appetit, and Lucky Peach, LA food is definitely having a moment unlike any before, and many up-and-coming restaurants across the city are launching their own brands to national and international acclaim. From celebrity chefs and California Cuisine to the grain bowl craze and poke, trends that take off in LA become the Next Big Thing across the country. Ultra-local, seasonal, and sustainable, and incorporating vegan/vegetarian dishes and Asian, Latin American, Middle Eastern, European and regional-American influences, the food in The LA Cookbook shows us how we'll all be eating next year. The L.A. Cookbook will have a broad life outside LA by showing readers how to easily assemble, adapt, and incorporate the ingredients, flavours, techniques, and tricks that characterise LA cuisine into their own kitchens and pantries for special occasions or everyday cooking. Gorgeous photography gives readers an all-new food-focused look at one of the most beautiful and distinctive, and most documented, cities in the country. Not since the LA Times published its California Cookbook in 1981 has LA had its own citywide contemporary cookbook. 2016's Legendary Restaurants focuses on historic locations, most now long-gone, and recent successes such as Roy Choi's LA Son, Gjelina, Everything I Want to Eat, and The Lemonade Cookbook represented a single chef, while previous compilations, such as The Original Farmer's Market Cookbook, were narrower in content.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

French Moderne Cocktails from the Twenties and Thirties Franck Audoux Featuring over 50 cocktail recipes and beautiful archival imagery of Paris during the interwar years, French Moderne is the perfect companion for Francophones and home mixologists alike. Although several books have featured recipes on timeless French cocktails, none have focused exclusively on the recipes and spirits developed in France during the prohibition era when cocktail culture began transforming into what we know today.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9780847861606

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

75 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

In bars, restaurants, and cocktail lounges all over the world, drinkers have long had a fond appreciation for a French cocktail, but many are unaware of its origins. Following Prohibition, Paris, much like London, became a capital of drinks. Although cocktails were present in the late 19th century, it was the interwar period, and particularly les anne´es folles that transformed the culture of the cocktail consumption into what we know today. This fertile time, both intellectually and artistically, was nourished by a growing influx of expatriates from across the Atlantic who made way for a new age of experimentation and creation. The new ambassadors of cocktails made alcohols and aperitifs that were specifically French, stars of the show. Alongside classic French Vermouth, the new cocktail creations began using locally produced spirits including Byyrh, Dubonnet, Suze, and Picon to create distinctly unique, and now classic, cocktails. Featuring beautiful archival photographs, illustrations, and advertisements, as well as new photography, Franck Audoux, partner at Le Dauphin and Chateaubriand in Paris, brings life back to these forgotten classically French spirits and aperitif, by giving them a modern twist. He provides recipes for more than forty classic French cocktails, from the Sazerac to the Highball, and provides contemporary tips and tricks that make them easy to recreate at home. Perfect for lovers of history and French culture, this book captures the spirit and culture of one of the richest periods in the City of Light and is a must have for the aspiring and experienced home mixologist alike.

Author Details Franck Audoux is a partner, manager, and original member of the team behind Le Chateaubriand in Paris. In addition to opening Le Chateaubriand and its sister restaurant, Le Dauphin, he founded a series of cocktail events entitled, "In Good Company", where the creations of internationally renowned cocktail connoisseurs and mixologists are paired with food.

Key Information • • • •

Franck Audoux is a partner at renowned restaurants Le Chateaubriand and Le Dauphin in Paris. Both are some of the most soughtafter restaurants to eat and drink at in the city. Interest in mixology and cocktail books based around the prohibition era is high. This book is unique in that it focuses on what was going on in Paris during prohibition. Approachable and informative, this book features classic, sophisticated recipes with a modern twist. Audoux takes intimidating cocktails and makes them approachable, explains the history of both the spirit that is used and the origin of the recipes. Beautiful archival imagery including posters, illustrations, and photography makes this book not only covetable for those interested in making cocktails at home, but also for those attracted to French culture.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Risotto and Beyond 100 Authentic Italian Rice Recipes for Antipasti, Soups, Salads, Risotti, One-Dish Meals, and Desserts John Coletta This single-subject cookbook, by acclaimed chef, restaurateur, and author, John Coletta, focuses on a relatively unexplored area of Italian cuisine – rice cookery – and will appeal to all lovers of Italian food who are looking for a cookbook that includes many of their favourite Italian ingredients but with rice as the new star. This is a remarkable recipe collection from a maestro of Italian cooking, featuring 100 authentic rice-focused dishes, along with techniques and equipment tips to help readers make perfect rice every time. Fascinating background about the distinct rice varieties, their characteristics, and where they can be purchased is also included. In addition, there is a guide to Italian pantry staples and a section on the labelling of Italian products to ensure they are authentic. The meticulously written recipes include both familiar dishes – arancini, crochettes, risotti, and rice puddings – and an array of unique offerings, such as rice salads, soups, fritters, bracioli, and gelatos. It is a definitive guide to the Italian rice repertoire. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$65.00

ISBN

9780847862368

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Key Information

Format

254 x 203 mm

•

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

80 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details John Coletta is the executive chef and managing partner of Chicago's Quartino Ristorante & Wine Bar. Since opening in 2005, Quartino has been featured in several publications includingUSA Today Travel, Chicago Tribune, andChicago Sun-Times. Under his leadership, Quartino also earned the coveted Ospitalità Italiana seal, which is awarded by the Italian government and recognises restaurants abroad that properly promote the traditions of the Italian food culture. Quartino Ristorante also received three stars from theChicago Tribune andChicago Sun-Times, and the American Culinary Federation's 2014 Award of Culinary Excellence. Coletta has appeared frequently and regularly on regional television and print media. He trained under Alain Ducasse at Louis XV and Joel Robuchon in Paris, among other notable European chefs.

•

• • •

Coletta is an affable, outgoing personality. He is a respected culinary veteran, who has won individual and team medals in the Culinary Olympics, and has earned the title of one of America's Rising Star Chefs by PBS television. His restaurant, Quartino, a thriving hotspot for over a decade, has received three stars from the Chicago Tribune and the Chicago Sun-Times, and the American Culinary Federation's 2014 Award of Culinary Excellence. He has a long-standing relationship with the James Beard House in New York and has cooked there several times. There are no other current cookbooks that focus on the rich repertory of Italian rice cookery, focusing not only on risottos but soups, salads, one-dish main meals, and more. The book provides a comprehensive look at Italian rice varieties, what types of dishes they are best used for, and a wealth of recipes designed for the home cook. People who are looking for the next ingredient to discover and explore will enjoy learning about the dishes, techniques, and expertise shared in this book. Italian cuisine is a perennial favourite for home cooks, and this book presents a comprehensive, refreshing look at a unique aspect of Italian cookery that is sure to interest a wide audience. Rice is naturally gluten-free and many of the recipes are gluten free and can be made so with minor adjustments, which are noted in recipe variations.

Rice Frittata with Spinach and Parmigiano Reggiano FRITTATA DI RISO CON SPINACI E PARMIGIANO REGGIANO

Whipped up with texturally enhancing rice, colorful spinach, and flavorful Parmigiano, this frittata makes a tasty, fork-tender appetizer that can also serve as a light brunch or luncheon dish. MAKES 12 APPETIZER SERVINGS OR 6 MAIN-COURSE SERVINGS WINE PAIRING: With floral, rosy aromas, richness, and intrigue, a dry, white Tuscan Viognier is just the thing here.

1¼ cups Arborio superfino rice  4 tablespoons (½ stick) unsalted butter, cut into cubes

3 cups lightly packed fresh spinach leaves 10 large eggs, well beaten

1½ teaspoons finely ground sea salt

Just under 3 ounces Parmigiano Reggiano or Grana Padano, finely grated to make 1¹⁄³ cups Finely ground black pepper Extra virgin olive oil, as needed

In a heavy-gauge pot, combine 2²⁄³ cups water, the rice, butter, and salt. Heat to boiling over medium heat. Reduce the heat to maintain a simmer and cook, uncovered and without stirring, until the rice has absorbed the water, about 30 minutes. Remove the pot from the heat; let rice cool to room temperature. In a 12-inch nonstick, oven-safe skillet over medium heat, stir the spinach until it releases liquid and is cooked. Remove the spinach to a large bowl. Wipe out the skillet and reuse to bake the frittata. Whisk the eggs, cheese, and pepper into the bowl of spinach. Stir in the cooked rice and set aside to rest for 30 minutes. Preheat the oven to 375°F. Using a pastry brush, evenly coat the skillet with olive oil. Transfer the rice mixture to the skillet leveling the top with a spatula. Bake in the center of the oven until the frittata is cooked through, firm to the touch, and golden, 30 to 35 minutes. Remove the skillet from the oven to a cooling rack. Rest for two minutes. Run a thin spatula around the inside rim. Unmold onto a serving platter. Slice and serve hot or at room temperature.

RISOTTO & BEYOND

antipasti

Arancini with Fresh Mozzarella and Italian Parsley ARANCINI DI RISO CON FIOR DI LATTE E PREZZEMOLO

Ever since the invading Arabs brought rice to Sicily in the tenth century, the region has been known for arancini, or “little oranges.” Named for the shape and color these diminutive rice balls take on when deep-fried, arancini can be filled with meat sauce, cheese, mushrooms—even pistachios or roasted eggplant. The choice of Italian rice to use is up to you: Arancini made with Arborio rice have a stickier texture while carnaroli rice preserves the texture of the separate rice grains. I like to complement the creamy sweetness of the fresh mozzarella filling with a spicy arrabbiata sugo dipping sauce from southern Italy. MAKES 16 ARANCINI; SERVES 4 WINE PAIRING: When the deep-fryer comes out, it’s time to reach for something sparkling. Add to that the milksweet, creamy cheese and fiery dipping sauce used here and your best bet will be “dry” or “extra dry” Prosecco Superiore.

3 cups Arborio or carnaroli superfino rice 4 tablespoons (½ stick) unsalted butter, cut into cubes 2 teaspoons finely ground sea salt 3 large eggs, well beaten  ¼ cup sweet white rice flour (see page 00)

1 small bunch coarsely chopped Italian flat-leaf parsley, leaves only, lightly packed to make ½ cup 2½ ounces Parmigiana Reggiano or Grana Padano, finely grated to make 1 cup 1 pound fresh cow’s milk mozzarella in liquid, drained and diced to make 48 pieces

FOR DEEP-FRYING

3 large eggs, well beaten 2 cups fine dry Italian, panko, or gluten-free breadcrumbs 4 to 5 cups high-smokepoint oil (safflower, rice bran, soybean, or canola) Salsa All’Arrabbiata (recipe below), for serving

Pour 5½ cups water into a heavy-gauge pot, and stir in the rice, butter, and salt. Heat to boiling over medium heat; reduce the heat to low. Simmer briskly, uncovered and without stirring, until the rice has absorbed the water, about 30 minutes. Remove the pot from the heat. Stir in the eggs, rice flour, parsley, and Parmigiana. Coat a 9 x 13-inch baking dish lightly with nonstick cooking spray, and line it with parchment paper. Transfer the cooked rice to the baking dish and spread in an even layer. (To prepare the recipe the next day: Cover the rice with parchment paper; wrap in plastic and refrigerate.) Assemble and fry the arancini: Bring the rice to room temperature. Using a sharp knife dipped in cold water, score and cut the rice cake into 16 equal pieces. Place one portion of rice in your hand and shape it into a cone; fill with 3 cubes of mozzarella. Close the rice over

RISOTTO & BEYOND

antipasti

CHAPTER T WO

R ICE SOUPS minestre di riso

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Hot Drinks Over 25 Warming Recipes for Cold Days Ryland Peters & Small Nothing is as welcome on a chilly day than a warming hot drink. Whether you crave a creamy hot chocolate, a spiced tea, coffee with a little kick of brandy or an aromatic mulled wine, you’ll find an irresistible choice of delicious treats for every winter occasion in this collection recipes. Heavenly Hot Chocolates to try include Boston Cream, Red Velvet, Toffee Apple and Sea Salt flavours. Nogs & Creamy Cups make a warming treat. Choose from Baltimore Egg Nog, Pumpkin Latte or Salted Caramel Latte. Recipes for Hot Toddies & Mulls include Orange Mulled Wine, Mulled Cider and Swedish Glögg; whilst Party Punches & Cocktails to try are Harvest Punch, Tawny Port Negus and Hot Buttered Rum. Finally Kicking Coffees & Teas include a classic Irish Coffee, Mocha Coffee and spiced Indian Chai Masala. From comforting bedtime mugs to fun party punches you’ll find the perfect recipe to warm you up on cold days here in Hot Drinks.

Key Information Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781849758963

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

50 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

A perfect gift featuring recipes for every festive occasion. Nothing says comfort and 'hygge' like hands clasped around a warming drink and books featuring the Danish concept of 'hygge' have proven bestseller in the winter months. Hot Drinks: Warming Treats for Cold Days published in 2008 (978-1-84597-803-7) has sold 6,500 copies internationally to date.

HotDrinks Nothing is as welcome on a chilly day than a warming hot drink. Whether you crave a creamy hot chocolate, a spiced tea, coffee with a little kick of brandy or an aromatic mulled wine, you’ll find an irresistible choice of delicious treats for every winter occasion in this collection of recipes.

3 egg yolks 2 tablespoons caster/ superﬁne sugar 500 ml/2 cups milk 100 g/31/2 oz. white chocolate, chopped 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon a pinch of freshly grated nutmeg 1 teaspoon vanilla bean paste or pure vanilla extract

IW RPS1946_Hot Drinks_DSJ Final v2.indd 2

Serves 2 In a large mixing bowl, whisk together the egg yolks and sugar until thick and creamy. Set aside. Place the milk and chopped white chocolate in a saucepan with the cinnamon, nutmeg

and vanilla, and heat over low heat until the chocolate has melted, whisking all the time. Bring the milk mixture gently to the boil and then pour over the egg yolk mixture, whisking all the time. (It is easiest to ask someone to whisk for you while you pour

the hot milk in). Return the mixture to the pan and simmer over low heat until the drink starts to thicken, whisking continuously, then remove from the heat and stir in the rum.

For further information, contact: UK office Ryland Peters & Small 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2200 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2201 info@rps.co.uk www.rylandpeters.com

Serve immediately in heatproof glasses or alternatively you can cool, then chill this drink and serve cold for equally delicious results.

2 0 NO GS & CR E AMY CUP S

For UK publicity, contact: Maria Hughes Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2232 maria.hughes@rps.co.uk

TheHotToddy For some reason this drink is often only consumed when the drinker feels under the weather, but the hot toddy is my winter warmer of choice. It’s perfect for sipping after any outdoor activity when things have turned frosty.

Contents Introduction Heavenly Hot Chocolates Nogs & Creamy Cups Hot Toddies & Mulls Party Punches & Cocktails Cozy Coffees & Teas Index

Binding: hardback PLC Format: 186 x 123 mm (4 3/4 x 7 1/4 inches) Extent: 64 pages Illustrations: c. 50 colour photographs Text: c. 6,000 words Price: UK £7.99 / US $12.95 / Priced higher in Canada Publication date: November 2017 ISBN: 978-1-84975-896-3

Nothing says holiday season like eggnog and this recipe featuring white chocolate version is creamy and indulgent. Serve it with a few little German iced gingerbread lebkuchen cookies on the side for dunking.

4–5 tablespoons rum (or more if you prefer!)

Heavenly Hot Chocolates to try include Boston Cream, Red Velvet, Toffee Apple and Sea Salt flavours. Nogs & Creamy Cups make a warming treat. Choose from Baltimore Egg Nog, Pumpkin Latte or Salted Caramel Latte. Recipes for Hot Toddies & Mulls include Orange Mulled Wine, Mulled Cider and Swedish Glögg; whilst Party Punches & Cocktails to try are Harvest Punch, Tawny Port Negus and Hot Buttered Rum. Finally Cozy Coffees & Teas include a classic Irish Coffee, Mocha Coffee and spiced Indian Chai Masala. From comforting bedtime hugs-in-a-mug to fun party punches you’ll find the perfect recipe to warm you up on cold days here.

Specifications

Whitechocolate eggnog

6 7 18 30 44 52 64

2 oz./50 ml Scotch whisky scant 1 oz./20 ml dark honey 1 oz./25 ml fresh lemon juice a pinch of ground cinnamon or 1 cinnamon stick

Add all the ingredients to a heatproof glass or pewter tankard and stir gently to mix. Top up with boiling water and serve garnished with a piece of lemon zest studded with cloves.

boiling water, to top up 2 pieces of lemon zest, studded with cloves, to garnish

Serves 1

US office Ryland Peters & Small, Inc 341 E 116th St New York, NY 10029 Tel: +1 646 791 5410 Fax: + 1 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: +1 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

HOT TODDIES & M U LLS 33

UNCORRECTED PROOFS

10/02/2017 10:58

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The New Porridge Grain-based Nutrition Bowls for Morning, Noon and Night Leah Vanderveldt This book embraces the modern evolution of porridge, with 55 recipes including different grains, sweet and savoury, hot and cold variations, there is a porridge for everyone and every season. The New Porridge is all about creating a nutrient-dense meal in one bowl – the comforting kind you look forward to eating when you get out of bed in the morning. Nutrition and wellness expert Leah Vanderveldt brings you 55 inventive porridge recipes including some with eggs and dairy but plenty of vegan and vegetarian options too.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781849759304

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

80 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The book begins with an introductory section with tips and tricks for making perfect porridge and an ingredient directory for superfood add-ons and protein boosts. This is followed by essential basic recipes for nut and plant-based milks and nut butters which are used throughout the book. A chapter on creative toppings gives you plenty of options for mixing and matching and adding various textures to your bowls. Recipes include Cinnamon Apple Pie, Coconut and Mango and Stewed Rhubarb Crumble Porridge. Next up is Savoury and Cozy – savoury porridge is a great meal for any time of the day. The final chapter, Cold & Make Ahead, is full of summertime versions of porridge. Bircher muesli, chia pudding and fruit blends make this refreshing chapter the key to enjoying porridge all year around.

Author Details Leah Vanderveldt is a food writer and recipe developer in the health and wellness space. She began her career at Condé Nast, working for both Vogue and Vanity Fair. When she moved to Sydney, Australia, Leah went on to become the food editor at health and wellness website, MindBodyGreen where she wrote and developed whole-food recipes and edited content about nutrition. She is certified in Culinary Nutrition from the Natural Gourmet Institute in New York City, where she learned to unite nutrition theory with practical techniques in the kitchen. She currently lives in Brooklyn with her husband, Fabian.

Key Information • •

Porridge continues to be a hugely popular healthy breakfast choice and the trend for inventive varieties is calling out for a new cookbook on the subject. Capitalises on the trend for bowl food with beautifully arranged intricate toppings.

CONTENTS THE BUILDING BLOCKS OF PORRIDGE 06 BASIC RECIPES AND TOPPINGS 20 SWEET AND WARMING 40 COLD AND MAKE AHEAD 82 SAVOURY AND COSY 106 INDEX 142 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 144

IW RPS1960 Porridge blad pages.indd 1

14/07/2017 15:26

SWEET POTATO PUREE PORRIDGE THIS PORRIDGE WAS BORN OUT OF MY LOVE FOR STARTING THE DAY WITH A BIG HELPING OF VEGETABLES. I FIND THIS SWEET POTATO PORRIDGE A SATISFYING AND SUNNY OPTION ON A GREY DAY. I LOVE SERVING IT WITH FRESH OR FROZEN AND THEN THAWED BERRIES.

1 large sweet potato (or two small),

The night before you plan to eat, preheat the oven

scrubbed clean and poked with a fork

to 200°C (400°F) Gas 6. Bake the sweet potato in the

a few times

preheated oven for 45 minutes until softened and

500 ml/2 cups almond milk (or a mix of half almond milk, half water) 2 tablespoons chia seeds

cooked through (give it a little squeeze with a tea towel protecting your hands, if it has a good amount of give, it’s done). Let it cool completely, then store in the fridge overnight. You can do this in a big batch

2 tablespoons ground flax seeds

for a double batch of porridge or for other meals.

1 teaspoon ground cinnamon

The next morning, remove the skin from the sweet

1 teaspoon ground cardamom

potato (it should peel away easily after it’s roasted and cooled). Place it in a medium saucepan and mash

pinch of sea salt

it with a fork until you’ve created a rough puree.

1 teaspoon coconut oil

Place the sweet potato in a saucepan over a medium

1–2 tablespoons almond butter TOPPINGS

heat. Stir in the milk, chia seeds, flax seeds, cinnamon. cardamom and salt and cook uncovered, stirring occasionally and further mashing the sweet potatoes as needed, for about 5–6 minutes until the ingredients

berries

have warmed through and melded together in a thick

granola (page 21)

but easily stirred consistency. Stir in the coconut oil and you can either stir in the

SERVES 2

almond butter in the saucepan or drizzle it on with your other toppings. Portion into bowls and serve warm with fresh berries and granola.

SWEET AND WARMING

IW RPS1960 Porridge blad pages.indd 2

14/07/2017 15:26

IW RPS1960 Porridge blad pages.indd 3

14/07/2017 15:26

RAW BUCKWHEAT BERRY PORRIDGE THIS COLD PORRIDGE IS KIND OF LIKE A DAIRY-FREE FRUITFLAVOURED YOGURT. IT’S CREAMY AND SWEET, BUT IT’S ALSO PACKED WITH RAW SOAKED BUCKWHEAT THAT BRINGS LOTS OF FIBRE AND ESSENTIAL MINERALS LIKE MAGNESIUM TO THE MIX.

200 g/1 cup raw buckwheat groats,

Soak the buckwheat in enough water to cover

soaked in water overnight

it by a few inches. Soak for 3 hours, but ideally

120 ml/½ cup almond or coconut milk 6–8 frozen strawberries (or 85 g/1 cup frozen raspberries or mixed berries) ¼ teaspoon vanilla extract 2 pitted dates, soaked in hot water

overnight. When ready to prepare, drain and rinse. Place the buckwheat and other ingredients in a blender and process until it’s as smooth as possible, scraping down the sides with a rubber spatula from time to time, to make sure everything is well incorporated. Timing will depend on your blender,

for 5 minutes

but this could take anywhere from 1–5 minutes.

1 tablespoon ground flax seeds

Serve sprinkled with your chosen toppings. Store

1 teaspoon maca powder (optional)

in clean sealed jars in the fridge for up to 3 days.

squeeze of fresh lemon juice pinch sea salt TOPPINGS berries hemp seeds Maple Pecan Granola (page 15)

SERVES 2

COLD AND MAKE AHEAD

IW RPS1960 Porridge blad pages.indd 4

14/07/2017 15:26

IW RPS1960 Porridge blad pages.indd 5

14/07/2017 15:26

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Easy Gluten-free Simple Recipes for Delicious Food Every Day Ryland Peters & Small Eating a gluten-free diet needn’t be a challenge. In this collection of recipes you’ll find a dish for all occasions from a dinner party to afternoon tea.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781849759403

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

190 x 190 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Choose from sustaining Breakfasts including Semolina Crumpets and gluten-free Porridge. Simple Snacks such as Pork Sausage Rolls, Four-Cheese Scones and Corncakes with Spicy Avocado Salsa are not only great for sharing at picnics but also a real treat to enjoy at home. Ideas for Light Meals range from Polenta Tarte Flambée to Quinoa Spaghetti. Cooking for guests will be a breeze with recipes such as a hearty Chicken Tagine, crowd-pleasing Meatloaf and a Vegetable and Lentil Moussaka. Desserts include Raspberry and Redcurrant Roulade, Peach Cobbler and the perfect Victoria Sponge Cake. There’s an invaluable section at the front of the book with information on how to avoid cross-contamination in your kitchen, the very best ingredients to include in a gluten-free pantry as well as tips for getting the best baking results every time. With delicious new ideas for gluten-free recipes as well as alternatives to traditional family favourites this book will enable you to create delicious free-from food at home that everyone can enjoy.

Key Information • • •

More than 100 gluten-free recipes including soups and salads, main dishes, snacks and cakes. Coeliac disease affects 1 in 100 people in Australia, and many more people who are unaffected are still looking for ways to avoid wheat in their diets. In the same best-selling series as Easy Vegetarian, Easy Vegan, Easy Tagine, Easy One-pot and Easy Vegetarian One-pot – more than 600,000 copies sold in total.

SPECIFICATIONS Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 190 x 190 mm (7½ x 7½ in.) Extent: 240 pages Illustrations: c. 100 col photographs Text: c. 32,000 words Price: UK £9.99 / US $16.95 / Priced higher in Canada Publication Date: May 2018 ISBN: 978-1-84975-940-3 Text, design and photographs copyright © Ryland Peters & Small 2017 For further information contact: UK OFFICE Ryland Peters & Small 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: + 44 (0)20 7025 2200 Fax: + 44 (0)20 7025 2201 info@rps.co.uk UK PUBLICITY Maria Hughes Tel: + 44 (0)20 7025 2232 maria.hughes@rps.co.uk US OFFICE Ryland Peters & Small 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 info@rylandpeters.com US PUBLICITY Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com www.rylandpeters.com

contents introduction

treats

118

breakfasts

breads

146

savoury snacks

index

236

light meals

credits

240

home-cooked comforts

UNCORRECTED PROOFS

IW RPS1974_EasyGlutenFree_BladDSJ.indd 2

07/09/2017 10:11

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Buttermilk Graffiti A Chef’s Journey to Discover America’s New Melting-Pot Cuisine Edward Lee James Beard Award–nominated chef Edward Lee, author of the highly praised Smoke & Pickles, tells the story of a new American culinary landscape in 16 personal and thought-provoking narratives and 40 recipes. American food is the story of mash-ups. Immigrants arrive, cultures collide, and out of the push-pull come exciting new dishes and flavours. But for Edward Lee, who, like Anthony Bourdain or Gabrielle Hamilton, is as much a writer as he is a chef, that first surprising bite is just the beginning. What about the people behind the food? What about the traditions, the innovations, the memories?

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$55.00

ISBN

9781579657383

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

156 x 235 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A natural-born storyteller, Lee decided to hit the road and spent two years uncovering fascinating narratives from every corner of the country. There’s a Cambodian couple in Lowell, Massachusetts, and their efforts to re-create the flavours of their lost country. A Uyghur café in New York’s Brighton Beach serves a noodle soup that seems so very familiar and yet so very exotic — one unexpected ingredient opens a window onto an entirely unique culture. A beignet from Café du Monde in New Orleans, as potent as Proust’s madeleine, inspires a narrative that tunnels through time, back to the first Creole cooks, then forward to a Korean rice-flour hoedduck and a beignet dusted with matcha. Sixteen adventures, sixteen vibrant new chapters in the great evolving story of American cuisine. And forty recipes, created by Lee, that bring these new dishes into our own kitchens.

Author Details Edward Lee is the author of Smoke & Pickles; chef/owner of 610 Magnolia, MilkWood, and Whiskey Dry in Louisville, Kentucky; and culinary director of Succotash in National Harbor, Maryland, and Penn Quarter, Washington, DC. He appears frequently in print and on television, including earning an Emmy nomination for his role in the Emmy Award – winning series The Mind of a Chef. Most recently, he wrote and directed the feature documentary Fermented. He lives in Louisville and Washington, DC, and you can find him on Instagram and Twitter @chefedwardlee.

Key Information • • • • • •

Charismatic, mediagenic chef: Chef Edward Lee is a nationally known food personality with a following that extends beyond his restaurants. As evidenced by his work in TV and film, Lee is known as an excellent storyteller and a thought leader in the culinary community. Lee offers a fresh angle on the immigrant story that will appeal to media. Compelling stories: prostitute Lee meets while cooking in a diner (she sends him on a quest to find the perfect beignet). Lee’s first book, Smoke & Pickles, has 55,334 copies in print globally. This narrative book is punctuated with 40 recipes (two in each chapter) inspired by the stories and specifically created and tested by Lee for the home cook.

STORIES FROM THE FRONT LINE OF OUR EVER-CHANGING CULINARY LANDSCAPE

CONTENTS

American food is the story of mash-ups. Immigrants arrive, cultures collide, and out of the push-pull come exciting new dishes and flavors. But for Edward Lee, who, like Anthony Bourdain or Gabrielle Hamilton, is as much a writer and observer as he is a chef, that first surprising bite is just the beginning. What about the people behind the food? What about the traditions, the innovations, the memories?

Chapter 1

Chapter 9

PILGRIMAGE FOR A BEIGNET

A LESSON IN SMEN westport, connecticut

new orleans, louisiana

Chapter 10

Lee—a Korean-born, Brooklyn-bred chef who found his soul in Kentucky—spent two years uncovering fascinating narratives from every corner of the country. A Cambodian couple in Lowell, Massachusetts, re-creates the flavors of their lost homeland. A Uyghur café in New York’s Brighton Beach serves a noodle soup that seems so familiar and yet so exotic—one unexpected ingredient opens a window onto a unique culture. A beignet from Café du Monde in New Orleans, as potent as Proust’s madeleine, inspires a narrative that tunnels through time, back to the first Creole cooks, then forward to a Korean rice flour hoedduck and a beignet dusted with matcha. From an author whose own heritage offers him a unique and revealing perspective, here are 16 vibrant chapters in the rapidly evolving story of American cuisine. And 40 recipes, created by Lee, that bring these new dishes into our own kitchens.

$29.95 ISBN 978-1-57965-492-4 No. 85492

Penn Quarter, Washington, D.C. Emmy nomination for his role in the Emmy Award–winning series The Mind of a Chef. Most recently, he wrote and directed the feature documentary Fermented. He lives in Louisville and Washington, D.C. Find him on Instagram and Twitter @chefedwardlee.

Chapter 11

Chapter 3

TRAWLING FOR SHRIMP gulf coast, texas

brighton beach, new york

Chapter 12

Chapter 4

THE IMMORTALITY OF PATERSON

THE ACCIDENTAL FAST

paterson, new jersey

Chapter 5

NIGERIAN HUSTLE

EXILE AND CIGARS

houston, texas

Chapter 14

Smoke & Pickles

He appears frequently in print and on television, earning an

lowell, massachusetts

miami, florida

in print); the chef/owner of 610

National Harbor, Maryland, and

seattle, washington

Chapter 13

Smoke & Pickles (55,000 copies

culinary director of Succotash in

THE PUGILIST AND THE COOK

dearborn, michigan

ALSO BY EDWARD LEE

Dry in Louisville, Kentucky; and

DEATH AND AQUAVIT

THE UNFAMILIAR NOODLE

EDWARD LEE is the author of

Magnolia, MilkWood, and Whiskey

Chapter 2

Chapter 6

GERMAN MUSTARD

SLAW DOGS AND PEPPERONI ROLLS

milwaukee and madison, wisconsin

west virginia and virginia

Chapter 15 Chapter 7

A KIBBIE IN CLARKSDALE

THE PALACE OF PASTRAMI

clarksdale, mississippi

indianapolis, indiana

Chapter 8

Chapter 16

MATRIARCHS OF MONTGOMERY montgomery, alabama

A TALE OF TWO CORN BREADS louisville, kentucky

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO BY EDWARD LEE

Price

AU$59.99

ISBN

9781579654924

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Tots! 50 Tot-ally Awesome Recipes from Totchos to Sweet Po-tot-o Pie Dan Whalen A quirky single-subject cookbook with more than 50 recipes for making fun, delicious, and over-the-top dishes with potato gems. It’s a fact: Americans love tots, and last year consumed 3.5 billion of them. And not just at home. From fast-food joints to high-end restaurants, chefs are joining the tot trend, serving exotically spiced tots or fun mash-ups like Totchos, with tots replacing the corn chips in nachos. But now, prepare for TOT-al domination! Created by mad-genius food blogger Dan Whalen, Tots! elevates the friendly little tater to its place in the culinary spotlight.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9780761189947

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

152 x 203 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

4-colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

FS, I

This irresistible die-cut cookbook with a nubby tot-texture on the cover offers 50 delicious, playful, and surprising recipes for snacks, appetisers, inspired main dishes, and inspired sides, even desserts. (Yes, you could create an entire tot-centric dinner.) Here are party dishes like Buffalo Tots and Tot Poutine. A Tot Caesar for an elegant starter. Tots for breakfast, like Tots Benedict and a Tot Shakshuka, and tots for dinner — Moules Tots, Chicken Tot Pie, Tater Tot Pizza, and Bibimtot. Side dishes — next Thanksgiving, try Sausage and Tot Stuffing. And for sweets lovers, Tot Churros (deep-fried and dipped in chocolate ganache), Apple Tot Crumble (that crispy salty tot topping really plays off the warm sweet apples), and Tot S’mores — a heavenly melt of a dish. Every recipe uses frozen commercial tots — but Dan Whalen also shows die-hard tot lovers how to make tots from scratch and then alter their creations with different spices (think Tots Vindaloo) and sauces. It’s TOT-ally awesome.

Author Details Dan Whalen is the culinary mad-genius creator of the popular recipe blog The Food in my Beard and the author of Stuffed: The Ultimate Comfort Food Cookbook and the forthcoming The Art of the Mash-Up. Since starting his website in 2008, he has published more than 1,000 recipes that have been viewed over 6 million times, and has produced numerous viral videos including a Quesadilla-Bun Burger video that has racked up 24 million views. His work has been featured in Saveur, Bon Appétit, Serious Eats, Fine Cooking, Boston.com, MSNBC, and Huffington Post, among others. He lives in Boston, MA.

Key Information •

•

An official food trend (Eater), potato tots have been heralded as a "cultural phenomenon" (Specialty Food Association), "the hot new (old) thing" (Business Insider), and the newest hipster food craze (Associated Press). Tots are popping up on menus all over the country, from Burger King's limited edition tots to New York City's coolest restaurants, where they often appear in "Totchos" and other funky mash-ups. This book is on trend! These recipes for tots call for way more than a dip in ketchup. Creative and playful recipes include Totzarella Sticks, Buffalo Tots, Bibimtot, Chicken Tot Pie, S'mores Tots, and more, from an online cooking star whose recipes and videos have been viewed millions of times. Like the Nutella jar–shaped book celebrating Nutella recipes, this book's nubby-textured, tot-shaped package will make it an obvious gift for every tot obsessive. It's got everything but the grease.

ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Your Home, Your Style Decorating Rooms to Feel Like You Donna Garlough An accessible yet stylish how-to from a lifestyle editor for a major retailer, Your Home, Your Style will appeal to those readers who bought how-to books by blogger Erin Gates (The Elements of Style) and Lauren Liess (Habitat: The Field Guide to Decorating). A decorating book for the do-it-yourselfer, Your Home, Your Style is not just a guide to decorating, but a guide to harnessing your style strengths, identifying and overcoming your weaknesses, and filling your home with the furniture, dĂŠcor, and details you love in a way that works for you. Divided into three sections (Know Thy Design Self, Let Your Story Unfold, and Shop & Learn), the book will empower readers to look inward to find their design style and build confidence (learn how to assess your design personality to avoid common pitfalls), question common decorating principles (you can't decorate a rental), get tangible (learn how to make a digital mood board); and shop fearlessly and efficiently. Enriched with visually driven sidebars (how to style a bookshelf 4 different ways; how to create a gallery wall), and illustrated with polished spaces styled by the author as well as other home decorators, this is a guide rich in how-to advice that will find a place on every home decorator's shelf.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$80.00

ISBN

9780847861798

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

254 x 210 mm

Extent

208pp

Circle, Country Living, Glamour.com, InStyle, ElleDecor.com, People.com, PopSugar, The Wall Street Journal, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, The Huffington Post,

Illustrations

150 colour photographs

and other outlets.

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details The Style Director at the popular home-decor site Joss & Main since 2013, Donna Garlough previously held posts as executive editor and food editor at Boston Magazine, senior editor at Boston Home, Boston Weddings, and New England Travel magazines, and associate editor at Martha Stewart's Whole Living. A freelance food critic and co-author of The Green Guide: A Complete Reference to Consuming Wisely (National Geographic, 2008) she specialises in delivering inspiring lifestyle content with a dose of real-life know-how. Her commentary, writing, projects, and advice have been featured in Real Simple, Family

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information • •

• • •

• Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$80.00

ISBN

9780847861798

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

254 x 210 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

150 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

As a longtime style editor and now media spokesperson for Joss & Main, Garlough is very well-connected. She frequently hosts events and seminars with bloggers and other influencers in the home and lifestyle space. There is an audience hungry for chic yet approachable design. This is a book for those readers – the readers who made Erin Gates's book, The Elements of Style, so successful. These are real people's homes that are beautiful but approachable. This book helps the reader determine their own taste and style and how that can be practically applied to creating a design and space that they love. Filled with visual tutorial sidebars which offer a wealth of immediate visual tips for a host of design ideas, this book offers immediate inspiration and example at once. She also wants to do a combined book tour/Joss & Main dinner series in cities across the country, in which she hosts luncheons/dinners with top-tier bloggers, home editors and influential members in that market to talk design. She'd style the events and moderate discussions about design in today's media landscape. Garlough is also a serial home renovator and has been entertainingly chronicling her current project – an 1850 townhouse on Boston's Bunker Hill – on her blog Self Styled (www.selfstyled.com).

IT’S ALWAYS A GOOD TIME TO DECORATE.

Whether you’re renting or renovating, staying or going, it’s time. Just because your surroundings may change doesn’t mean you shouldn’t love where you are right now, or that you have to suffer a space you despise. Your future plans should be a guardrail that helps direct the style and cost of your current purchases, not a roadblock to any kind of decorating at all.

A room MOCK-UP is a place to store your leading ideas and VISUALIZE how your space and items work together.

EVERYONE NEEDS A ROOM MOCK-UP.

A room mock-up is a place to store your leading ideas and visualize how your space and items work together. Whether it’s digital or analog (such as a bulletin board or a wall you tape pictures to), the mock-up is an integral part of any do-it-yourself design project. While online pinboards and bookmarks can be helpful, there’s nothing like seeing your design choices all in one place. It’s a living document that you’ll use, change, and change again as your vague ideas morph into real-life rooms in 3-D.

THE BEST ST YLE IS REAL-WORLD ST YLE.

As someone who’s been on set and crafted some of those perfectly balanced, ideally accessorized images you’re bookmarking, I’m here to tell you why you can stop comparing your home to the ones in catalogs and magazines. Part of creating your dream home is realizing you’re going to be awake in it—eating in it, cooking in it, cleaning in it—and making adjustments to make it work for real life. Outside of photo-shoot hours, nobody has a pantry stocked only with grains in shades of beige. Nobody sane coordinates the fruit in their fruit bowl with the utensil crock on the counter. Nobody—except

This page: Items with a personal

me, and I’m not always sane—buys only neutral-colored shampoo

story—shells collected

bottles. There’s no need to compare your everyday home to a pro-

on a beach walk, blue

fessionally primped one; a well-styled home will look great even in

agate coasters from

its natural state.

a trip to Brazil—make for charming tabletop accents and coffee table conversation-starters. Group items by color to give your display of

YO U R H O M E , YO U R S T Y L E

treasures a curated feel. intr o ducti o n

I’ve observed that people have one of five distinct design dispositions: There are Self-Expressionists, Pragmatists, Historians, Dream Weavers, and Tinkerers. Your disposition defines what kind of design creature you are, and it affects everything about how you nest. Do you crave welcoming warmth or cooling calm? Do you like to attack projects slowly and methodically, carefully considering each decision on the way, or do you arrive at your best ideas via an impulsive, creative whirlwind? A quiz at the end of this chapter will help you identify your type. My disposition? I like to tinker . When I was a tween, it wasn’t uncommon for me to lock myself in my room in a fit of pubescent rage and start moving things around. Bewildered, my mother would open the door and discover I’d completely changed the floor plan. For me, decorating is therapeutic—if I can’t reorganize my emotions, I can at least reorganize my environment. And so I live in a constantly changing home that thrills and frustrates me every day as I move from one decor project to the next. I grow bored, I redecorate, and I don’t think I’ll ever stop—and that’s OK. I’ve arrived at a decorating strategy that allows me to cycle objects through my home, from one room to the next and from desktop to mantel. Instead of simply acquiring things en masse, I rearrange and slowly incorporate new finds into my arsenal. I’ve given up on trying to find my forever-favorite pieces and their permanent locations within my home. They don’t exist. This frustrated my husband for years. To him, decor is something that complements a home’s architecture and increases its value, that communicates quality, and that gets done once and done right. And so rather than investing in the chesterfield he’s always admired—or trying to find one at a more palatable price—his tendency is to put off decorating indefinitely and Opposite: Just because a piece is designed for a

money on a piece I loved but didn’t quite know what to do with seemed

you can’t use it where and how

nonsensical. However, after a decade of seeing me stage a whole house for

leaned inside a bookcase helps to fill out an empty shelf, while this charming brass fellow helps to keep it standing upright.

YO U R H O M E , YO U R S T Y L E

he’ll decorate “properly” and strategically at a later date. That I’d spend

certain function doesn’t mean you like. A round wall clock

live with a hodgepodge of purely functional furniture, maintaining that

an appraisal or sale using random decor I’ve pulled out of closets and moved from room to room, he’s come around. And I’ve come up with a system that lets him get a peek at the end state of my design plans for each room as I plan it out.

W hat ' s Yo ur D esign D isp o siti o n ?

This page: A duo of wooden trays instantly turns a patterned, upholstered ottoman into a coffee table; just add books and drinks.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Venice The Art of Living Lydia Fasoli This volume showcases the Venetian style of living and entertaining, featuring stunningly photographed interiors paired with artfully presented local recipes amidst the backdrop of the most elegant private rooms and gardens in Venice. This book should appeal to interior designers, Italophiles and Venice's many international admirers. For centuries, millions have succumbed to the magical charms of Venice. From the lagoon – the city's life source crisscrossed by fishermen, sailors, and gondoliers – to the streets and squares that form the backdrop to the Venetians' theatrical way of life, the authors invite us to discover extravagant interiors in a tour of the palazzi, grand apartments, and private homes and gardens where Venetians have forged an inspiring approach to living and entertaining in grand style. This superb volume takes the reader behind the fabulous facades of Venice to explore its grand interiors and local cuisine. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$90.00

ISBN

9780847861828

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Author Details

Format

324 x 254 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

230 colour photographs

Age Range

Francesco – called "Toto" – Bergamo Rossi has devoted his entire professional life to the restoration, preservation and promotion of the artistic and historical heritage of the city of Venice and the surrounding Veneto region. After twenty years of engagement in restoring the built environment of Venice, he was asked in 2010 to head of the Venetian Heritage Foundation, a position he currently holds. The foundation is responsible for various exhibitions and publications, all dedicated to Venice and the Veneto.

Terms

SOR

Featuring a lively anecdotal text and stunning colour photographs of private interiors otherwise not open to the public, this beautifully illustrated volume is essential for anyone who has fantasised about living in one of the world's most beloved destinations, famous for its waterways, its gondolas, and its romance. With this book, readers can recreate the Venetian style of living and entertaining, with inspiring images of the most beautiful and elegant private rooms and gardens the city has to offer, and accompanying recipes that showcase the distinctive traditional cuisine of Venice. Stunningly photographed, this beautifully produced volume captures the luxurious interiors and unique private spaces of Venice, and will appeal to Italophiles and the city's legions of admirers, armchair tourists, and anyone interested in interior design.

Lydia Fasoli is a journalist and stylist based in Paril. She has written for leading European publications. Marie-Pierre Morel is a photographer specialised in food, interiors, and entertaining. Her photographs appear regularly in prestigious publications including Elle, Elle Décor , and Maison Francaise.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information •

• • • • • • Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$90.00

ISBN

9780847861828

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

324 x 254 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

230 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

Gorgeous photographs of the most beautiful palazzos in Venice specially taken for this book and presented luxuriously to highlight the architectural and gourmet richness of Venice. Most of the interiors featured in the book are private and not ordinarily open to the public. Success of author's previous book. Author has spent his career working on the restoration and preservation of Venice's cultural heritage, and will use the connections he has established to promote the book. The inclusion of traditional Venetian recipes – staged and served in situ in Venice's most elegant interiors – will speak to the overwhelming interest globally not just in Italian food. It should also dovetail with the growing interest among the food-obsessed in delving deeper into Italy's historical regional foodways and heritage ingredients as well as a desire for entertaining in true Italian style. Perfect for armchair travellers, anyone interested in interior design as well as anyone who loves Venice, its culinary traditions, and its lifestyle. Author is the head of the Venetian Heritage Foundation – very well connected and truly in the know about all things Venice. Rizzoli has a long tradition of publishing beautifully illustrated and meticulously designed books about Italy, Italian culture and lifestyle such as 101 Beautiful Small Towns in Italy, Inside Venice, and Marella Agnelli.

40 )

Palazzo Gradenigo in Rio Marin

: Dans la salle de jeux, dite des Doges, famille et amis se retrouvent encore pour jouer aux cartes, sous le regard d’illustres ancêtres de la famille Gradenigo, parmi lesquels quatre doges, dont les portraits sont encadrés de stucs polychromes. C’est sans doute sur des tables similaires, en laque blanche de la seconde moitié du XVIIIe siècle, que certaines des plus grandes fortunes de la Sérénissime ont trouvé la ruine dans ce passe-temps très prisé à l’époque. C I - D E S S O U S : Le portrait du doge Pietro Gradenigo recevant une lettre d’un page, œuvre de Giacomo Guarana. PA G E D E D R O I T E : Boudoir converti en petit salon pour les conversations intimes à l’heure du thé. Au mur, les stucs sont un triomphe des arts décoratifs du XVIIIe siècle. D O U B L E PA G E P R É C É D E N T E

86-101_cuisine venitienne_inte-SR.indd 92-93

22/07/2016 15:13

74 )

Ca’ Zen ai Frari

: Médaillon en stuc qui encadre le miroir d’un salon d’apparat où la famille Zeno donne de grandes fêtes. C I - C O N T R E E N H A U T E T PA G E D E D R O I T E : Les dessus des portes de la suite de salons sont magnifiquement décorés de fresques et de stucs à la feuille d’or dans la symbolique classique. C I - C O N T R E E N B A S : Au plafond du hall d’entrée, une lanterne XVIIIe en fer forgé et les armoiries de la famille peintes sur une boiserie. CI-DESSOUS

70-85_cuisine venitienne_inte-SR.indd 74-75

22/07/2016 14:58

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Drawing after Architecture Renaissance Architectural Drawings and their Reception Carolyn Yerkes A beautiful and very original research that casts a new light on architecture drawing tradition, an essential part of the history of the architectural profession. Why did early modern architects continue copying drawings long after the invention of print should have made such copying obsolete? Carolyn Yerkes answers that question in a fresh investigation into the status of architectural drawing in the 16th and 17th centuries. Drawing after Architecture: Renaissance Drawings and their Reception investigates the status of architectural drawing after the invention of print, and explores a vast group of 16th and 17th century manuscripts and collections of drawings that are each part of a larger network of copies. Made by French and Italian draftsmen who studied Roman monuments, the drawings contain information about the buildings – buildings that include the most important ancient and modern works, the Pantheon and Saint Peter's – that is not known from any other sources. But the information that the drawings preserve is only part of their value: the drawings also show how that information was recorded, transferred, and analysed by other draftsmen. In the 16th century, survey drawing was the key mechanism through which the material past was understood, and many 16th and 17th century drawings after ancient architecture are extant. Ultimately, this book pursues the nature of architectural evidence, in that it asks how Renaissance architects used images to explore structures, to create biographies, and to write history.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$70.00

ISBN

9788831726740

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Author Details

Imprint

Rizzoli

Carolyn Yerkes is assistant professor of Early Modern Architectural History at Princeton University.

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Key Information

Format

248 x 197 mm

•

Extent

288pp

•

Illustrations

176 colour & b/w illustrations

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Original pictures, drawings and watercolors. A book for architects, scholars and architecture students, but also anyone interested in architecture and the Renaissance. Winner of the James Ackerman Prize in the History of Architecture.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Val d'Europe A City Vision Maurice Culot The thrilling urban experience of creating and developing a new city in France. Val d'Europe is a new city created in 1987 and developed from 1992, located next to the first tourist destination in Europe, Disneyland Paris. The challenge of this unique architectural and urban experience was to design, ex nihilo, a city that simultaneously represents beauty, practicality and sustainability. A city that creates social diversity without architectural discrimination, limits the use of vehicles, responds to ecological imperatives, offers a balance between housing and office spaces and is harmoniously developed over time. Val d'Europe's genesis was backed by a vision: that of reviving European urban genius by inventing an authentic city, while still responding to today's demands. Here, the streets present a familiar character, the squares are convivial, the architecture is the same for both social and private housing.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99

ISBN

9788831728010

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

267 x 191 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

242 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

This book, written by two architects and illustrated with maps, photographs and original watercolours, presents, without concealing the difficulties, the process that was put into place in order to achieve the same urban quality as Europe's most beautiful cities.

Author Details Maurice Culot is an architect, city planner and editor, he is the president of the European group Arcas, the Foundation for Architecture in Brussels, the Modern Architecture Archives, and the triennial Philippe Rotthier European Prize for Architecture. Bernard Durand-Rival is an architect, who joined the architecture and city planning teams of Euro Disney Associés S.C.A. in 1998 and has since ensured the creative responsibility of the city planning, architecture and landscape for the urban projects located within the New City of Val d'Europe.

Key Information • • •

Texts written by leading architecture experts. Beautiful original pictures, drawings and watercolours. A book for architects, urban planners, scholars and architecture students, but also anyone interested in architecture, design, and city planning.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Henri Samuel Master of the French Interior Emily Evans Eerdmans The first book dedicated to Henri Samuel (1904-96), who is considered one of the best French interior designers of the 20th century and acclaimed as much for his mastery of historic design as for his eye for the cutting edge. A highpoint addition to Rizzoli's continuing coverage of the masters of the field. When the fashion designer Valentino bought a 17th century chateau outside of Paris, there was only one person he considered to design the interiors: Henri Samuel. During an illustrious career that spanned seven decades, Samuel created rarified and beautiful environments for his jet-set clientele. Doris Duke, Prince Sadruddin Aga Khan, and multiple Rothschilds entrusted Samuel with their historically significant residences and important collections. Such was his expertise that museums such as Versailles and the Metropolitan Museum of Art consulted him on the installation of period rooms. Samuel was a master at reproducing intimate rooms in various historic styles in addition to mixing those styles in an erudite way: modernist paintings were installed over Empire consoles, Louis XIII furniture shared space with Oriental objects, Neoclassical chairs were placed beside commissioned tables of brass and Plexiglas. In Samuel's own Faubourg Saint-Honoré apartment, the decorator combined contemporary designs by Guy de Rougement, César, Philippe de Hiquiliy, and Diego Giacometti with fine antiques to electric effect. This book records Samuel's life, his career, and the luxurious interiors he created for his clients and himself – rooms that look as fresh and alive today as they did when they were first arranged.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$130.00

ISBN

9780847861866

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Author Details

Category

Home Design

Format

305 x 229 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

200 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Emily Eerdmans is an acclaimed design expert, historian, and author. She received her Masters degree in fine and decorative arts from Sotheby's Institute of Art in London. Eerdmans teaches connoisseurship and design history at the New York School of Interior Design, and has authored several books on interior-design subjects. In 2011, after more than a decade of working for some of the world's foremost dealers, including Partridge, Devenish, and Hyde Park Antiques, Eerdmans began independently advising private clients in all aspects of their collections. She is a member of the Decorators Club and the preservation committee of Old Westbury Gardens.

Terms

"Where clothes are concerned, the only person I trust is Balenciaga," Mary de Rothschild once said. "The same goes for Henri Samuel in the field of decoration."

Jacques Grange, who early on worked with both Henri Samuel and Madeleine Castaing, is a French interior-design star. Over the more than four decades of his career, Grange has created sumptuous interiors for Yves Saint Laurent and Pierre Bergé, Isabelle Adjani, Princess Caroline of Monaco, Alain Ducasse, François Pinault, Valentino, and Karl Lagerfeld.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information •

•

• •

• Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$130.00

ISBN

9780847861866

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

305 x 229 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

200 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Henri Samuel is a designer's designer and, more than twenty years since his death, continues to be the subject of glowing press coverage: New York Times T magazine, Architectural Digest, The Financial Times, and countless blogs reporting on style and design. For most of Samuel's career, his interiors followed historical forms that typify great French architecture and interior design. Renowned museums, such as the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Musée Nissim de Camondo in Paris, and Versailles, hired Samuel for his thoughtful and intimate reproductions of period rooms. Later in his career, Samuel embraced contemporary art and design, incorporating into classically minded interiors the paintings of his friend Balthus and furniture (many commissions) by Diego Giacometti, César, Guy de Rougemont, and Philippe Hiquily. Tastemakers today, such as Reed Krakoff and Jacques Grange (who began his career working for Samuel), cite Samuel's own residence as a key influence and one of the first high-style eclectic interiors. In addition to Samuel's personal history of coming from a prominent French family, the story includes clients who have been at the fore of political, art, and social history: Vanderbilts, Rothschilds, Doris Duke, Prince Sadruddin Aga Khan, Susan and John Gutfreund, and Valentino Garavani. Author Emily Eerdmans has a wide network of colleagues in the worlds of the fine and decorative arts. She will spend time in pursuit of press coverage, book signings, and related book events.

chapter one

An Education in Design

Opta volendit aut odit dolorum nonsequis errum quam que

si tem net quost, te perum nus ea quo modicimint vel enda que sedi restet volum faceaqui ut eosa ducidit, inveliq uatur, sus. Eveniatae ist pa volupti busandita comnis ariassi musdanimus aliassecum qui veliatiur, id exernatiatem venis ent lit, corrum asperchilit, to vellaci piciti vollaudignam videstota volorent offictem untia dus, velectatque molupta deliqui cusdae lautat. Luptatus. Hillaciae con eum con nati odicipis doluptatur, sus dio. Itataspedi se quam, sequam entiandebis num ut etur, sitiature, consequia non re nosapis volore delestio. Tium harci debis et quamendam, consequ iaectet et aut dolorpo rehendandant reperfero quia conectur, nusanda errume nonseque venda dolora deria conse re exerum veles sum et, a. Ovidest unt fugitiis nus a voluptas ex eium cullatium aut volluptur sitatur? Quis aut la perrum am quo omnimi, sum qui te sendebi squae. Et volorectibus sitio. Orro cone volora verum fugit ium audaecessum quodicia dolor adia sunducil ipsame sum que nonsecabora nestiun temquist eatem nectibusaped quiatio restem eos ento dolesto tatibus magnatiae. Em doluptatiume quis sin re, oditaspis con nonsed es ant eatquia volupta turibus volorro expellis rehenem qui sa quibusdam nonsectusape aut aut magnis doluptia inctaecti sumquam cum idusae vero te eos eossimi, ut etur, qui id ut facereperit min consedi squatum endiciu ndaerunt ma si consequi am re magnimi, cum doluptati dios aut quid que occum ut as aut quidiam, sum sandigene sedisquia sunde reperch ilicae quis nos essi doloriae nia con ne ma vellab il inusape lenditatium nost quam experum voluptate sit officipsum, eictur sae ex et quidebi sinventem. Itemporendi omnim aliquam, nos et que eaquas alit laccupta volore pel iuste od qui alit, santiume volorist fugitat uribusd andempore es aliatquo ellitaque officie ndeliatem que labores rerempos eatem faccum, ommolupturem quamet volorrovitae omnias sim qui aribero omnit quiatus et mol-

Opposite: ffic temquas itaepro maio volorume nusant. Lendunt fugia vellatem in restion endicte dem incim il modi dolorempel iusa si volupta taeptat odias sit liquis sincilit acea natemque au photo credit Goes here

chapter FIVE

Henri Samuel Master of the French Iter Opta volendit aut odit dolorum nonsequis errum quam que

Following: ffic temquas itaepro maio volorume nusant.Lendunt fugia vellatem in restion endicte dem incim il modi dolorempel iusa si volupta taeptat odias sit liquis sincilit acea natemque aut doluptaquae voluptati rehenti to tes et lame si que volest, dem incim il modi dolorempel iusa si volupta taeptat odias sit liquis sincilit acea natemque au photo credit

Ovidest unt fugitiis nus a voluptas ex eium cullatium aut volluptur sitatur? Quis aut la perrum am quo omnimi, sum qui te sendebi squae. Et volorectibus sitio. Orro cone volora verum fugit ium audaecessum quodicia dolor adia sunducil ipsame sum que nonsecabora nestiun temquist eatem nectibusaped quiatio restem eos ento dolesto tatibus magnatiae. Em doluptatiume quis sin re, oditaspis con nonsed es ant eatquia volupta turibus volorro expellis rehenem qui sa quibusdam nonsectusape aut aut magnis doluptia inctaecti sumquam cum idusae vero te eos eossimi, ut etur, qui id ut facereperit min consedi squatum endiciu ndaerunt ma si consequi am re magnimi, cum doluptati dios aut quid que occum ut as aut quidiam, sum sandigene sedisquia sunde reperch ilicae quis nos essi doloriae nia con ne ma vellab il inusape lenditatium nost quam experum voluptate sit officipsum, eictur sae ex et quidebi sinventem. Itemporendi omnim aliquam, nos et que eaquas alit laccupta volore pel iuste od qui alit, santiume volorist fugitat uribusd andempore es aliatquo ellitaque officie ndeliatem que labores rerempos eatem faccum, ommolupturem

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Homespun Style Selina Lake and Joanna Simmons If flat-pack furniture or expensive designer pieces aren’t your thing, and you’d rather make your own cushion cover than buy it, then Homespun Style is for you. The Homespun look is about supporting artists and craftspeople, hunting down one-of-a-kind gems made by people with talent and passion. Fans of Homespun Style are no stranger to a flea market, online auction or second-hand store either, always on the lookout for unusual furniture and quirky accessories. Interiors stylist Selina Lake and writer Joanna Simmons show how this homey, crafty look has been given a modern twist with cheerful colours, tactile fabrics and bold combinations. The book begins with the Ingredients of the look, from the basics of modern craft today to how to make colour and pattern work. It focuses on imaginative ways to recycle and reuse, from transforming furniture with a lick of paint to finding new uses for everyday items. The Details section looks at textiles, furniture and display, and the second half of the book, Spaces, reveals how the style works beautifully in Living Spaces, Cooking & Eating Spaces, Bedrooms & Bathrooms, Children’s Rooms, Craft & Work Rooms and Outside, too. Homespun Style reflects our growing passion for all things crafted, stitched, knitted and painted. Selina Lake visits homes packed with personality and interest, full of homemade pieces, restored junk-shop finds and one-off treasures.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781849759267

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

254 x 216 mm

Key Information

Extent

160pp 200 colour photographs

•

Illustrations Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Selina Lake is a successful freelance interiors stylist. Her work appears in magazines across the world, including Mollie Makes, Livingetc, Homes & Antiques, Flow Magazine and Country Living . She has produced eight books for Ryland Peters & Small, including the best-selling Botanical Style. Joanna Simmons is a journalist and author. She writes regularly for Livingetc and Country Living and has co-authored several books on interiors, including Bazaar Style and Space Works (both Ryland Peters & Small).

• •

Great variety of locations shows how the Homespun look translates to a variety of different homes, big and small. From the best-selling author of Outdoor Living Winter Living and Botanical Style. Selina's popular Instagram account has more than 14,000 followers and she blogs at selinalake.blogspot.co.uk.

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

details textiles THIS PICTURE & LEFT

This colourful

cooking space uses wallpaper swatches

textiles marry colour, pattern and softness, making them welcome elements of any homespun room. Incredibly versatile, they can be stitched into a range of roles, or simply thrown over an old seat or sofa to beautifully disguise it.

as a splashback, giving a homespun edge to the industrial-style units. Colour is added in surprising ways, too – on the retro-style fridge and the Ikea chairs. A patchwork tablecloth completes the look.

Forget coordinated china or matching cutlery, too: the homespun look revels in a cheerful some strong, ethnic colours into

diversity of colour, form and pattern. This makes

bedspread, stitched from fabric

curtains have been brightened up

your scheme. Here, Indian shawls

kitting out your cooking and eating space simple.

remnants, was a wedding present

with a random pattern of fabric

and throws are stacked together.

After all, when your crockery is mismatched

to the owners of this house. It is

circles, simply stitched in place.

ABOVE RIGHT

teamed with large floral print

ABOVE CENTRE

cushions for a dynamic contrast.

textiles on your travels to bring

OPPOSITE

A beautiful patchwork

ABOVE LEFT

Simple muslin

Look out for

Retro fabrics make

already, it is easy to add to, and when the only

great patchwork cushion covers

thing your furniture has in common is bright

and crocheted doilies add texture.

paintwork, any new piece, whatever its shape, Tracking down textiles is easy. The more exclusive fabric and soft furnishings stores sell gorgeous materials at a high price, but

any room. Textiles have the power to transform even the plainest

there is no need to spend a fortune. The homespun house loves

shelving and display, some pieces of kitchen kit

neutral shell into a colourful and welcoming space, and can

vintage finds and buys with a story attached, so look out for

will need to be stored away. Gadgets such as

instantly bring zest and personality to the simplest sofa or dullest

second-hand textiles. They are abundant and easy to come by.

electric mixers, oversize pans and beaten-up

of floors. They give you something to snuggle up against, injecting

Markets, eBay and even your grandmother’s linen cupboard are

baking sheets won’t add to the aesthetic appeal

some soft, tactile sensuality into a room. They are flexible,

all good hunting grounds, whatever your taste.

of your room, so stash them in cupboards or

adaptable and very often portable. A throw, cushion, rug or

Despite the homespun preference for open

Remember that when it comes to choosing the right textiles,

If you are crazy about colour, fascinated by

there are no rules. Have fun mixing fabrics in different shades and

the way of good looks. It is almost impossible to

room, where it will take on a whole new feel.

styles. Juxtapose tiny flower prints with big, blousy patterns.

make a bag of potatoes look stylish, so keep

craft and would rather paint a junk-store chair than buy a new one, then you will love

Homespun Style. A look that believes homes should be an expression of our tastes, travels and experiences, the homespun look is welcoming, warm and unpretentious. Rooms are brimming with homemade pieces and individual touches, flea-market finds and one-off treasures. They are studded with pops of colour and dotted with fresh, fun patterns on cushions, lampshades and throws. This is the book for anyone in search of unique, innovative and sustainable ideas for every room in the house.

contents 6 8 10 20 30 38 40 50 60

baskets. Similarly, many foodstuffs offer little in

curtain can be embellished, dyed or simply moved to another

Homespun Style

can be painted to fit in.

colour, pattern and tactile appeal all in one, they are an asset to

introduction elements modern craft colour & pattern customize & recycle details textiles furniture & lighting display

100

Specifications 70 72 88 106 120 134 144 154 156 158 159 160

spaces relaxed living cooking & eating sleeping & bathing children’s rooms creative spaces outside living sources picture credits business credits index acknowledgments

Format: 254 x 216 mm/8½ x 10 in Extent: 160pp Illustrations: 250 colour photographs Binding: hardback Price: £19.99 UK/$29.95 US Priced higher in Canada ISBN: 978-1-84975-926-7 Publication date: February 2018 Text copyright © Selina Lake 2012, 2018. Design and photographs copyright © Ryland Peters & Small 2012, 2018 www.rylandpeters.com UNCORRECTED PROOFS

For further information UK: Ryland Peters & Small 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2200 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2201 info@rps.co.uk

TJ16-6-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1976 Homespun W:220mmXH:260mm 175L 157gsm Lumi Art G/A Magenta

Textiles are at the very heart of the homespun home. Combining

For publicity contact: Maria Hughes Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2232 maria.hughes@rps.co.uk US: Ryland Peters & Small 341 E 116th St New York, NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 info@rylandpeters.com For publicity contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

Reverse_COV TJ16-6-2017 COV 175L CTP.indd 2

7/10/17 11:41

ART & PHOTOGRAPHY

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Lost Japan The Photographs of Felice Beato and the School of Yokohama (1860-1890) Rosella Manegazzo A captivating volume that transports the reader to the traditional world of 19th century Japan, a country and an age that are a continuing source of fascination and mystery. This book will appeal to fans of early Japanese photography and history, including landscape and portrait photography. Felice Beato was one of the first European photographers to work in Eastern Asia, where he spent most of his life. In 1863 he moved to Yokohama, Japan, where he opened a photography school, the School of Yokohama. He is considered the most important photographer of the Edo period. His work was the subject of an exhibition at the Paul Getty Museum in 2011. The photographs published in this volume are drawn from two different albums created by Beato covering a period from 1860-1890. The photographs by Beato will be complemented by some additional images taken by his students at the School of Yokohama, including his most well-known protegee, Kimbei Kusakabe. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$130.00

ISBN

9788891814968

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Rossella Menegazzo is a professor at Milan University, specialising in Japanese art and culture. She is co-author of WA: The Essence of

Imprint

Rizzoli

Japanese Design.

Series

Category

History

Key Information

Format

318 x 251 mm

•

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

80 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

The volume is organised in four thematic chapters: Female Beauty, featuring geishas and women in traditional dress and women at their toilet; Warriors, featuring samurai, soldiers, sumo fighters, and male workers; Places of the Soul, which includes interiors, gardens, and landscapes; and Rituals and Habits, including the theatre, tea ceremonies, and other traditional ceremonies.

Author Details

•

• •

Felice Beato was one of the first Western photographers to enter Japan, revealing a world preserved in time. With the photography school he founded there, the School of Yokohama, he introduced to Japan the art of photography and the manual colouring of black and white prints. The evocative images include fascinating portrait photography of geishas, samurai warriors, and children; scenes of everyday life, including tea ceremonies and the theatre; and images of Japanese houses and gardens. The photographs reveal the traditions and rituals of a strictly encoded society that almost disappeared in modern Japan. A third of the photographs in the book have never been published. The introduction has been written by a specialist in Japanese art and culture, who interprets the photographs in historical, anthropological, and artistic terms.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

New York, New York Mid-Sized Edition Richard Berenholtz A reissue of the successful 2005 New York, New York, importantly updated with new photography and reformatted for an affordable price point.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9780789334367

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 324 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

250 colour & b/w photographs with gatefolds

Age Range

Terms

SOR

In addition to the classic storied neighbourhoods and buildings previously showcased in New York, New York, Berenholtz has photographed several new architectural marvels like the striking Gehry IAC building, Chelsea residence building by Jean Nouvel, and the new World Trade Tower, to name only a few. New York, New York wonderfully captures the duality of New York in grand style – that timeless yet ever-changing characteristic that makes the city so captivating – and is the perfect gift for those who love New York. "A voluptuous array of city imagery. The pictures are panoramic, the colours uncommonly rich and beautiful." Janet Maslin, The New York Times "I love this book! Wonderful, wonderful pictures of New York...Extraordinary reproductions." Charlie Gibson, Good Morning America "Even the most jaded photo connoisseur will find Berenholtz's full skyline panoramas breathtaking."

Publisher's Weekly "This massive valentine to the big Apple, full of stunning photography, makes an exquisite gift – for yourself or others."

Marie Claire "From its arresting close-ups to its glorious panoramic skylines, the book is a tour de force that defies superlatives."

Time Out New York

Author Details Richard Berenholtz is a former architect and commercial photographer. His books include Manhattan Architecture, New York Deco, and the deluxe limited edition New York, New York.

Key Information • • • •

This book is a mid sized format – between the deluxe and the hugely successful mini edition. Contains the iconic images of the greatest city in the world. New images include beautiful panoramic views of New York's most current skyline and Times Square. New buildings include Gehry's Tower and IAC buildings, Jean Nouvel's Chelsea residence building, new Yankee Stadium.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Brand New Art and Commodity in the 1980s Melissa Chiu This important book documents a period of downtown New York art history that had far-reaching effects on contemporary art practice and contributed to the rise of some of the biggest names in the art world today. This groundbreaking catalog, accompanying a major exhibition at the Hirshhorn, examines the rise of Neo-Conceptualism and the corresponding clash of art and commerce that characterised New York art in the 1980s. Presenting the works of artists such as Jeff Koons and Richard Prince alongside contemporaries Vito Acconci, Ashley Bickerton, Barbara Bloom, Jessica Diamond, General Idea, Felix Gonzรกlez-Torres, Peter Halley, Jeff Koons, Peter Nagy, Joel Otterson, Richard Prince, Pruitt-Early, Cindy Sherman, Meyer Vaisman and Julia Wachtel, Brand New provides insight into this pivotal decade and the corresponding rise of some of the biggest names today. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00

ISBN

9780847862412

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

273 x 222 mm

Author Details

Extent

192pp

Melissa Chiu is director of the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Washington D.C.

Illustrations

160 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Fueled by a series of political, cultural and technological shifts, the 1980s brought about a golden era of contemporary art, with the nation's newfound economic prosperity setting the stage for the re-evaluation of the art object. Newly commissioned essays capture the connecting threads: Within the environment of the 1980s, material goods were seen as a demonstration of power and financial wealth, while the artist was associated with cultural capital. For the first time, art and commodity conflated, with everyday objects such as vacuum cleaners, clocks, tires and drums becoming contingent channels for storytelling rather than stand-alone works. At the same time, the artists themselves became brands, in many cases resulting in the interdependence between public persona and artistic output. Coinciding with the height of the information age and the rise of modern branding, what began as satire came to define the world today. The market variations of the 1980s triggered an important change, as artists simultaneously subverted and embraced this increased commodification by essentially branding both their art and personas.

Gianni Jetzer is an independent curator and critic based in New York as well as Curator-at-large at the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden in Washington DC. He has realised numerous exhibitions with artists in his positions as curator at Migros Museum in Zurich (1998-2001), Director of Kunsthalle St. Gallen (2001-2006), and Director of Swiss Institute in New York (2006-2013). Leah Pires is a writer and curator living in New York, where she is a doctoral candidate in the Department of Art History at Columbia University.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Bob Nickas has worked as a critic and curator in New York since 1984, during which time he has organised more than 80 exhibitions and gained a reputation for an individual style that transgresses the accepted.

Key Information • • • •

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00

ISBN

9780847862412

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

273 x 222 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

160 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Accompanies major show, long in the works, from museum's star curator Gianni Jetzer. The strategies of artists featured in this book show particularly relevant to young artists working at the border of advertising and art today. Interest in 1980s art increasing of late w/ Whitney's 1980s painting show, currently on view. Richard Prince, Jeff Koons, Cindy Sherman.

Jeff Koons. Perfect Misuse, 1985. Cast trophy figurine, baseballs, wooden and aluminum baseball bats, copper piping, cast concrete and steel plates, 100 x 12 x 12 in. Elizabeth Dee Gallery, New York

1983â&#x20AC;&#x201C;86

Sarah Charlesworth. Golden Boy, 1983â&#x20AC;&#x201C;84. Cibachrome with lacquered wood frame. 42 x 32 in. Sarah Charlesworth Estate, Michelle Maccarone, New York

Gran Fury. Silence = Death, 1987. Neon, 48 x 79 in. The New Museum, New York

1987â&#x20AC;&#x201C;89

and critics have addressed these issues.”16 September Endgame: Reference and Simulation in Recent Painting and Sculpture, curated by Elisabeth Sussman, David Joselit, and Bob Riley, opens at the Institute of Contemporary Art, Boston. Included are works by Robert Gober, Sherrie Levine, Jeff Koons, Haim Steinbach, Philip Taaffe, and others. In the catalogue, Hal Foster writes: “As it [“mediated sculpture,” as he categorizes works such as Joel Otterson’s Aggressive Representation (see plate [xxx])] collapses art and commodity, it often replaces the lost aura of art with the false aura of commodity.”17

Billboard advertisement for “New Coke,” 1985

After only a few months on the market, “New Coke” is pulled and replaced by “classic” Coca-Cola, which, ironically, sparks a high point in sales for the company. May Louise Lawler’s exhibition Interesting opens at Nature Morte. The press release describes the gallery as having been “altered to infer another kind of space, one that is redolent with the institutionalization of self interest, where money gets money.”12 New Museum curator Brian Wallis notes that the show suggests “ways in which the architecture and signage of the gallery—in relation to the artworks— could carry specific ideological meanings and cues.”13 The title is painted on the wall in green and white in the style of a logo, and two photographs of Japanese dinosaur toys are presented opposite a “long lacquered shelf like one might find in a bank machine vestibule.”14

Louise Lawler, Interesting, 1985

November In his first solo show in New York, Jeff Koons presents his Equilibrium series at International With Monument. Both the basketballs (previously shown as a stand-alone readymade in the group show The New Capital; see above) hovering in tanks and the bronze replicas of a lifeboat and other objects are highly ambitious productions that rely on professional manufacturing. November Alan Belcher’s first solo show opens at Cable Gallery. The show, entitled Made in New York, contains bottles of fabric 19

Poster by the Guerrilla Girls, 1985

of this writing) branding and commercial methods to challenge dominant systems.

Jeff Koons, Equilibrium, International With Monument, 1985

softener that the artist has rebranded with his own labels and 1980s catchwords. (see plate [xxx…work entitled $51.49 is included in show].)

MTV begins its Art Break series, in which artists such as Jean-Michel Basquiat, Dara Birnbaum, and Richard Prince present twenty-second features, either new video works or montages of themselves at work and play. While sometimes thought of as having disrupted the mainstream with images of the avant-garde, the original Art Breaks are another testament to the open channels between art and the world of commerce.

Production Re: Production, curated by Bob Nickas, opens with work by Gretchen Bender, Mike Bidlo, Louise Lawler, Philip Taaffe, and others at the now-defunct Gallery 345/Art for Social Change on Lafayette Street in SoHo. The exhibition also includes work by artists of a previous generation, such as Jasper Johns, Andy Warhol, and Elaine Sturtevant; the pairings highlight art-historical appropriation as an established artistic practice. Never shown in New York, the traveling exhibition Infotainment (18 Artists from New York) opens at Texas Gallery in Houston, including work by Gretchen Bender, Peter Halley, Steven Parrino, David Robbins, Haim Steinbach, and other artists associated with Nature Morte. The show’s catalogue includes an essay by Robbins, who uses the phrase “the children of Barthes and Coca-Cola” (an update of Jean-Luc Godard’s “the children of Marx and Coca-Cola”) to describe the liberation inherent in deconstructing cultural codes. Guerrilla Girls, a feminist activist art collective, is officially formed by seven anonymous women in response to the Museum of Modern Art’s 1984 exhibition International Survey of Recent Painting and Sculpture (see above). By utilizing public spaces such as construction fences, walls, telephone poles, and billboards and foregoing individual identities by wearing gorilla masks, the collective successfully adapts (and continues to wield, at the time

Dara Birnbaum, MTV: Art Break, 1987

1986

September Eleanor Hartney publishes the essay “Neo-Geo Storms New York” in Art Examiner. Although the label “Neo-Geo” gains traction in the media, many artists resent it.

1983–86

November One of the first exhibitions of 1980s New York artists in Europe, Art and Its Double: A New York Perspective, curated by Dan Cameron, opens at Centro Cultural de Barcelona, then travels to the Sala de Exposiciones de la Fundación Caja de Pensiones, Madrid, in the following year. Absolut Vodka launches the Absolut Art Collection, an advertising campaign enlisting the likes of Andy Warhol and Julia Wachtel to create advertisements for the brand over the next several years.

Keith Haring, Pop Shop poster, 1986

June Damaged Goods: Desire and the Economy of the Object opens at the New Museum, including work by Gretchen Bender, Barbara Bloom, Andrea Fraser, Jeff Koons, Justen Ladda, Louise Lawler, Ken Lum, Allan McCollum, Haim Steinbach, and others. Curator Brian Wallis notes in his essay: “The abstraction of the consumer object has been achieved through the spectacular effects of advertising, display, and presentation strategies which are directed more at motivating the viewer’s desire for consumption than at demonstrating the utilitarian properties of the object. This exhibition seeks to raise some fundamental questions regarding the shifting state of economic and social exchange and to suggest ways in which the work of certain artists

April Keith Haring opens his Pop Shop at 292 Lafayette Street in SoHo, at which he sells a wide variety of small editions such as pins, T-shirts, and posters. The store is hugely popular and remains open until September 2005. Haring: “The Pop Shop makes my work accessible. It’s about participation on a big level.”15 May Moderated by Peter Nagy, the important panel discussion “From Criticism to Complicity” between Ashley Bickerton, Peter Halley, Jeff Koons, Sherrie Levine, Haim Steinbach, and Philip Taaffe is held at Pat Hearn Gallery in New York’s East Village. The transcript is published in the summer issue of Flash Art.

November Barbara Kruger prints some of her slogan-based works on matchbooks for sale at Colab’s A. More Store at Barbara Gladstone Gallery in SoHo. Three of the designs boldly read: “We have received orders not to move,” “You construct intricate rituals which allow you to touch the skin of other men,” and “Your manias become science.”

Peter Halley, Meyer Vaisman, Jeff Koons, Ashley Bickerton, Sonnabend Gallery, 1986

October The exhibition of so-called Neo-Geo work by the “Hot Four” (Ashley Bickerton, Peter Halley, Jeff Koons, and Meyer Vaisman) at Sonnabend Gallery is one of most hyped shows of the decade. The exhibition marks the beginning of the end of the East Village gallery scene, as the formerly subversive young artists began to get picked up by major galleries.

Julia Wachtel, Absolut Vodka advertisement, 1989

When Attitudes Become Form, curated by Bob Nickas at Bess Cutler Gallery in SoHo, includes work by Jennifer Bolande, Steven Parrino, Philip Taaffe, Julia Wachtel, and others. The exhibition, whose title Nickas appropriated from that of an exhibition organized by the famous curator Harald Szeeman at the Bern Kunsthalle in 1969, is a show of “works, concepts, processes, situations, and information [a list also appropriated by Nickas] that find correspondence from the late ’60s and the late ’80s.”18 Matchbooks by Barbara Kruger (each in an edition of 1,000), 1982 Cover of Damaged Goods exhibition catalogue, New Museum, 1986

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Paintings from Murano by Paolo Veronese Restored by Venetian Heritage With The Support of Bulgari Venetian Heritage A new undertaking by Venetian Heritage and Bulgari for Venetian art offers the occasion to rediscover two paintings by Paolo Veronese, a great master of Venetian Renaissance art. Two paintings by Paolo Veronese, Saint Jerome in the Desert and Saint Agatha in Prison, dating to 1566 and located in the church of San Pietro Martire in Murano, have been recently restored, together with their 17th century gilded frames. Before the restoration, the paintings were in bad condition, very dark and scarcely readable, due to the application of varnishes that had oxidised over the years. The rich and unusual 17th century frames, sculpted and gilded, were also in bad condition. Both works are relatively unknown because of their position in a less-known location and the poor condition they were in before the current restoration. The restoration has brought back to life the brilliant colours of the canvases and the vigorous gilded carvings of the frames, giving also the occasion to study their provenance and commission as well as their conservation history. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9788831728263

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Key Information

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

•

Format

222 x 165 mm

•

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

57 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Venetian Heritage is an international non-profit organisation with offices in Venice and New York. It operates within the framework of the UNESCO-International Private Committees Joint Programme for the Safeguarding of Venice. Venetian Heritage supports cultural projects through conservations, exhibitions, publications, conferences, studies and research, with the aim of making the world more aware of the immense legacy of the art of Venice both in Italy and in those areas once part of the Republic of Venice.

•

Lavishly illustrated. Modern, appealing graphic design. The book will be of great interest to artists, critics, academics and anyone interested in art.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Sargent The Masterworks Stephanie L. Herdrich An ideal introduction to the work of John Singer Sargent, Sargent: The Masterworks features 100 of the American artist's most beloved paintings. Drawn from all aspects of his diverse oeuvre â&#x20AC;&#x201C; portraits, landscapes, mural commissions â&#x20AC;&#x201C; in oil and watercolour, the selection reflects a holistic approach to Sargent's work to consider how different efforts across genres and media informed each other. This lush general survey draws on both private and public collections, including the Metropolitan Museum of Art's infamous Madame X. New scholarship provides both an essential overview and a more subtle understanding of the American painter. Technically brilliant as a portraitist, Sargent remained indebted to both the old masters he studied and his modern contemporaries. His eclectic and international circle influenced his art and encouraged him to push the boundaries of genre, most strikingly in Sargent's friendship with Monet and consequent exposure to Impressionism. Sargent's cosmopolitan upbringing and education enabled a roving mind and made him perfectly suited to capture the upwardly mobile bourgeoisie and aristocrats of his era. His sensual portraits capture his sitters with startling vibrancy, as though they have just stepped away from the viewer's world. Given his tremendous success it is all the more surprising that Sargent turned to plein air painting after 1900, though as scholar Stephanie L. Herdich reveals, it is here that the painter unveils his personality, in series containing his most brilliant and personal images. Sargent was considered one of the greatest portraitists and watercolorists of his era and remains a vital voice today.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$85.00

ISBN

9780847862399

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Author Details

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

279 x 241 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

150 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Stephanie L. Herdrich is Assistant Research Curator of American Painting and Sculpture at The Metropolitan Museum. Her work focuses on late 19th century American paintings and drawings. She was co-curator of the Met's presentation of Sargent: Portraits of Artists and Friends (2015) and Navigating the West: George Caleb Bingham and the River (2015). In addition to contributing to the exhibitions and publications Childe Hassam: American Impressionist (2004) and Thomas Hart Benton's America Today Mural Rediscovered (2014), she has published several essays on the work of John Singer Sargent, and is co-author of American Drawings and Watercolors in The Metropolitan Museum of Art: John Singer Sargent (2000). She attended Washington University in St. Louis and received a Curatorial Studies certificate and a PhD and from The Institute of Fine Arts at New York University. Her dissertation was "John Singer Sargent: A 'Modern Old Master' and the Italian Renaissance."

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information • • •

• • • •

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$85.00

ISBN

9780847862399

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

279 x 241 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

150 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

An accessible introduction that will appeal to newcomers discovering John Singer Sargent, as well as to those familiar with his work. One of the most well-known and well-loved of all American artists, and painter of the one of the most famous paintings in The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Madame X. Over 375,000 people saw the exhibition Sargent: Portraits of Artists and Friends (2015) at the National Portrait Gallery, London and The Metropolitan Museum. Sargent Watercolor exhibition at Brooklyn Museum and the MFA Boston also did very well; the catalogue went to multiple printings. Author is a respected scholar and authority on the subject; from The Metropolitan Museum of Art. Will appeal to dedicated Sargent scholars as well as a general Impressionist audience. Attractive format and price. Sargent exhibitions on horizon for 2018 and beyond: Art Institute Chicago (Spring 2018); Copenhagen (Summer 18); Stockholm (Fall 18); MFA Boston (2021 TBC: planning stages); Met Museum (TBC; planning stages)

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Harmony Korine Harmony Korine Like Chloe Sevigny and Wes Anderson, Harmony Korine is a cult artist with serious mainstream appeal – especially after his latest film

Spring Breakers (2013). This first comprehensive book of his cinema and art will be snapped up by admirers of Ryan McGinley, Chloe Sevigny , and Making of Fantastic Mr. Fox. Herzog to Instagram-happy teen fans of 2013's popular Spring Breakers. In his first major monograph, the cult auteur gathers together his most significant projects, spanning film, writing, and art. Korine rose to prominence as an enfant terrible after penning Larry Clark's infamous film Kids (1995) at the tender age of 19. In the years since, Korine has worked with a circle including Chloe Sevigny and Gus Van Sant on critically acclaimed cult classics including Gummo, Julien Donkey-Boy, Mister Lonely, Trash Humpers, and Spring Breakers, as well as the lauded street-art documentary Beautiful Losers. In addition to his collected screenplays, the director has published A Crack-Up at the Race Riots, an artistic take on the chooseyour-own-adventure novel. Korine's creative practice extends to photography, drawing, and most recently, figurative painting, attracting the notice of industry heavy hitter Gagosian Gallery.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$80.00

ISBN

9780847862450

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Author Details

Format

251 x 200 mm

Alicia Knock is curator in the department of contemporary and prospective creation, Centre Pompidou, Paris.

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

150 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

This compact and comprehensive collection will be the first to reflect on Korine's career to date, and will mark his massive influence on indie culture over the last twenty years. Essays by film critic Emmanuel Burdeau and curator Alicia Knock will trace common themes through his film and art works, connecting Korine's interests in exploitation, self-indulgence, and the surreal quality of contemporary life.

Emmanuel Burdeau is a film critic. Former editor-in-chief of the Cahiers du Cinéma, he is a member of the editorial staff of Mediapart. He is the author of several books, including a book of interview with Judd Apatow, Comedy, Instructions (Capricci, 2011), and recently directed the collective work Breaking Bad.

Key Information • • •

•

Harmony Korine has attained cult status in the worlds of cinema and art, but like Chloe Sevigny and Wes Anderson, is a household name to the Urban Outfitters generation. This publication will coincide with and serve as the catalog for the first retrospective exhibition of Korine's work at the Pompidou Centre in Paris, opening October 2017. Korine is a press darling, especially because his projects are so rare. Beloved in the worlds of art, fashion, and entertainment alike, this monograph will generate a major press response, especially as the book allows the opportunity to reflect on Harmony's transition from enfant terrible to indie fixture. Korine's name recognition will accelerate with the release of a mainstream comedy in Spring 2018 staring Matthew McConaughey.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Smart Phone Smart Photography Simple techniques for taking incredible pictures with iPhone and Android Jo Bradford Maximise your potential to get the shots you want with this guide to photography for both Apple and Android phones. There’s a saying in the photography world that the best camera for the job is the one you have with you when a photo opportunity arises. Thanks to the boom in camera-phone technology, today we’re lucky enough to have a camera at hand to capture all those incredible moments. But are you making the most of that powerful tool in your pocket? Do the photos you have taken tend to be blurry, or look nothing like the picture you remember seeing? If you want to shoot incredible images with your phone, buy Smart Phone, Smart Photography.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

Covering simple techniques that will allow you to get the image that you see every single time, you will soon be telling your camera what to do with confidence. Starting with The Big Picture, get to know your camera phone and the rules behind taking the perfect shot. Next follows a chapter on Taking Great Pictures, where the key disciplines of photography – portrait, abstraction, macro, still life and plenty more – are examined, with each section packed with tips to help you get the shots you want. Finally, the Post-production chapter explains how to use apps to edit and enhance your images and create incredible prints for display.

ISBN

9781782495628

Author Details

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Key Information

Format

235 x 190 mm

•

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Jo Bradford is a practising artist and photographer who also offers tuition and group workshops in smartphone photography and image editing. Jo also travels widely for public speaking engagements and to participate in seminars about photography. Jo’s Instagram profile @greenislandstudios, where she exhibits her smartphone photography has over 45,000 followers. She is based in Dartmoor, Devon.

Learn how to take amazing portraits, record nature at its most stunning, capture a night out, shoot street scenes, snap mouth-watering food pics and much more. The easy-to-follow advice explains all aspects of phone photography in the simplest way possible – from exposure theory through producing high-quality prints for yourself and friends. With over 1.5 billion smartphones sold in 2016 alone, the number of people able to take pictures with their phones is incredible. This book will help them to take better photographs.

For herds of animals, look out for moments when they naturally form up into a line or triangle formation. For single creatures, think about composing the shot with the animal’s back end near the edge of the frame, so that it is looking into the picture with their line of sight across the landscape. Avoid photos of animals looking at the nearest edge of the frame with a big gap behind them, it feels uncomfortable and denies the viewer the opportunity to share the view with the animal. Adhering to the rule of thirds (see page XX) as a compositional guide and placing the creature off-center on one of the intersecting lines in the grid (see page XX) on your screen will help you achieve this. Consider getting down lower than the creatures by kneeling or crouching down so

that you can look up at the sky behind them as well. I like to look for angles that will enhance the sight of the wind fluttering their manes or the length of their eyelashes.

COMING ACROSS AN ANIMAL IN THE LANDSCAPE IS A BONUS FOR ENHANCING YOUR COMPOSITION. IT WILL GENERALLY HELP GIVE A SENSE OF SCALE AND ADD AN EXTRA LAYER OF INTEREST TO THE IMAGE.

Use the standard lens on your phone and make the most of its wide-angle possibilities. Alternatively, if the animal is too far away using a telephoto lens attachment (seer page XX) will help you get a stronger composition and may help you feel more confident about photographing the creature

LANDSCAPES, CITYSCAPES, AND STREET SCENES

CONTENTS

1. THE BIG PICTURE A picture a day 14 Getting to know your camera 18 The exposure triangle 22 Exposure theory and exposure compensation 26 Composition 32 Ready to shoot 38 Files 42 Natural light 46 Creating light 50

3. POST-PRODUCTION Editing 110 Using apps 118 Printing 124

CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

Text and photography © Jo Bradford Design © CICO Books Uncorrected proofs www.rylandpeters.com

2.7

Jo Bradford is a practicing artist and photographer who also offers tuition and group workshops in smartphone photography and image editing. Jo also travels widely for public speaking engagements and to participate in seminars about photography. Jo’s Instagram profile @greenislandstudios, where she exhibits her smartphone photography, has over 45,000 followers and was featured on the popular BBC television show Countryfile. She is based in Dartmoor National Park, Devon, UK.

LONG-EXPOSURE PHOTOGRAPHY IS ESSENTIALLY LETTING THE SHUTTER STAY OPEN FOR MANY SECONDS RATHER THAN FRACTIONS OF SECONDS. IT’S WORTH TRYING THIS TECHNIQUE WHEN TAKING PHOTOS OF WATER TO ACHIEVE THOSE EERILY BEAUTIFUL WHITE-WATER EFFECTS.

depending on how much light you have in the scene. You won’t be able to see what the effect you’re getting is until after the picture is taken, so it will take some trial and error to get the right effect. To reduce the amount of light getting in, set your ISO as low as possible, down to 100 or less if you can. You can adjust this in ‘Pro Mode’ when you are setting the shutter speed. At the time of writing, iPhones are not capable of taking long exposures with the native camera, but you can get apps that mimic the effect by taking multiple photos and blending them all together on screen as you watch. I use the Slow Shutter Cam app (iOS only), which costs next to nothing to buy. Slow Shutter Cam affords you a live view of the exposures stacking up during the exposure, a helpful tool as you search

LONG EXPOSURES OF WATER Long exposures of water don’t work well in bright light, they will just burn out the image into a big white mess. Instead, try shooting on overcast days or look for waterfalls in wooded valleys to help reduce the light. A good place to start is with a 2- or 6-second shutter speed to smooth out the water. To give some stability to the scene, look for something like a rock, tree root, boat, or bridge. The rush of the moving water will look more impressive set against the stillness of the static object in your composition. [8x8-17.jpg] You will always need a tripod (see page XX) for long-exposure photos—the camera cannot move at all during the exposure so a stable base is essential. Ideally, you want to trigger the shutter without any pressure from your hands. Here are some options:

Index and Acknowledgments 128

▶ Set your camera to self-timer, press the shoot button, and then step away so that 88

IW CB1167_SMART_PHOTOGRAPHY_DSJ_ver2.indd 2

ISBN: 978 1 78249 562 8

ABOUT THE AUTHOR 2. TAKING GREAT PICTURES People and portraits 56 Nature and animals 64 Landscapes, cityscapes, and street scenes 70 Interiors 78 Abstraction 82 Macro 86 Long-exposure photography 92 Low-light and night photography 96 Still life 102

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CONTACT:

BINDING: Paperback with flaps FORMAT: 7½ x 9¼ in./235 x 190 mm EXTENT: 128 pages ILLUSTRATIONS: 200 color photographs PRICE: US $19.95/£12.99/ Priced higher in Canada PUBLICATION DATE: April 2018 TEXT: 20,000 words

STAY SAFE Photographing animals in their environment requires a few sensible precautions of course. Keep a safe distance and always stay well clear of hooves, horns, and teeth. Try to avoid alarming animals in any way—move slowly and softly, and do not speak loudly or shout at them. I tend to click my tongue soothingly to get them to look in my way, it usually produces a curious glance in my direction, and I get a great shot as they prick up their ears and make eye contact. Give animals with their young extra respect, because they are more likely to feel threatened by you and act accordingly. Know your safe exit route at all times and never ever get in a field with a bull, that’s just foolhardy.

2.3 ANIMALS IN LANDSCAPES

INTRODUCTION My story 8 Get stuck in! 10

SPECIFICATIONS

Tap on the creature’s eye area to focus. Underexpose by at least 1/3 of a stop (one notch towards the minus symbol on your exposure slider). This will get highlights such as the clouds exposed properly, don’t worry if the animal is dark and is hard to see in the exposure, you can easily fix this in the editing stage (see page XX).

TURN YOUR FLASH OFF As daylight is already bright you will need to keep the amount of light hitting the sensor as low as possible. You are already trying to avoid over-exposing, so don’t make it impossible by employing a flash. Tap the flash lightning bolt symbol on your screen to turn it on and off.

the camera has time to stop wobbling from your touch before the shutter is triggered.

▶ If you have a set of headphone with a volume control, you can use them like a shutter-release cable. Simply plug the headphones into your phone and press the volume button to activate the shutter. ▶ Invest in a Bluetooth remote shutter release gadget and work like a pro. These tiny tools can be picked up very cheaply and allow you to take pictures without touching the phone. They are a game changer for long exposures! As daylight is already bright you will need to keep the amount of light hitting the sensor as low as possible. You are already trying to avoid over-exposing, so don’t make it impossible by employing a flash. Tap the flash lightning bolt symbol on your screen to turn it on and off. On Android devices, you can switch to ‘Pro Mode’ in your camera settings to access the shutter-speed controls and give this a go. Look at trying exposure times of anywhere from 2 seconds up to 30 seconds, LONG-EXPOSURE PHOTOGRAPHY

19/07/2017 13:09

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The National Gallery: Landscapes 20 Postcards to Pull Out and Send Michael O' Mara A stunning new range of stationery produced in association with The National Gallery. Each title contains 20 full colour postcards of outstanding artworks from this world-renowned institution, which houses paintings ranging from the late medieval masters to the French Impressionists. The postcards in this selection represent some of the finest landscapes in the National Gallery and range from paintings by Turner, Constable and Seurat to Renoir, Pizarro and Van Gogh. Perfect to pull out and send to a friend, or collect them all yourself to keep miniature works of art in your own home.

Key Information Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Postcards

Price

AU$17.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781782438694

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

170 x 120 mm

Extent

20pp

Illustrations

20 full colour postcards

Age Range

Terms

• • • • •

A new range of stationery published in association with The National Gallery. Features an unparalleled range of artworks from the third most visited museum in the world – over 6.5 million visitors annually. The National Gallery holds the most comprehensive collection of the world’s most well-known paintings in the Western European Tradition. The National Gallery has 6 million online visits; 900K+ Facebook likes and 904K followers on Twitter. From the publishers of The British Museum: Treasures of Ancient Egypt, Treasures of Ancient Greece and

Postcards to Colour.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The National Gallery: Masterpieces 20 Postcards to Pull Out and Send Michael O' Mara A stunning new range of stationery produced in association with The National Gallery. Each title contains 20 full colour postcards of outstanding artworks from this world-renowned institution, which houses paintings ranging from the late medieval masters to the French Impressionists. The postcards in this selection range from paintings by Van Gogh, Cézanne and Monet to Stubbs, Velázquez and Raphael. Perfect to pull out and send to a friend, or collect them all yourself to keep miniature works of art in your own home.

Key Information •

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Postcards

•

Price

AU$17.99 | NZ$19.99

•

ISBN

9781782438687

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

170 x 120 mm

Extent

20pp

Illustrations

20 full colour postcards

Age Range

Terms

•

• •

A new range of stationery published in association with The National Gallery. Contains 20 of the Gallery's 'must-see' paintings. Features an unparalleled range of artworks from the third most visited museum in the world – over 6.5 million visitors annually. The National Gallery holds the most comprehensive collection of the world’s most well-known paintings in the Western European Tradition. The National Gallery has 6 million online visits; 900K+ Facebook likes and 904K followers on Twitter. From the publishers of The British Museum: Treasures of Ancient Egypt, Treasures of Ancient Greece and

Postcards to Colour.

FASHION

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Italian Shoes A Tribute to an Iconic Object Giovanni Gastel The world of Italian footwear interpreted through playful visual pairings by fashion photographer Giovanni Gastel. A fitting tribute to the excellence of Italian manufacturing, for all those who love elegance and creativity, and for all women who love shoes. Shoes made in Italy have always been an iconic accessory, a symbol of prestige, and a guarantee of quality on the international market. The creative flair of Italian brands has succeeded in turning a simple functional accessory into so much more, crafting true works of art and objects of style. This is the insight that inspires Giovanni Gastel's vision of the world of footwear: art draws on reality and reinterprets it, even coming to resemble it. In the beautiful shots reproduced in the book, the photographer pairs shoes with everyday objects that evoke them by their form, colour or texture. An original and elegant way to pay tribute to some 80 brands of the Italian footwear industry. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$95.00

ISBN

9788891814852

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Key Information

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

•

Format

298 x 241 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

160 colour & b/w illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Giovanni Gastel has worked for major fashion magazines for over thirty years and is a leading figure in the world of advertising. In 1997, he was the subject of a solo exhibition at the Triennale di Milano. He is the Honorary President of the Italian Professional Photographers' Association. Giusi Ferrè is a fashion journalist. She writes for the Corrieredella Sera women's weekly supplement Iodonna and has appeared on numerous television and radio programs.

•

• •

Shoes made in Italy have always been iconic accessories, prestige symbols, and guarantees of quality on the international market. An original and elegant way to pay tribute to some 80 brands of the Italian footwear industry and to surprise lovers of fashion, elegance, and photography. Some of the brands include Prada, Tod's, Fendi, Hogan, Salvator Ferragamo, Fratelli Rossetti, Cesare Paciotti, Thierry Rabotin, Pollini, and Ballin. 100 original pairings highlight the creativity underlying the shoe models represented. Like true artworks, shoes reinterpret everyday objects and enhance their aesthetic potential. The splendid images are enlivened with quotes from style icons such as Marilyn Monroe, Coco Chanel, Victoria Beckham, David Bowie, and others.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Supima World's Finest Cottons Tim Blanks This image-driven brand book traces Supima's collaborations with the fashion world from Alexander Wang to L.L. Bean. Supima's first book will appeal to designers, students, and fashion buyers interested in America's textile industry, historians of American fashion, as well as consumers of Supima-branded products worldwide. This book celebrates the history and fashion collaborations of Supima, America's most luxurious cotton. Since 1954, Supima has dedicated itself to developing the finest cotton in the world. Cross breeding different strains to develop a uniquely soft, strong, and colourfast fibre, the brand established a new industry standard adopted by designers as well as world class brands ranging from Burberry to Barbara Barry. In parallel to the formalisation of the American fashion industry, Supima developed a uniquely American product with a growing worldwide reach.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$150.00

ISBN

9780847860258

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Author Details

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

305 x 254 mm

Extent

256pp

Tim Blanks is editor at large of The Business of Fashion. Paula Wallace is the president and founder of SCAD. Fern Mallis is the creator and organiser of New York's Fashion Week, former senior vice president at IMG Fashion, and executive director of the CFDA. Nick Remsen is an independent fashion journalist whose publications include Vogue, The Financial Times, and The Wall Street Journal.

Illustrations

200 colour & b/w illustrations throughout

Key Information

Age Range

•

Terms

Lush photographs of Supima's growing and refining processes, historical images, and original correspondence trace the vibrant history of the fiber and contemporary applications. Portfolios and runway photos from established and emerging designers putting Supima fabric to use highlight the enormous range of the brand. Essays illustrated with a half-century of advertisements trace the trajectory of Supima within the history of American fashion, paralleling increasing interest in American-made textiles and design. Supima: World's Finest Cottons follows an idea's journey from a humble field to an integral component in some of the world's most iconic garments.

• • •

Through L.L. Bean, Brooks Brothers, Lacoste, Barbara Barry, Michael Stars, James Perse, and dozens of other brands, Americans and an increasingly worldwide audience select cotton with the Supima mark for its superior quality. This first book will provide insight into what makes the fibre distinct. Supima's many fashion partners will attest to the importance of using American-grown textiles, and to their experience working with cotton. Cotton, once a workaday fabric, has been elevated to the level of a luxury product through the diligent development of the Supima brand. Those interested in the history of cotton, American industry, and the textile field will seek out the Supima book as a resource. The many household-name brands that use cotton will purchase this book or promote it to strengthen their inclusion or exclusive use of Supima cotton in their products.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Tsumori Chisato Tsumori Chisato The first comprehensive book on the work of Tsumori Chisato, a fashion designer who has gained a cult following for her uncanny ability to combine cheerful prints, bold texture, and vivid colour to create clothes that serve up a major dose of manga-bohemian charm. Tsumori Chisato scaled the commanding heights of Japanese and international fashion in the 1990s with colour as the critical virtue. And with the label firmly in its second decade, the conceptual and thematic ambition of its creator's recent output best illustrates the knowing resolve with which a lush, singular palette is applied and broadened. The absolute values present in Tsumori's inaugural collections – bold, dappled prints, lively knitting and embroidery, dense pattern-making and ever-novel approaches to sheathing the human form – still gird the meticulous structure of her dreaming world. Reacting to the somber minimalism that is even now conjured by any mention of "serious" Japanese fashion in the West, this new world is blithe and playfully ironic, self-possessed in its delicacy, unabashedly romantic in its femininity – and as ever, awash in vivid colour.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$95.00

ISBN

9780847861644

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

305 x 241 mm

Author Details

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs throughout

Tsumori Chisato is a fashion designer in Japan who founded her eponymous label in 1990. Tsumori studied fashion at the prestigious Bunka Fashion School in Tokyo and was the head designer for "Issey Sports" before she launched her own brand. She is the recipient of the Mainichi Newspaper Award.

Age Range

Terms

SOR

By turns streetwise and homespun, Tsumori's last few collections convey most eloquently the maturation of a style: one that has long since grown since the days of apprenticing with Issey Miyake and designing for the highly successful Issey Sport Line. Most recently applauded for a stylistic and thematic repertoire that has drawn upon Nordic, nautical, and the 1970s, her collections occupy an interstice between function and gesture, making her one of the most interesting designers today. Conceived as the first comprehensive document of Tsumori Chisato's work, this book opens a door to her inner life and aspirations, giving readers a one-way ticket to destinations that exist only in Tsumori's mind. Visually stunning, this book is filled with dozens of the designer's signature illustrations, sketches, and patterns, lavish photographs, playful anecdotes, and essays by fashion critics and curators, perfectly capturing the Tsumori's talent to find a brilliant balance between fantasy and reality.

Didier Granbach served for 16 years as chairman of the Federtation Francaise de la Couture. He was previously the chairman of Yves Saint Laurent. Kenzo Takada is a Japanese-French fashion designer and founder of Kenzo. Kaoru Kasai is a renowned Japanese graphic designer.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information •

• •

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$95.00

ISBN

9780847861644

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

305 x 241 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The breadth of Tsumori Chisato's career is presented in this stunning book. Tsumori Chisato is a widely recognised fashion figure in Japan and beyond and this is the first opportunity English readers have to understanding his pivotal role in shaping the direction of fashion. Long a fixture of Paris fashion week, Tsumori's work is highly visible and regularly covered in publications including The New York Times, Elle, Vogue, Women's Wear Daily, Hypebeast, The Fader, etc. This book celebrates the brand's 30-year anniversary and will be tied in with pop-up installations in Japan, New York, London, and The Tsumori Chisato line is carried in stores all over the world including Italy, Germany, Japan, China, the United States, and the United Kingdom. There are also free-standing Tsumori Chisato stores in Paris, Kuwait, and throughout Asia.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Watches International Volume XIX Tourbillon International Year after year, this volume offers the most comprehensive and current guide on watches one can buy. For over a decade, Watches International, the original annual of the world's finest wristwatches, has set the standard for up-to-date reference guides devoted to luxury timepieces. Like its predecessors, Watches International: Volume XIX showcases the latest masterpieces from the world's leading watch houses with editorial profiles highlighting the brands' histories, new developments and new introductions, and detailed technical profiles listing calibers, functions, and, when possible, retail prices. It also features more than 1,000 full colour photographs, a full glossary, and contact information for each house, making this the must have reference for watch collectors and professionals.

Author Details Tourbillon International is the publisher of Watches International, Grand Complications and Jewelry International.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$59.99

ISBN

9780847862603

Publisher

Rizzoli International

•

Imprint

Rizzoli

•

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

229 x 286 mm

Extent

432pp

Illustrations

1500 colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

FS, I

Key Information • •

The must have reference guide for watchmakers and buyers. 20 percent less expensive than its closest competitor – Wristwatch Annual. Will have the latest models from Basel World – the largest luxury watch show. Includes full glossary and contact information for all the watchmakers.

GARDENING

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Terrarium 33 Glass Gardens to Make Your Own Noam Levy Garden Anywhere meets Cut Flower Garden in a lovely and useful guide to adding a little greenery in any space. This comprehensive guide to the world of terrariums details every part of creating highly unusual and beautiful miniature indoor gardens. Easy to make, these 33 unique terrarium projects are inspired by ecosystems around the world, including a fern-filled Black Forest from Germany, a delicate bonsai garden from Kyushu in the south of Japan, and a tableau of olive and thyme from the shores of the Sea of Galilee in Israel. Lush photography and helpful insider tips and tricks round out this one-of-a-kind handbook. With a variety of projects and plenty of step-by-step instructions covering every element of crafting a terrarium, anyone can fashion a stunning piece of living art.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Anna Bauer and Noam Levy are co-owners of Green Factory, which specialises in terrariums. They both live in Paris.

Binding

Hardback

Rebecca Genet is a photographer based in Paris.

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452170091

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Gardening

Format

238 x 185 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

The indoor gardening trend is still very strong. Gorgeous, hardback gift package.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

CONTENTS 7 Introduction CHAPTER 1 / THE ESSENTIALS 11 What Is a Terrarium? 14 How Does It Work? 18 Building the Terrarium 20 Taking Care of the Terrarium 28 The Container 32 Tools

CHAPTER 4 / TROPICAL LANDSCAPES

160 The Black Forest/Germany

82 Taman Negara/Malaysia

164 Kahurangi/New Zealand

86 Khao Yai Park/Thailand

168 Oshima Island/Japan

90 Kunming/China

172 Kyushu/Japan

94 Yuelu/China

176 Mount Luofu/China

98 Anhui/China

180 Lake Tai/China

102 Sigiriya/Sri Lanka 106 Angkor Wat/Cambodia 110 Ta Prohm/Cambodia

CHAPTER 2 / LIST OF PLANTS

114 Amazonian Park/Guiana

40 Ficus

118 Tikal/Guatemala

42 Jungle Plants

122 Orinoco/Venezuela

44 Tropical Plants

126 Roraima/Venezuela

46 Equatorial Plants

130 Chiapas/Mexico

48 Humidity-Loving Plants

134 Sierra Gorda/Mexico

50 Ferns and Herbs

138 Gorongoas/Mozambique

52 Conifers 54 Mediterranean Plants 56 Succulents 59 Cacti CHAPTER 3 / LIST OF MATERIALS

CHAPTER 6 / ARID LANDSCAPES 186 Lake Titicaca/Peru 190 Machu Picchu/Peru 194 PopocatÃ©petl/Mexico 198 Natal/South Africa 202 Kruger Park/South Africa 206 Galilee/Israel 210 Monte Cinto/Corsica 214 Lake Tanganyika/The African Great Lakes

CHAPTER 5 / TEMPERATE LANDSCAPES

218 Glossary

144 Fontainebleau/France

219 Sources

148 Chambord/France

220 Visual Index of Terrarium Designs

152 Ashdown Forest/England

222 Index of Plant

156 Val Di Cornia/Italy

62 Minerals 70 Soils 72 Plant Materials

Terrariums_INT_Mechs.indd 4-5

8/11/17 1:55 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

WHAT IS A TERRARIUM? A LITTLE ECOSYSTEM

In keeping with the idea of natural designs without many needs, we choose plants from arid environments for this type of landscape. Cacti and succulents allow for easy care since they consume very little water.

A terrarium is composed of elements from the plant and mineral worlds, and microorganisms. We bring these together in a glass container to re-create a landscape. The container that shelters them becomes the place where they play their biological roles; they interact and thrive, players in a real ecosystem. A group of living beings in a biological environment is indeed an ecosystem. A closed terrarium creates an environment resembling that of a tropical rain forest in the guise of an artificial micro-ecosystem, with an almost self-sufficient cycle. The transparent, enclosing nature of the glass—in the case of closed terrariums—allows this self-sufficiency. The transparent glass lets in the light essential to the life of plants, and the condition of being sealed keeps the humidity emitted by the plants in the jar so that there is nearly no need to add water. As long as this landscape under glass receives a good initial dose of all the necessary elements to thrive (water, light, nutrients), it can live in nearautonomy for a long time. Human intervention can be minimal or unnecessary.

NATURE IN MINIATURE We make a terrarium the way a landscape gardener designs a garden, but in miniature. The art of the composition balances aesthetic and biological interest—true to the reality of nature. Biology of the Terrarium The choice of associations between living and mineral elements can lead to a beneficial symbiosis—or to a failure that will make you think you don’t have a green thumb. Consider first the requirements of the plants in their natural environment before assembling the terrarium. The combination of plants according to their habitat needs—moisture, light, soil type—is accomplished by mingling plants that will not compete with each other at the level of their branches or their roots. If, for example, we don’t combine forest mosses with cacti in the same design, it’s because they don’t have the same moisture requirements. The moss needs ample moisture to stay green, an amount that would spoil a cactus.

A different technique from the closed design is the open terrarium, which also assembles plants to create a small landscape, but in a container without a cover. This design method does not engage the same biological process: since it does not maintain its humidity level, the terrarium is not a self-sustaining ecosystem.

11 THE ESSENTIALS

Terrariums_INT_Mechs.indd 10-11

8/10/17 12:42 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

THAILAND

KHAO YAI PARK SAGERETIA AND OPHIOPOGON

The national park at Khao Yai encompasses one of the largest forests in Asia. The terrain varies from meadows to mountain peaks, with a rich diversity of flora and fauna. Here grows Sageretia, also known as “Poor Man’s Tea.”

CARE Difficulty Water Sun Container

778 ++999 453/f

SUPPLIES Glass jar (about 12 in/31 cm diameter, 18 in/46 cm high) with lid Measuring cup Plant mister or fresh sponge Small scissors

INGREDIENTS 1 Sageretia (here, a 6 year-old bonsai) 1 Ophiopogon 41⁄2 cups/1 L of red volcanic stone* 33⁄4 cup/900 ml planting mix (1⁄4 cups/300 ml of each potting soil for indoor plants, 1⁄3 acidic planting mix/ericaceous compost, and river sand)* 2 handfuls of fine gravel, black * 2 handfuls of medium gravel, white* 2 handfuls of medium gravel, gray* 3 clumps of forest moss* 3 granite pebbles* 7 ⁄8 cup/200 ml rainwater or filtered water *See the list of materials on pages 61–79.

CARE For this type of design and because of the fragility of the tree, open the terrarium for a few hours on a regular basis. Don’t overwater; let the soil surface dry.

Terrariums_INT_Mechs.indd 86-87

TROPICAL LANDSCAPES

8/10/17 12:42 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Balcony Gardener Creative Ideas for Small Spaces Isabelle Palmer Packed full of great ideas to brighten up your balcony, roof terrace or window sill, The Balcony Gardener will teach you everything you need to know to create a stunning outdoor space.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495529

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Gardening

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

300 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

FS, I

The Balcony Gardener covers everything from the fundamentals of starting a new garden, to picking out the best garden-accessories to suit your style and your space. The first chapter, The Basics, will guide you through planning, designing and the basic elements of gardening so that you can create a garden that most suits you. The next chapter, Urban Spaces, goes into much more detail about the best plants to use in smaller environments, highlighting those flora that would be better adapted to life in an urban setting. Then, move on to the chapter entitled Creative Recycling, which provides all sorts of great ideas for recycled containers and beautiful features in your garden – make a Pallet Wall Planter or Olive Oil Drum to liven up your space. There is even a chapter for All Things Edible, allowing you to customise your garden to not only look delightful, but smell and taste fantastic too. Finally, Enjoying Your Balcony offers some great advice about what type of furnishings would best suit your balcony, patio, terrace or small garden. Complete with a journal section, a plant list, a glossary, and comprehensive resources list, The Balcony Gardener is a must-have book for any green-fingered city-dweller.

Author Details Isabelle Palmer is a renowned small space garden designer. Her adventures started out on her own London Balcony where she wanted to create a little green oasis of her own. Believing that others would want to do the same, she started thebalconygardener.com, an online company focusing on product ranges for small urban outdoor spaces – balconies, patios and terraces. With great passion and a practical approach to small space gardening, she has also shared her house plant expertise in House Plants, published by CICO Books. Isabelle lives in London.

Key Information • • •

Isabelle Palmer is a young, creative, innovative gardening entrepreneur, with a successful business in gardening ideas for small spaces. All Isabelle’s ideas are tried and tested on her own balconies at home. The Balcony Gardener will appeal to all those who live in the city and cannot afford to have a large garden space of their own as well as country gardeners who want to make the most of their own small patio and balcony areas.

Contents INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1

THE BASICS

IW CB553_BALCONY_066-075,078-079_Layout 1 03/11/2011 13:24 Page 72

URBAN SPACES

CHAPTER 3

CREATIVE RECYCLING

CHAPTER 4

ALL THINGS EDIBLE

SPECIFICATIONS

you don’t live in a period property, vintage style will set oﬀ your plants well and is a good starting‐ point when setting up your garden.

ENJOYING YOUR BALCONY

JOURNAL

Vintage fruit crate

Polystyrene “crocks” or smalL stones PotTing mix Landscape material or weEd-control membrane ButTerhead letTuce seEds or plugs (try ‘Tom Thumb’ and ‘AlL-Year-Round’)

LoOse-leaf letTuce seEds or plugs (try ‘Salad Bowl Red’) Wild arugula (rocket) seEds or plugs

I have planted this delightful salad‐leaf garden in a rustic vintage fruit crate, which calls to mind long, relaxed evenings of al fresco dining. Growing and picking salad leaves in the center of the city is very rewarding, and there is something satisfying about neatly arranging the plants in rows according to their various colors and textures. You’ll also ﬁnd the square‐shaped container helpful when planting out the rows and ordering the seeds. Wooden crates have slatted bottoms, so you’ll need to line the base ﬁrst with a piece of landscape material or weed‐control membrane, available from good building suppliers. Lining the crate in this way will prevent the potting mix falling out, but allow excess water to drain away.

PLANT LIST GLOSSARY RESOURCES INDEX

136

ISBN: 978 1 78249 552 9

Planting your salad box I have chosen a selection of salad leaves in diﬀerent colors. Not only is this more decorative, but it will also provide you with a variety of delicious leaves for your plate. Plant up the box using seeds or plugs (small baby plants). Most lettuce varieties can be sown at any time between spring and summer. If you are growing your leaves from seed, then follow the instructions on the seed packet. Sow the seeds or plant the plugs in drills (rows) of alternating colors. Here, I have arranged the plants in ﬁve rows from left to right, as follows: ‘Salad Bowl Red’ lettuce; butterhead lettuce; wild arugula; butterhead lettuce; and ‘Salad Bowl Red’ lettuce.

Text © Isabelle Palmer Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

Where to position

in to create a cut-and-come-aga yourself, you’lL be able after your leaves wilL grow back salad box, which means that batches of seEd every couple cutTing. Remember to sow smalL with leaves by snipPing them ofF of weEks. Harvest your salad tearing them away by hand. a pair of scisSors rather than

114 134

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 7½ x 9¼ in./235 x 190 mm Extent: 144 pages Illustrations: 300 color photographs Price: US $19.95 / UK £12.99 / Priced higher in Canada Publication date: February 2018 Text: 30,000 words

V i n tag e C rat e Sa l a d B ox

you sow the seEds cut-and-come-again salad leaves If

CHAPTER 5

CB553 Balcony Gardener Final Proofs

IW CB553_BALCONY_066-075,078-079_Layout 1 03/11/2011 13:25 Page 73

I have always enjoyed sourcing vintage containers such as this wooden fruit crate to use on my own balcony—they can be relied on to create a unique and individual look. Even if

What you need

CHAPTER 2

CB553 Balcony Gardener Final Proofs

Placing salad plants in direct sunlight will cause bolting and leave you with a bitter‐tasting crop, so it’s best to position your crate in a spot that doesn’t receive any strong midday sun.

Uncorrected proofs For further information, contact:

72 creative recycling IW CB553_BALCONY_032-061,064-065_Layout 1 03/11/2011 12:05 Page 58

CB553 Balcony Gardener FinalProofs Proofs

CB553 Balcony Gardener Final Proofs

IW CB553_BALCONY_032-061,064-065_Layout 1 03/11/2011 12:06 Page 59

138 140 142

ms are Encouraging young children TerRariu

a great

g them to try gardening, providin way to encourage children them to care for and educating with their own litTle garden or plant and findings woOdland pick about plants. They can glasShouse, creating a fantasy grow seEds in their very own pots and smalL toys. They wilL world by adDing some painted g if they can watch their efForts find it even more rewardin

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Terrarium gardens hark back to the Victorian era when indoor gardens housed in glass were very popular. Many people grew these small gardens in large “Wardian cases” at home. Over the past few years, terrariums have made a comeback, as people look for inventive and original ways to grow plants in a protected environment.

Isabelle Palmer is a renowned small space garden designer who has been specializing in the tiny corners of city gardening since 2009. Her innovative and fresh approach to design and garden retail has earned her welldeserved attention for a stylish, greener, city life. Her adventures started out on her own London balcony where she wanted to create a little green oasis of her own. Believing that others would want to do the same, she started The Balcony Gardener (thebalconygardener. com), an online company focusing on product ranges for small urban outdoor spaces—balconies, patios, and terraces. With great passion and a practical approach to small space gardening, she has shared her gardening and house plant expertise in House Plants, also published by CICO Books. Isabelle lives in London, UK.

Terrarium Gardens

grow from their bedroOms.

What to plant Under the large glasS terRarium shown opPosite I have placed smalL terRacotTa pots of variegated fitTonia and nertera, but you might also like to try the folLowing plants: Dwarf hydrangeas Ferns and mosSes

In the past, terrarium gardens were enclosed in Wardian cases, which look like small greenhouses with embellishments. However, you can create a terrarium with different receptacles. Cloches are popular, but modern‐day interpretations could be on a smaller scale, including a glass cookie jar, a decorative vase, or even a cocktail glass. Keep the terrarium in a spot that receives indirect sunlight and doesn’t fluctuate in temperature. Plants that grow well in a terrarium and are easy to care for include ferns, cacti, mosses and a selection of houseplants. It is more interesting to choose plants in a range of diﬀerent sizes, including tall, upright plants and smaller, creeping ones. You can grow your plants in individual terracotta pots, which you then keep under the glass case. However, many plants will thrive and grow completely encased in glass, seldom needing much care or attention from outside because they are situated in a sealed mini‐greenhouse that recycles moisture as it evaporates and then condenses on the glass.

SmalL cacti Spring flowers (such as primroses and violets)

Planting a sealed terrarium 1 Before planting, clean the terrarium thoroughly to avoid a build‐up of fungal diseases or algae, which will inevitably ﬂourish in the enclosed environment. 2 Don’t forget to add a layer of drainage material such as pebbles or gravel, as well as some horticultural charcoal, to keep the potting mix fresh. Lightweight but moisture‐retentive potting mixes make the best planting mediums. 3 Water your new plants well before planting and make sure that you give them enough space to grow.

Dwarf hydrangea

Primrose & violets

4 Place moss or pebbles over the gaps in the planting to stop water evaporating and make your garden look attractive. Once established, a sealed terrarium will need very little watering to thrive.

US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

urban spaces

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1165_THE_BALCONY_GRDNER_BLAD_DSJ.indd 2

11/07/2017 11:34

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Secret Language of Herbs Alice Peck Discover the fascinating hidden language of 55 herbs, from the familiar to the exotic. Divided into four chapters – Healing & Hope, Love & Joy, Grace & Gratitude and Ritual & Promise – each herb includes a little history about it, the keywords associated with it, and what it means if that one's your favourite. All the herbs you know are here, from lavender to basil, rosemary to parsley, but also ones you may be less familiar with, such as wintergreen, Solomon's seal and loosestrife. Filled with stunning illustrations, this collection of meaning and lore, history and magic, and healing and practical uses will deepen your understanding and delight in herbs and perhaps uncover something new about you, too.

Author Details Alice Peck is an author and editor living with her family in Brooklyn, New York. Alice likes to think and write about finding the sacred in the ordinary, and is the author of Be More Tree and Mindful Beads, published by CICO Books, as well as numerous book reviews and articles. Find out more at www.alicepeck.com. Illustrator Sarah Perkins studied at Chelsea School of Art and Central St Martin's in London and has worked as a freelance illustrator for 25 years.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$24.99

•

ISBN

9781782495598

•

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Gardening

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

55 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

FS, I

•

Companion to The Secret Language of Flowers (ISBN 9781782492054). Stunning illustrations by Sarah Perkins. The perfect gift for anyone who loves herbs, plants or flowers.

CB889 The Secret Language of Herbs DSJ v1

SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

Chamomile

Introduction 6

Capable of Anything; Energy In Adversity; Optimism; Comfort; Humility

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 3

Healing & Hope 8

Grace & Gratitude 66

Chamomile 10 Feverfew 12 St. John’s-wort 14 Valerian 16 Arnica 18 Chervil 20 Lobelia 22, Ginseng 24 Devil’s Claw 26 Fenugreek 28 Comfrey 30 Anise 32 Marshmallow 34 Purslane 36 Oregano 38

Verbena 68 Myrrh 70 Coriander 72 Burdock 74 Horsetail 76 Eyebright 78 Lovage 80 Thyme 82 Mugwort 84 Solomon’s Seal 86 Rue 88 Loosestrife 90 Echinacea 92

CHAPTER 2

Love & Joy 40 Parsley 42 Catnip 44 Basil 46 Marjoram 48 Wintergreen 50 Lavender 52 Skullcap 54 Myrtle 56 Dandelion 58 Rosemary 60 Cardamom 62 Borage 64

his fragrant herb has flowers like miniature daisies. It smells and tastes a bit like apple, so it makes sense that the Ancient Greeks named this lowgrowing plant “earth apple” and the Spanish call it manzanilla or “little apple.” Known also as mayweed, bodegold, and Whig plant, the Germans describe chamomile as alles tutraut, which means “capable of anything,” and indeed it seems there’s very little this versatile herb can’t do. Many of us first encountered chamomile tea in Beatrix Potter’s Tale of Peter Rabbit. When Peter returned home after his misadventures in Mr. McGregor’s cabbage patch, his mother gave him a few sips to calm him before she put him to bed. Modern science supports her practice. A compound found in chamomile leaves—apigenin—has been demonstrated to have sedative and anti-anxiety effects. Chamomile is a tonic and cure-all used to aid digestion, to treat colds, arthritis, and insomnia. As long as it doesn’t overtake the flower bed, gardeners love chamomile because it keeps away pests, and if grown near sickly plants rejuvenates them. It’s often sown into lawns or entrances of gardens so that visitors will have to step on it. Chamomile thrives with a little trampling which releases its apple-like fragrance and encourages it to grow. Perhaps because it does well with being stepped on, one of the meanings of this “herb of humility” is “energy in adversity.”

ISBN: 978-1-78249-559-8 “…chamomile, the more it is trodden, the faster it grows; yet youth, the more it is wasted, the faster it wears.” WILLIAM SHAKESPEARE, KING HENRY VI, PART 1

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CONTACT:

CHAPTER 4

Ritual & Promise 94 Angelica 96 Yarrow 98 Peppermint 100 Bay Laurel 102 Turmeric 104 Melissa 106 Tarragon 108 Cannabis 110 Sage 112 Dill 114 Mullein 116 Red Clover 118 Bee Balm 120 Tansy 122 Kava 124

Rosemary Remembrance; Fidelity; Love; Friendship; Trust; Respect

Alice Peck is an author and editor living with her family in Brooklyn, New York. Alice likes to think and write about ﬁnding the sacred in the ordinary, and is the author of Be More Tree, published by CICO Books, as well as numerous book reviews and articles. Find out more at www.alicepeck.com.

osemary’s fragrance is a heady combination of pine and eucalyptus. It speaks to us of love and death, but most of all the power of memory.

Legend has it that on the flight from Egypt, the Virgin Mary hung her cloak over a rosemary bush and the flowers turned from white to the blue of her garment, hence the name: Rose of Mary. The Latin term is rosmarinus, literally “dew of the sea,” which makes sense since it is fond of sandy Mediterranean shores. Rosemary is often associated with remembrance. It’s a connection that spans continents and cultures and is supported by science. Rosemary contains antioxidants and has the capacity to diminish the breakdown of acetylcholine—a compound that affects parts of the brain responsible for memory and logic.

SIR THOMAS MOORE

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

US CICO Books 341 E. 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

HEALING AND HOPE

“As for rosmarine, I lette it runne all over my garden walls, not onlie because my bees love it, but because it is the herb sacred to remembrance, and, therefore to friendship.”

Text © Alice Peck Design and illustration © CICO Books Uncorrected proofs

IF YOU LOVE CHAMOMILE… you’re resilient and multidimensional, optimistic and patient, peaceful and modest. You’re grounded, able to weather the complexities of life, to ﬁnd the calm within the storm, the glimmer of sunlight on the darkest day.

References 126 Acknowledgments 128

IW CB899_SECRET_LANG_HERBS_DSJ_REPRO_03.indd 2

Binding: Hardcover Format: 4 3/4 x 7 1/4 in./186 x 123 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 55 color illustrations Price: US $14.95 Priced higher in Canada UK £9.99 Publication date: February 2018 Text: 15,000 words

In the classic story, Prince Charming brushed Sleeping Beauty’s cheek with rosemary to awaken his true love. A romance charm in Europe and England during the Middle Ages, sprigs of rosemary are still tucked into bridal bouquets today to sustain a new couple’s devotion. Rosemary balances joy with sorrow and has been a part of funerary practices since ancient times. A vestige endures—war dead are commemorated on Armistice Day by rosemary twigs pinned to lapels. Rosemary is often carried in funerals and planted on graves, perhaps because in many climates it blooms in winter—the flowers remember the spring.

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

IF YOU LOVE ROSEMARY… you are devoted and dedicated, thoughtful and loyal sometimes to a fault. You see the good in all things— beginnings and endings.

LOVE & JOY

www.rylandpeters.com

11/07/2017 12:43

CRAFT & CREATIVITY

Botanical Inks Plant-to-Print Dyes, Techniques and Projects Babs Behan Learn how to turn plants and garden produce into natural dyes and inks for textiles, clothing and paper. Learn how to transform locally foraged wild plants, garden produce and recycled food and plant waste into dyes and inks with Botanical Inks. The book shows you how to extract environmentally sustainable colour from the landscape and use it to create natural dyes for textiles, clothing, paper, canvas and more.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787131569

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

253 x 201 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The book covers dying and surface application techniques, including bundle dying, Shibori tie-dying, Hapa Zome, indigo sugar vat, wood-block printing, screen printing, pot dying and ice flower dying. And it also shows you how to turn your newly-printed material into wonderful projects, from block-printing wrapping paper to bundle-dying a scarf. The process of turning plants into print can help you reconnect with nature, find a creative outlet and develop a mindful sense of presence. It also promotes an awareness of sustainable practices and how to reduce our impact on the planet.

Author Details Babs Behan is the founder of Botanical Inks – an artisan natural dye studio based in Bristol. Her work ranges from natural dyeing for textiles, clothing and paper products, to surface application techniques, including Shibori tie-dyeing, bundle dyeing with flowers, and block printing and screen printing with natural dye inks. She runs regular workshops, as well as guest courses at University of Plymouth and Daylesford Organic Farm. Her clients include Saatchi Gallery, London Fashion + Textiles Museum, Ace Hotel, Soho House and Wilderness Festival.

Key Information • • •

The first book on the subject. Explores an on-trend craft that's part of the 'slow-living' movement. Will appeal to people interested in foraging and sustainable practices.

Babs Behan

title

INKS Plant-to-Print Dyes, Techniques and Projects

BOTANICAL INKS

There is so much joy that comes from working with colour and nature. My studio, Botanical Inks, was founded in order to explore and play with what is available in the natural world, and to reduce the impact of the textile and creative industries on the environment. Botanical Inks first began by offering workshops in the many natural dye techniques I had learned and developed from my travels, with an emphasis on only using ingredients and tools that are of the earth, safe to work with and that can safely be put back into the earth at the end of their useful lifecycle. I like to work with local farmers, growers, weavers and mills to source and use 100% natural dyes, mordants and soaps, and organic natural fibre cloth and paper. I also use natural fibre tools, such as wooden printing blocks, brushes and string. The people who attended the workshops seemed to respond to these practices and this way of extracting colours from plants, and get excited about making natural dyes, paints, drawing and printing inks for use in a range of textile and paper surface design techniques. Understanding the natural colour palette of a particular bio-region, and creating art with materials that you have made with your own hands and from the plants that grow around you, can be an incredibly enriching, empowering and deeply connective experience. There is something simple and beautiful about walking out onto the land and picking up fallen leaves, harvesting flowers and berries, and digging up muddy roots, and then soaking them in water to extract their colour. It’s wonderful to transfer the colour and all its goodness from the land around you into cloth that you can wear, or paper that carries a message. It’s also good to know that these will eventually break down into the soil as nutrients for other life forms to feed off and grow. I have seen people falling in love over and over again with these old-new ways of creating something – they love the fact the bringing more beauty into the world needn’t be harmful to the environment or to their own personal health.

/ XXXXXXXX

I have a drive to share these skills, because they are otherwise not easily found. I wanted to make it easier for others to use natural materials for their creative pursuits, and for those in industry to see that it is commercially viable for their work, too. It’s been a gift to reach so many people and open their minds to the processes involved in the making of natural dyes. Following the popularity of the workshops, Botanical Inks started creating limited edition handmade naturally dyed products and bespoke services for private clients. These include bundle dyed silk scarves made with organic Britishgrown silk, fresh flowers and herbal dyes; a bridal bouquet recycling service to make silk lingerie and keepsakes; waste food dyed table linens; wild writing inks; and block printed gift cards. These products not only add something radical to the marketplace and challenge the status quo, but also allow us to demonstrate the high level of sustainable practice that is really possible in the UK. It feels important to create a local system like this, not only because of the reduced environmental impact, but also with an awareness of the social aspect. It’s amazing to be able to invest in something made within the community, using materials of the bio-region, and the traditional skills that are characteristic of the culture. It strengthens a sense of community and camaraderie, as well as the relationship with the local land and nature. For people at home, starting out on a small scale, perhaps this last point about connecting with nature is truly key. Modern life involves more time spent indoors, with less opportunity to interact with plants, animals and wild landscapes. Spending more time outdoors – and developing playful and interesting relationships with natural materials – may be a way to reconnect with our environment and to cultivate an affinity for the natural world. Botanical Inks has allowed me to do this, and I hope this book helps you to do the same.

Crochet Workshop Learn How to Crochet with 20 Inspiring Projects Erika Knight 20 step-by-step projects from the UK's leading expert. Crochet Workshop is a must-have for all beginner crocheters. Under Erika Knight's careful guidance learn how to make 20 gorgeous projects to wear and for the home. Each of the 20 projects in this book will teach you a new stitch, technique, or trick that will help you to build on and consolidate new crochet techniques, until you have mastered a wide repertoire of skills and an enviable collection of crocheted items. This book showcases the incredible variety of finishes that different crochet techniques can produce. You will learn a variety of stitches from double and trebles to the more delicate lace and ripple shell stitch. With exquisite photography by Yuki Sugiura that perfectly shows each of the beautiful designs, and supported with clear diagrams and illustrations, this is the ultimate book for all enthusiasts of this remarkable craft. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Author Details Erika Knight is a renowned knitwear designer and respected consultant to the fashion and yarn industry. Originally from a fine art background, her trend-forecasting work re-ignited her passion for the handmade. Erika has a unique interpretation of craft: her mission is to simplify and communicate her insight and passion for knitting and crochet with accessible yet enticing projects in order to inspire everyone to experiment and above all enjoy creating. The author of numerous highly acclaimed knitting and crochet books, Erika has lectured at the Victoria & Albert Museum in London, as well as leading art institutions and universities. She has published twelve books with Quadrille.

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787131729

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Key Information

Format

249 x 193 mm

•

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

A new edition of the bestselling crochet book. Clear diagrams to explain each type of stitch. Erika Knight is the leading author in this area and her patterns are foolproof.

basic stitches

Make any number of ch for foundation chain.

Double Crochet

Make any number of ch for foundation chain.

– the most basic stitch, and probably my favourite – creates a firm, flat fabric – versatile and reversible – beautiful for homewares

Row 1 1 dc in 2nd ch from hook, 1 dc in each of remaining ch to end, turn. Row 2 1 ch (does NOT count as a stitch), 1 dc in each dc to end, turn. Rep 2nd row to form dc fabric.

Row 1 1 tr in 4th ch from hook, 1 tr in each of remaining ch to end, turn. – the fabric grows really Row 2 3 ch (counts as quickly with this stitch first tr), miss first tr – great when used in in row below, *1 tr inCROCHET W [TREBLE CROCHET/ Stitch Library/ combination with next tr; rep from * to other stitches end, work last tr in top of 3-ch at end, turn. Rep 2nd row to form tr fabric.

Treble Crochet

Make any number of ch for foundation chain.

Row 1 1 dtr in 5th ch from hook, 1 dtr in each of remaining ch to end, turn. Row 2 4 ch (counts as first dtr), miss first dtr in row below, *1 dtr in next dtr; rep from * [DOUBLE TREBLE CROCHET/ Stitch Library/ CR to end, work last dtr in top of 4-ch at end, turn. Rep 2nd row to form dtr fabric.

Row 1 1 htr in 3rd ch from hook, 1 htr in each of Half Treble Crochet remaining ch to end, turn. Row 2 2 ch (counts as first – a basic and satisfying htr), miss first htr in row stitch to crochet LE CROCHET/ CROCHET WORKSHOP below,Stitch *1 htr in Library/ next htr; – good for when a more rep from * to end, work fluid fabric is needed last htr in top of 2-ch at – less compact than double end, turn. crochet Rep 2nd row to form htr fabric.

33 22 11

– a very long variation on the basic crochet stitch – a highly decorative stitch

stitch library

Double Treble Crochet 2 2

basic stitches

A small yet practical project to get you started with crochet. Making this cloth is the ideal way to practise the basic crochet stitch, double crochet. While the main cloth is worked in double crochet, the contrasting stripes are added to the cloth’s surface in slip stitch, a very easy form of crochet embroidery. Skill level…

In this project you will learn...

Practising double crochet Working slip stitch surface embroidery

Stitches used...

Double crochet; Surface slip stitch

Size

Approximately 25cm wide x 30cm long

Materials

Rowan Handknit Cotton, a double-knitting-weight cotton yarn, in 2 colours: A 2 x 50g balls in taupe (253 Tope) B 1 x 50g ball in green (344 Pesto) 5mm crochet hook

Tension

14 dc and 19 rows to 10cm measured over double crochet using a 5mm hook.

Abbreviations See page 45.

To make dishcloth

Foundation chain Using a 5mm hook and A, make 36 chain. Row 1 1 dc in 2nd ch from hook, 1 dc in each of remaining ch to end, turn. 35 sts. 62

project workshops

Row 2 1 ch (does NOT count as a stitch), 1 dc in each dc to end, turn. 35 sts. Repeat row 2 until work measures 30cm (approximately 56 rows). Fasten off.

To finish

Weave in any loose ends. Lay work out flat and gently steam on wrong side.

Masterclass Adding surface stripes

First stripe Work the first stripe in surface slip stitches between the 2nd and 3rd rows from the bottom edge of the dishcloth as follows: Using a 5mm hook and B, make a slip knot. Remove the hook from slip knot, then insert hook through the dishcloth from the right side of your work one stitch in from the edge, pick up the slip knot again and pull it through to the right side. Keeping the yarn at the wrong side of your work, continue as follows – *insert hook through dishcloth between next 2 stitches, yarn round hook at back of work and pull yarn through dishcloth and loop on hook in one movement. Repeat from * across width of dishcloth, finishing one stitch in from the edge. Fasten off. Second stripe Work as for the first stripe, but between the 3rd and 4th rows from the top edge of the dishcloth. Third stripe Work as for the first stripe, but between the 5th and 6th rows from the top edge of the dishcloth.

This simple cover for a 33cm-wide laptop is worked in robust parcel string using double crochet and introduces the techniques of increasing and decreasing. It is finished with a bright colour zip. Skill level

To make cover front

17¹⁄² stitches and 21 rows to 10cm measured over double crochet using a 3.5mm hook.

Foundation chain Using a 3.5mm hook and string, make 50 chain. Row 1 1 dc in 2nd ch from hook, 1 dc in each of remaining ch to end, turn. 49 sts. Row 2 (inc row) 1 ch (does NOT count as a stitch), 2 dc in first dc, 1 dc in each dc to last dc, 2 dc in last dc, turn. 51 sts. (2 sts increased—one at each end of row.) Repeat row 2 five times more. 61 sts. Next row 1 ch (does NOT count as a stitch), 1 dc in each dc to end, turn. Repeat last row until work measures 22cm from beginning. Next row (dec row) 1 ch (does NOT count as a stitch), insert hook in first dc, yrh and draw a loop through, insert hook in next dc, yrh and draw a loop through, yrh and draw through all 3 loops on hook, 1 dc in each dc to last 2 dc, [insert hook in next dc, yrh and draw a loop through] twice, yrh and draw through all 3 loops on hook, turn. 59 sts. (2 sts decreased—one at each end of row.) Repeat last row five times more. 49 sts. Next row 1 ch (does NOT count as a stitch), 1 dc in each dc to end. Fasten off.

Abbreviations

To make cover back

In this project you will learn

Practising double crochet Working with unusual yarn textures Increasing Decreasing Working a double crochet seam

Stitches used

Double crochet

Size

Approximately 35cm x 25.5cm

Materials

4 x 90m balls of fine, soft parcel string 3mm and 3.5mm crochet hooks 50cm bright pink plastic zip and matching sewing thread

Tension

See page 45.

Make exactly as for front.

To finish

Weave in any loose ends. Lay work out flat and gently steam on wrong side.

project workshops

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Make It By Hand Papercraft: Enchanted Kirigami Patricia Moffett Kirigami is a variation of origami. Create wonderful 3D sculptures of fairies, birds of paradise, and moonlight hares in 20 designs, all based on an enchanted theme. Colour and display them for beautiful decorations.

Author Details Illustrated by Patricia Moffett is an illustrator and designer working in her studio in Snowdonia, North Wales. She has worked creatively on many successful books and has more than 30 years' experience in publishing. Intricate patterns and detail are an ongoing theme in her work.

Key Information 01 June 2018

•

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781787390010

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

283 x 245 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

40 sheets of artwork

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Publication

•

Highly original paper cutting and paper engineering concept for adults. Leads the way in the growing trend in accessible crafting projects for all abilities. Each project allows the crafter to build up their skills, from simple press-out pieces to intricate papercutting.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Make It By Hand Papercraft: Paper Plants Sarah Dennis 15 original paper cutting designs. Create floral arrangements, house plants, fruits, and vegetables to decorate your home. Cut and assembled from coloured and patterned papers, these projects will bring a bright modern twist to artificial decoration, with over 40 pages of colour templates from which the artworks can be directly cut out, and easy to follow step-by-step photographs and instructions – including tulips, poppies, succulents, pumpkins, and even a fly-catcher.

Author Details Sarah Dennis is a paper artist and illustrator whose work combines traditional papercutting techniques with collage. Each piece of Sarah's work is individually hand cut using a craft knife to create an exquisite, delicate artwork. Sarah's work has featured in a number of magazines and publications including Tatler and the Guardian. She is the author of

Make It By Hand Papercraft: Papercut Woodland.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Key Information

Price

AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99

•

ISBN

9781787390027

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

283 x 245 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

40 sheets of artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

15 original paper cutting designs for adults who are new to crafting. Over 40 pages of colour templates from which the artworks can be directly cut out, and easy to follow step-by-step photographs and instructions.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Shibori The Art of Indigo Dyeing with Step-by-step Techniques and 25 Projects to Make Nicola Gouldsmith Learn the Japanese art of shibori, including tie-dyeing, folded, rolled and sewn techniques, using indigo dye. Then make one of the 25 projects using the fabric you have created.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495987

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

150 colour photographs and artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Shibori is the name for a range of dyeing techniques that have been practised in Japan for centuries. Using just plain white cloth and indigo dye, you can create a huge range of patterns that will each be unique. Full of photographic step-by-step instructions are given for preparing the vat and plain dyeing, so you can master these steps before you move on to the different types of shibori. Each chapter then starts with a photographic step-by-step explanation of a different shibori technique. The first chapter covers kanoko and kumo (tie-dyeing with and without stones). Next there is shibori itajime (folding the fabric and clamping it between pieces of wood), then arashi (wrapping fabric around tubes), and nui (sewing and gathering the fabric with thread). After each technique has been explained, there are simple projects to make that show off the patterns you have created at their best. A sewing techniques section completes the book, with all the basic stitches and skills you will need to make the projects.

Author Details Nicola Gouldsmith is the founder of Halfpenny Home, an art and crafts shop which has a the website of the same name, www.halfpennyhome.co.uk. Nicola loves making things, growing things, and living in the countryside. The Halfpenny Home shop is housed in a disused mill, where Nicola runs popular classes on natural dyeing, sewing and other crafts. She is the author of Indigo: Dye It, Make It, and the co-author of A Green Guide to Country Crafts (both CICO Books). Nicola is based in Needham Market, Suffolk.

Key Information • • •

Includes full instructions and step-by-step photographs for the different types of shibori dyeing. Interest in Japanese style and crafts is increasing. Indigo is still a key colour for interiors.

Swedish roll-up shade 64 Quilted placemats 68 Simple room divider 72

CONTENTS

striped

linen curtain

Introduction 6 Preparing the indigo vat

4 Rinse in clean water, adding vinegar

Large pieces of fabric can be tricky to dye in a pan at home, but pleating the fabric and tying it tightly will enable you to dye large, curtain-sized pieces quite easily. Ready-made curtains can also be dyed in this way!

to the final rinse. Remove the ties and then wash with detergent in the usual and either hang the curtain or follow the instructions in Step 5 to make up.

side on either side of the fabric, pin, and then machine stitch in place. Press 1 in. (2.5 cm) to the wrong side along

• Prepared indigo vat (see page 8)

heading tape to the desired width,

Dip-dyed pashmina shawl 14 Dip-dyed bench pillow 16 Dip-dyed lampshade 18

the top edge and pin in place. Cut the adding 1 in. (2.5 cm). Pin along the top

• Rubber gloves and apron

• White household vinegar

CHAPTER 1 PLAIN AND DIP-DYEING 10 Plain and dip-dyeing techniques 12

5 Press 1 in. (2.5 cm) to the wrong

1 Pleat the fabric along its length, keeping the pleats as straight and even as possible.

• Elastic or string for the ties

• Bowls for soaking and rinsing

of the curtain, folding ½ in. (1 cm)

2 Tie all along this pleated length of

under at each end, and then machine stitch in place. Finally, fold a double

fabric, making sure that the ties are tied

2-in. (5-cm) hem at the bottom of the

really tight and are evenly spaced.

curtain and either machine or hand

• Washing detergent

stitch in place. Gather the curtain to the desired width and hang.

3 Soak the fabric in clean, cold water for a few

CHAPTER 2 SHIBORI KUMO AND KANOKO 20 Tie-dyeing techniques 22

hours, then squeeze out the excess water. Dye, following the instructions on pages 13–14. Very large pieces of fabric may need to be formed into a coil shape in order to fit into the dyeing vat. Wear rubber gloves and work the fibers under the surface in order to achieve a good color.

Striped linen curtain 26 Tie-dyed t-shirt 28 Reversible tablecloth 32 Wall hanging 36 Table runner 40 Simple voile curtain 44

Calculating Fabric Measure the required drop of the curtain and add on 5 in. (12.5 cm) for the hems at the top and bottom. (This is for a standard taped heading.) For the width, each curtain needs to be 1.5–2 times the width of the curtain track before being gathered. 82

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 8 1/8 x 10 7/8 in. / 276 x 208 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 150 color photographs and artworks Price: US $19.95 / CAN $23.95 / UK £12.99 Publication date: May 2018 Text: 20,000 words

way and allow to dry. Press the fabric

You will need • Ready-made linen curtain or length of linen, pre-washed and dried (see Calculating fabric, below)

SPECIFICATIONS

tie-dyeing

table runner Using stones tied tightly into linen produces some gorgeous patterns. A table runner is a quick and simple way to dress a table stylishly.

You will need • Undyed linen fabric, approx. 15 in. (38 cm) wide by the length of your table plus 4 in. (10 cm)

1 Select stones in a variety of sizes and shapes in order to give you an interesting and varied effect.

CHAPTER 4 SHIBORI ARASHI 76 Tube tie-dyeing techniques 80

Round pillow cover 84 Drawstring bag 87 Zipped silk bag 90 Closet liner 92 Bolster pillow 95

ISBN: 978-1-78249-598-7 Text © Nicola Gouldsmith Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

CHAPTER 5 SHIBORI NUI 98 Sewn and gathered fabric dyeing techniques 102

Uncorrected proofs

For further information, contact:

Bed throw 106 Japanese floor-lamp shade 110 Easy Roman shade 112 Tab-topped curtains 116 Apron 120

CHAPTER 3 SHIBORI ITAJIME 46 Folding between wood and dyeing techniques 50

Sewing techniques 122

Garden canopy 54 Linen skirt 58 Silk scarf 61

Suppliers 126 Index 127 Acknowledgments 128

• Selection of stones • String for tying • Prepared indigo vat (see page 8)

• Bowls for soaking and rinsing

• Rubber gloves and apron

2 Take your piece of linen and, starting in the center, bunch the linen around one of the stones and tie very tightly with string.

• White household vinegar

• Washing detergent • Iron • Basic sewing kit

For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

3 Repeat with more stones, spacing them as evenly as you can until you have enough stones tied in place.

6 Allow the dyed fabric to air—still clamped between the wood—opening the edges of the pleats to allow

3 Tie string tightly around the wood-and-fabric sandwich. table runner

oxygen to develop the dye. Repeat the dipping process if you want a deeper shade of blue, airing and allowing

7 With the fabric still clamped and tied, rinse well in several changes of cold, clean water, adding vinegar

the dye to develop each time.

to the final rinse (see pages 13–14).

8 Cut the tied string and remove the wood.

9 Unfold the pleated fabric, wash in

4 Soak in cold, clean water for a few hours. The wood will float, so weigh it down with something like a brick.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Nicola Gouldsmith is the founder of Halfpenny Home, an art and crafts store housed in a former mill in Suffolk, UK. The store has its own website, www.halfpenny.home.co.uk, and Nicola also runs popular classes on natural dyeing, sewing, and other crafts. Nicola loves making things, growing things, and living in the Suffolk countryside.

IW CB1201_SHIBORI_BLAD_DSJ_01.indd 2

5 Squeeze as much water out of the fabric as possible. Dip into the indigo vat by sliding the prepared fabric down the side of the pan; remember, you are aiming to disturb the surface as little as possible (see pages 13–14). Remove

detergent and allow to dry.

after a few moments, letting the excess dye dribble back into the vat with as little splashing as possible.

100

tie-dyeing with wood

wood tie-dye techniques

101

www.rylandpeters.com

08/09/2017 16:51

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Seed Bead Book Over 35 Step-by-step Jewellery Projects Kate Haxell Make your own fashion-forward seed bead jewellery with this colourful guide for over 35 projects including earrings, chokers, rings, pendants and much more. Beading beginners will find the instructions easy to follow and will quickly become confident with the weaving and wirework techniques that form the basis of the projects. With over 35 inspiring projects to try, including lots of variations, you can match your outfit and your mood. Start with the wrap-around necklace and the heart pin, expand your new skills with the fringed bracelet and tassel earrings, then take a step into wirework with the snowflake earrings and lace bracelet. Every project builds on what you have learned in the techniques section and shows you how you can use your creativity in a new way. There are also more challenging projects for the beading expert, so why not try the charm bracelet and ring and see where your beads take you. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495567

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

•

Category

Craft/DIY

•

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Kate Haxell is an experienced craft editor and author. She has written a wide range of craft and design books, including Sew-licious Little Things, Super-cute Pincushions and Sewlicious, all published by CICO Books. Visit her website at www.katehaxell.co.uk. She lives in south London.

Key Information •

•

Beaded and tasselled earrings and chokers are a huge trend – you can make your own at a fraction of the price you would pay in-store. This new edition includes 10 new projects and variations and an updated techniques section. Beading is an inexpensive craft – the specialist tools are kept to a minimum and a small amount of beads can go a long way. 35 fabulous projects and variations to make for yourself and as gifts for friends.

CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS:

ABOUT THE AUTHOR 15

blue & green

Planet earrings 10 Charm bracelet 14 Mandala pendant 18 Brooch purse 22 Tile bead cuff 26 Wrap-around necklace 30 Bugle barrette 34 Lace bracelet 38 Fringed pendant 42

purple & pink metals & neutrals

Tile choker 86 Fringed bracelet 90 Dangle earrings 94 Brooch cushion 98 Charm ring 102 Compact case 104 Stranded bracelet 108

charm ring used here are reminiscent of the traditional jet mounted in silver that was so popular in Victorian jewelry. However, colored beads can also be used to striking effect. Consider making a ring to match the Charm Bracelet project featured on page 42.

BINDING: Paperback with flaps FORMAT: 81⁄8 x 107⁄8 in. / 276 x 208 mm

This ring is a contemporary twist on a classic design.The black beads and silver charms 3 Weave the needle through to emerge two delica beads above the first charm. Pick up two delica beads

EXTENT: 128 pages

followed by one silver spacer, repeated three times, then two delica beads. Skipping the last bead, take the needle back through the string and back through the

MATERIALS

TECHNIQUES

approximately 70 2mm gunmetal

peyote stitch, page 116

hex beads

ILLUSTRATIONS: 250 color photographs

same delica bead in the strip.

simple fringe, page 121

approximately 200 black delica beads

PRICE: US $19.95 / CAN $23.95 / UK £12.99

tape measure beading needle black beading thread silver hanging leaf charm 6 5mm silver spacers drilled dragonfly charm

PUBLICATION DATE: May 2018 4 Weave the needle through to emerge two

GETTING IT RIGHT

delica beads above the strand of fringe. Pick up the dragonfly charm, then take the needle back through an appropriate delica bead in the strip.

When measuring your finger,

TEXT: 20,000 words

remember to measure around the widest point, usually the second knuckle.

ISBN: 978 1 78249 556 7

1 Pick up one hex, six delica, and one hex bead.

Text © Kate Haxell Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

2 Thread the needle with one long end of thread

Keeping the pattern of beads correct, work a strip of

and weave it through to the middle of the strip to

peyote stitch long enough to fit around your finger.

emerge through the second delica bead up from one

End with an even-numbered row so that the two ends

edge. Pick up the leaf charm, then one delica bead, and

will lock together. Do not weave the long ends of

take the needle back through the same bead in the

thread into the beading.

strip. Position the delica bead so that it lies across the loop on the charm, hiding the thread.

5 Join the ends of the peyote strip together using

Uncorrected proofs

the remaining long end of thread.

For further information, contact: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

110 LIPSTICK CASE

Fringed choker 46 Heart pin 48 Hoop earrings 54 Rose buttons 58 Snowflake earrings 62 Lavender sachet 66 Flower necklace 68 Lipstick case 72 Tassel earrings 76 Wrap-around bracelet 80

Kate Haxell is an experienced craft editor and author. She has worked on a wide range of craft and design books, including Sew-licious Little Things, Super-cute Pincushions, and Sewlicious, all published by CICO Books. Visit her website at www.katehaxell.co.uk. She lives in London, UK.

CHARM RING

Introduction 6

2 Join the ends of the peyote strip to make a tube.

3 Weave the needle through to emerge from one

Slip the tube over the lipstick cover with the green

of the edge beads at the top of the cover. Thread on

edge at the top. Position it so that the green bead

enough beads to reach across the end of the cover to

just protrudes beyond the top of the cover.

the opposite bead. Take the needle under the stitch loop next to the opposite bead.

variation This beaded compact case was made to match the lipstick case.

FOR US PUBLICITY, CONTACT: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

It uses the same stripe pattern as the lipstick, but with two green beads at the top edge and one green bead after the final band of eight pink beads. Weave a strip long enough to go right around your compact, then join the zigzag and bottom edges.

4 Take the needle back through the string of beads

5 Bring the needle back through the next stitch loop

A ribbon to help you pull the compact out adds a finishing

and under the stitch loop next to the bead it came

along and repeat Steps 3–4 until you reach the edge

out of.

of one side of the tube. Weave the needle back to the

touch, and provides a good

middle and repeat Steps 3–4 in the opposite direction.

home for another frog charm. Cut a length of narrow silk ribbon twice the height of the case, plus 11⁄ 4 in (3cm). Tie a knot in one end and stitch the knot to the inside of a bead on

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

the third green row down from the top (see photograph above left). Thread the frog onto the other end of the ribbon and tie

6 Weave the needle through

Techniques and materials 112 Suppliers and index 128

7 Pick up three pink, one

8 If the beaded tubes slip a

a knot to stop it sliding off (see

the strings of beads to emerge

green, and eight pink seed

little on the lipstick, stick a glue

photograph above right). Push

in the middle of the central one.

beads. Following Steps 1–5,

spot to the end of the lipstick,

the compact down into the

Thread on the frog and a green

make a cover for the base section

then push the beaded tube down

bead. Take the needle down

of the lipstick, but using pink

onto it to hold it in place.

through the frog, then thread

instead of green beads and pink

it the opposite way through the

thread to make the end.

middle string. Weave the thread

case over the ribbon.

FOR UK PUBLICITY, CONTACT: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

into the tube to secure it.

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1169_Seed_Bead_Book_BLAD_2.indd 2

20/09/2017 10:06

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Loom Knitting 35 Quick and Colorful Knits on a Loom Lucy Hopping Transform your home and make unique gifts using a loom! Here are 35 colourful and quick loom knitting projects – using Lucy Hopping’s helpful instructions you will soon be whipping up creative gifts and vibrant home decorations in no time. Start with Colourful Gifts and make a cute pineapple keyring, a twisted headband and stylish French-knitted necklaces that would make lovely gifts. Once you feel a bit more confident, move onto Bags & Cases and try making a unique backpack with bright pompoms, an expanding shopper and a handy tablet case. In For Kids there are exciting things to make and give, including the sweet finger puppets, a knitted doll and kitten socks. Finally, in Home Accessories there are fun ideas that will liven up your décor – whip up a patchwork pillow, a trendy pouffe, lampshades and much more. There is something for everyone and the projects include ideas for variations so you can match your decorations to your home and personalise your gifts. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495574

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Craft/DIY

•

Format

276 x 208 mm

•

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

250 colour photographs & illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Lucy Hopping is an Art and Craft Product Developer in the toy industry and makes knitted, macramé and crocheted products to sell at local craft fairs and via online craft websites. She is the author of String Craft, Macramé Jewelry and Accessories, and co-author of Handmade Glamping, all published by CICO Books. She lives near Liverpool.

Loom knitting is a great craft for beginners – you can start small and build your confidence as you go. Clear, informative artworks guide you every step of the way. Most projects take very little time and can be made with less than one ball of yarn, and looms are widely available in craft shops.

CB1157_LOOM_KNITTING_BLAD_SPREADS

Specifications

68 FOR KIDS

Contents Introduction ................................................................... 6 Tools & materials ......................................................... 8 Techniques ..................................................................10

Kitten socks

6 Replace the stitch on the peg so that the yarn ends are at the front of the work.

These snuggly socks are the perfect lazy weekend accessory! The cute ears are knitted separately and attached to the loom during the knitting.

CHAPTER 1

Colorful gifts ........................................................16 Yellow and black hat ................................................18 Infinity scarf ................................................................ 20 Wrist warmers ........................................................... 22 Cactus pincushion ....................................................24 Fair-Isle hat ................................................................. 26 Lace scarf .................................................................... 30 Twisted headband ................................................... 32 Slippers ........................................................................ 34 French-knitted necklaces ...................................... 38 Bangles ........................................................................ 40 Pineapple keyring .....................................................42

7 Now knit back from stitch 21 to stitch 2, then lift the first stitch, wrap the yarn and replace the stitch again as in steps 5 and 6.

INSTRUCTIONS 1 Using two strands of Aspen held together, cast on 44 stitches using the e-wrap method (see page 12). •Stylecraft Special DK, 100% acrylic, light worsted (DK) yarn, 31⁄2oz (100g) balls, approx. 322yds (295m) per ball: 2 x balls each of Aspen 1422 Spice 1711 Parchment 1218 Scrap of gray yarn for features •Sock loom, with 44 pegs set 1⁄4in (6mm) apart

4 Now start to shape the heel using the short row shaping technique. You will only be using the first 22 stitches on the loom.

•Pink felt

CHAPTER 4

Home accessories .......................................... 94 Storage baskets ........................................................ 96 Retro throw pillow ................................................. 100 Plant pot cozy .......................................................... 104 French-knitted coasters ........................................ 108 Fox cozy ......................................................................112 Lampshades ..............................................................116 Pouffe ..........................................................................118 Placemats ................................................................. 121

•Scissors

SIZE •To fit shoe size US 6–9 (UK 4–7)

IW CB1157_LOOM_KNITTING_DSJnoflaps.indd 2

Uncorrected proofs

9 On the next row knit stitches 1 to 15, then knit the 2 stitches on peg 16 as one stitch, lift the 2 stitches on peg 17, wrap the yarn around the back of the peg and replace the 2 stitches so there are now 3 stitches on peg 17.

For further information, contact: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

10 Knit stitches 15 to 8, then knit the 2 stitches on peg 7 as one stitch, lift the 2 stitches on peg 6, wrap and replace both stitches so there are 3 stitches on peg 6.

CB1157_LOOM_KNITTING_BLAD_SPREADS

100

Retro throw pillow

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

These squares are wrapped around the loom rather than knitted, but this creates a fab alternative to a crocheted pillow.

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

INSTRUCTIONS 1 Using Violet, make a slip knot and place it on the third peg along from the bottom left corner. YOU WILL NEED •Stylecraft Special DK, 100% acrylic, light worsted (DK) yarn, 31⁄2oz (100g) balls, approx. 322yds (295m) per ball: 1 x ball each of Violet 1277 Empire 1829 Fuchsia Purple 1827 Silver 1203 Midnight 1011

5 Repeat on all the other junctions of the grid, then tie off the yarn neatly at the end.

•Square flower loom •Tapestry needle •US size E/4 (3.5mm) crochet hook •2 x 19in (48cm) squares of fabric •White thread and needle •Scissors •18in (46cm) square pillow form

Templates .................................................................. 124 Resources .................................................................. 127 Index ........................................................................... 128 Acknowledgments ................................................ 128

5 Knit stitches 1 to 21, then lift the 22nd stitch off the peg and wrap the yarn around the back of the peg.

•Sewing needle and pink thread

HOME ACCESSORIES

Kitten socks ................................................................. 68 Colorblock mittens .................................................... 72 Striped legwarmers.................................................. 74 Butterfly bunting .......................................................76 Animal face pencil case ......................................... 78 Knitted doll ................................................................. 82 Kid’s poncho .............................................................. 84 Finger puppets .......................................................... 88 Baby blocks ................................................................ 92

Text © Lucy Hopping Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

3 For the next 40 rounds, work in knit only.

•Tapestry needle

Bags & cases ....................................................... 44

For kids................................................................... 66

ISBN: 978 1 78249 557 4

2 Work knit 2, purl 2 all around the loom for the first 12 rounds.

•Knitting tool

CHAPTER 2

CHAPTER 3

8 Repeat steps 5 to 7, knitting one less stitch on each row and wrapping the following stitch, until you have 7 wrapped stitches at the start and 7 wrapped stitches at the end of your row of 22 stitches, and 8 stitches left as singles in the middle.

YOU WILL NEED

•US size E/4 (3.5mm) crochet hook

Clutch bag with leather detail ............................. 46 Watermelon phone case ....................................... 50 Backpack with pompoms ..................................... 52 Knitted triangle bag ................................................. 56 Shopper ....................................................................... 60 Tablet case ................................................................... 62 Hot water bottle cover ............................................ 64

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 81/8 x 107/8 in. / 276 x 208 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 250 color photographs Price: US $19.95 / CAN $23.95 / UK £12.99 Publication date: March 2018 Text: 20,000 words

SIZE •18in (46cm) square

2 Wrap the loom in the numbered order shown in the illustration. 3 Repeat step 2 two more times, then tie the working yarn end to the slip knot end to secure.

For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

4 Cut a length of Empire and thread it onto the tapestry needle. Work a cross stitch where one set of yarn strands cross on the grid, tying the yarn end to the working yarn to secure it. Then take the working yarn behind the wraps to work a cross stitch at the next junction.

www.rylandpeters.com

21/07/2017 14:52

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Boho Felt Crafts 35 Colorful Projects Including Gifts, Faux Succulents, Flowers, Garlands, and More Rachel Henderson and Jayne Emerson Brighten up your home and create gorgeous gifts with a colourful array of garlands, faux botanicals and much more. Let Rachel Henderson and Jayne Emerson inspire you to create your own boho paradise made from felt with fresh green faux succulents, cheese plant leaves and needle-felted cacti. Wall hangings and mobiles are a great way to change the look of a room quickly, and there are some great ideas here: try a leaf door curtain, a felt bead chandelier or a daisy wall hanging to bring a handmade touch to your décor. There are lovely gifts to make, too, including a cute folk key ring and a felt ball bouquet, and don't forget to try needle felting and make a vibrant needle-felted bird. With beautiful illustrations guiding you every step of the way, you will feel confident in embracing a wide range of techniques for working with felt, a versatile and inexpensive material with endless possibilities. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$32.99

ISBN

9781782495550

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

250 colour photographs & illustrations

Age Range

Terms

FS, I

Author Details Rachel Henderson trained in textile design and then worked for internationally renowned knitwear company Rowan Yarns, before launching her own craft business and brand. Rachel has worked on a number of books including Fleece Fantastic, Crafting for Girls (both published by CICO Books) and Animal Hats. When she’s not in her studio, she delivers craft workshops for patients in palliative care. Rachel lives on the east coast of Scotland with her husband and daughter. You can find Rachel’s website at www.therachelhendersonstudio.co.uk and she is on Instagram and Facebook @therachelhendersonstudio. Jayne Emerson is a multi-media textile designer who trained at Central St Martins. Her work encompasses embroidery, patchwork, fabric manipulation, and needle felting and she sells her textile designs to clients ranging from Topshop to Chanel. She is the author of six craft books, and regularly teaches workshops across the UK. Jayne lives in Gloucestershire.

Key Information • • •

Felt is a really easy material to work with because it doesn't fray when cut, and it comes in lots of great colours. Boho Felt Crafts is suitable for beginners as well as those with a bit more experience. The interiors of the 1960s and '70s are very much on trend and easy to emulate with these 35 innovative projects.

CONTENTS Introduction 6 Tolls & materials 8 Techniques 10

Cheese plant leaves 24 Needle-felted cactus 26 Mini cacti 28 Large felt cactus 30 Tea cup succulent 34 3D succulent 36 CHAPTER 2 40

Geometric throw 42 Cafetière cover 44 Black and white coasters 46 Geometric pillow 48 Wall organizer 50 Leaf table centerpiece 52 Tissue holders 54

Format: 81⁄8 x 107⁄8 in. / 276 x 208 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 250 color photographs & illustrations Price: US $19.95 / CAN $23.95 / UK £12.99

You will need

Publication date: May 2018

White letter-size (A4) card stock (card) Small piece of posterboard (cardboard) One 40 x 40 in. (1 x 1 m) square of heathered wool mix felt in pale green/gray

CHAPTER 5

Gifts

Binding: Paperback with flaps

Made from 3D felt petals, this artificial succulent looks just like the real thing—a simple way to add some plant life to your home, with no watering required!

Large succulent 16 Succulent centerpiece in wooden crate 20

Homewares

Large Succulent

Daisy wall hanging 88 Leaf and flower wreath 92 Hanging cacti cones 94 Leaf door curtain 96 Hexagon plant hanger 98

CHAPTER 1

Faux Botanicals

SPECIFICATIONS

Sewing needle Matching sewing thread

100

Glue gun and glue Scissors

Felt letter 102 Flower magnets 104 Needle case 106 Key ring 108 Coat hanger 110 Glasses case 112

Text: 20,000 words

1 Cut square stencils for the succulent petals from the white card stock (card) measuring: Large—4¾ x 4¾ in. (12 x 12 cm) Medium—3½ x 3½ in. (9 x 9 cm) Small—2¼ x 2¼ in. (6 x 6 cm)

ISBN: 978 1 78249 555 0

Extra small—1½ x 1½ in. (4 x 4 cm)

2 Place the large stencil onto the felt, draw around it ten times and cut out all the squares.

Text © Rachel Henderson and Jayne Emerson

Plant pot

Design, illustration, and photography

3 Fold each square in half, then fold the side edges inward to the center from the bottom left and bottom right corners. Pin in position.

US CICO Books

Templates 116 Resources 126 Index 127 Acknowledgments 128

341 E 116th St

4 Sew running stitch across the long bottom edge of the felt. Leaving the thread unknotted, pull the ends of the thread tightly so that fabric puckers, and tie in the middle with a double knot to secure.

New York NY 10029 LARGE SUCCULENT

Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact:

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

Felt Bead Chandelier Inject some bohemian elements into your living room with this stunning handmade chandelier. The pretty felt details are really quick to make and will give your home a bright flash of color.

Rachel Henderson trained in textile design and then worked for internationally renowned knitwear company Rowan Yarns, before launching her own craft business and brand. Rachel has worked on a

You will need

CHAPTER 3

Flowers & Birds

Eight 9 x 9 in. (22 x 22 cm) squares of wool mix felt in hot pink

Embroidery needle

One 40 x 40 in. (1 x 1 m) square of wool mix felt in orange

Fabric glue

One 40 x 40 in. (1 x 1 m) square of wool mix felt in yellow

Scissors

One skein of embroidery floss (thread) in orange

Needle-felted bird 58 Hanging birds 62 Needle-felted flowers 66 Floral picture 68 Sunflower wall art 70 Birds and flowers garland 74 Felt ball bouquet 76

Invisible marker pen Glue gun and glue Wooden embroidery hoop measuring 12¾ in. (32 cm) in diameter

One skein of embroidery floss (thread) in mustard yellow

Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books

number of books including Fleece Fantastic, Crafting

20–21 Jockey’s Fields

for Girls (both published by CICO Books), and Animal

London WC1R 4BW

Hats. When she’s not in her studio, she delivers craft

Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280

workshops for patients in palliative care. Rachel lives

Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281

on the east coast of Scotland with her husband and

sales@cicobooks.co.uk

daughter. You can find Rachel’s website at www. therachelhendersonstudio.co.uk and she is on

For UK publicity, contact:

Instagram and Facebook @therachelhendersonstudio.

Jane Pickett

Jayne Emerson is a multi-media textile designer who trained at Central St Martins. Her work encompasses 1 Cut nine orange and nine mustard

2 Now make the felt beads—from the

3 Place your hoop onto a stool.

lengths of embroidery floss (thread)

squares of hot pink felt, cut sixty-eight

Thread four felt beads onto each

measuring 20 in. (50 cm). Spacing

strips of measuring ½ in. (1 cm) in width.

hanging embroidery floss (thread)

the lengths out evenly, approx.

CHAPTER 4

Roll a strip tightly. Apply a small amount

using a sharp embroidery needle.

2 in. (5 cm) apart, tie them onto

of fabric glue to the end of the roll and

the embroidery hoop with a secure

stick it down. Hold tightly in place for a

Hanging Décor

double knot.

few seconds and leave it to dry. Repeat

Tassel wall hanging 82 Felt bead chandelier 84

Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410

Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

embroidery, patchwork, fabric manipulation, and needle felting and she sells her textile designs to clients ranging from Topshop to Chanel. She is the

for the other strips to make the rest of the felt beads.

author of six craft books, and regularly teaches workshops across the country.

FELT BEAD CHANDELIER

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1160_BOHO_FELT_BLAD_DSJ.indd 2

19/09/2017 17:09

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Creating the Vintage Look 35 Ways to Upcycle for a Stylish Home Ellie Laycock Discover how to upcycle to make unusual and unique homeware with Creating the Vintage Look. Upcycling is about taking something old, vintage, treasured, or possibly even broken, and giving it a new lease of life by turning it into something new. It's a stylish and thrifty way of decorating and enhancing your home that avoids waste. Here, Ellie Laycock shows you how you can make truly beautiful objects from things you might otherwise have thrown away. Be inspired by the ingenuity of her projects — including turning old tin trays into chic magnetic noticeboards, using teapots as quirky planters, transforming a vintage fruit crate into a rustic beds night-stand, and converting metal jelly moulds into tea light holders. All of the 35 projects have clear instructions and artworks to guide you when you make them, and are grouped on a room-by-room basis. Complete with a helpful techniques section that will teach you any skills you need to know, Creating the Vintage Look will inspire your creativity and rejuvenate your junk. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781782495680

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Key Information

Format

210 x 170 mm

•

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs & illustrations

Age Range

Terms

FS, I

Author Details Ellie Laycock is an award-winning entrepreneur, author, artist and photographer with a passion for upcycling, interior design and discovering the hidden stories behind vintage textiles and the skilled hands that made them. Ellie’s luxury homeware company, Hunted and Stuffed™, specialises in sourcing exquisite vintage and antique Japanese kimono silks and brocades and giving them a second life by inventively transforming them into stunning limited edition pillows, throws and other creations. These ‘Homeware With History’ pieces sell to clients worldwide. Ellie lives in London, with her young family, trusty camera and vintage sewing machine.

•

Repurposing and upcycling appeals to those who want to get more value for money, as well as those who are trying to create an eco-friendly home. Vintage items make interiors unique, offering an alternative to mass-produced homeware.

CB1176 Creating the Vintage Look Blad PLC v3

contents

and artworks Price: US $14.95 / CAN$18.95 / UK £9.99 Publication date: March 2018 Text: 20,000 words

chapter one

Vintage Living Room 8 Musical Score Lampshade 10 Tapestry Footstool 13 Silk Scarf Cushion 16 Vinyl Record Coasters 19 Vintage Tin Clock 22 Stamp Collection Placemats 25 Invisible Bookshelf 28 Mirror Side Table 31 Jelly Mold Tea Light Holder 34 Crochet Vases 36 Tile Tea Tray 39

Mirror Makeover 68 Vintage Lace Shower Curtain 72 Soap Dispenser Jars 74 Brocade Bolster 77 Crochet Headboard 80 Pillowcase Laundry Bag 84 Ladder Back Chair Towel Rail 87 Crate Bedside Table 90

IW CB1176_CREATING_VINTAGE_LOOK_BLAD_PLC_01 v3.indd 2

341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

For US publicity, contact:

Text © Ellie Laycock Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

CICO Books

20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

For UK publicity, contact:

Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

Vintage Kitchen and Garden 42

Vintage Bedroom and Bathroom 66

CICO Books

Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

ISBN: 978-1-78249-568-0

chapter two

chapter three

Binding: Hardback PLC, Woodfree paper Format: 611/16 x 8¼ in./210 x 170 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 200 color photographs

Introduction 6

Upcycled Silverware Hooks 44 Dish Towel Curtains 47 Tea Tray Magnetic Board 50 Gardener’s Kneeling Pad 52 Teapot Hanging Planters 55 Tea Set Bird Feeders 58 Cheese Grater Pen Pot 61 Globe Fruit Bowl 64

For further information, contact:

specifications

chapter four

Vintage Children’s Rooms 94 Play Stove 96 Louvred Art Gallery 99 Crate Toy Storage 102 Decoupage Suitcase 106 Toy Bookends 108 Tea Card Mini Bunting 111 Russian Doll Light Pull 114 Hula Hoop Hideout 117

Workshop Techniques 120 Sewing Techniques 123 Sourcing Vintage Items 126 Resources 126 Index 127 Acknowledgments 128

www.rylandpeters.com

Ellie Laycock trained as an artist and works as a London-based professional photographer for clients such as Giorgio Armani and Casa Vogue Brasil. A love of innovative design, stylish interiors, and rummaging for vintage treasures led to the founding of her company, Hunted and Stuffed, which specializes in luxury homeware made from upcycled vintage materials. Ellie has won the Platinum Brand Amplifier award for female entrepreneurs, as well as the Startup Britain “PitchUp!” Competition, which resulted in her being selected to pitch her upcycled original vintage pillows to a major department store.

19/07/2017 15:05

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Scandinavian Needlecraft 35 Step-by-step Hand-sewing Projects Clare Youngs Expert crafter and lover of Scandinavian design Clare Youngs presents a stunning collection of gorgeous gifts, soft furnishings, kitchen items, bags, clothes and accessories to make and embroider.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495741

Publisher

CICO

Fans of the clean, elegant lines of traditional Scandinavian style are sure to be inspired by the 35 sewing projects in this book, which fuse classic Scandi motifs including hearts, flowers, and birds with contemporary techniques and materials. Arranged into five chapters, the projects work with a wide variety of fabrics: there are adorable fleece and felt baby bootees finished with French knots, a classic gingham curtain tie-back, and a striped machine-embroidered apron. Progress through the projects and learn a wide range of sewing techniques, including appliqué, cut work, patchwork, decorative machine stitching, shadow work and ribbon work. Simple stitches such as herringbone, cross stitch, French knots, daisy stitch and satin stitch are also used to great effect. Simplicity is always at the heart of Clare’s designs, and the clear instructions and step-by-step artworks mean anyone can have a go. You will be surprised how quickly beautiful pieces can be made.

Author Details Clare Youngs studied graphic design and has worked in packaging design, illustration and book jacket design. Her other books include Folk Art Needlecraft, Folded Book Art, Mobile Art, Wall Art, Book Art, Make Your Own Woodland Creatures, A Year in Crafts, and Letter Art (all published by CICO Books). She is based in Broadstairs, Kent.

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

235 x 228 mm

Key Information

Extent

128pp

•

Illustrations

250 colour photographs & illustrations

•

Age Range

•

Terms

FS, I

35 gorgeous embroidered and appliquéd sewing projects incorporating the finest elements of Scandinavian crafting tradition. Suitable for every skill level – beginners can try the simple table runner, more experienced crafters can make a cute reindeer soft toy. The Scandinavian lifestyle is hugely popular, especially the concept of hygge.

contents

CHAPTER 3

Introduction 4 CHAPTER 1

CB357 Scandinavian Sewing 2nd Proof

IW CB357_062-63_C 235 x 228 24/11/2009 09:26 Page 62

Bags

Felt bag with embroidered bird 6 Blue dandelion felted bag 10 Stortorget tote bag 12 Log roll with twig detailing 16 Floral cutwork bag 20

Kitchen

CHAPTER 5

Embroidered shelf edging 40 Apron 42 Blue herring tea towel 46 Table runner 48 Folk-heart egg cozies 50

Clothes and accessories

CHAPTER 4

Fleecy hat 52

Gifts and decorations

Felted wool slippers 54

Folk horse wall hanging 24 Coat hanger cover 26 Reindeer 28 Tree treasures 32 Christmas stockings 34 Folk bird garland 36 Embroidered gift tags 38

Embroidered linen collar 60

CHAPTER 2

Button badges and cute clips 58

Appliqué bird pillow 72 Blue border throw 76 Embroidered pelmet and curtain 78 Curtain tie-back 80 Crested bird chair pad 82 Vintage floral slipcover 84 Cotton waffle bath mat 86 Patchwork duvet cover 88 Cross-stitch heart pillowslip 92 Gingham heart quilt 94

Set your sewing machine to a thin, close zigzag and stitch the first color of fish motif onto the two pieces of linen. It does not matter if you don’t go over the lines exactly: the design is meant to look as if it has been drawn loosely with a pen. Repeat for the second color of stitching.

41⁄4 x 11⁄4 in. (11 x 3 cm) blue linen for the tab

Fold the wool fabric in half widthwise, wrong sides together, and pin to secure. Enlarge the template on page 109 by 133 percent. Using dressmaker’s carbon paper, transfer the design to each short end of the wool fabric, 1 in. (2.5 cm) from the short edge and centered on the width. Make sure that the stalk is at the bottom of the design at both ends.

Following the stitch guide on page 109, embroider the flower design. Wind the embroidery floss (cotton) four times around the needle instead of the usual three, to make the yellow bullion knots slightly longer than normal.

Fold the scarf in half widthwise, right sides together. Pin around all three raw edges about ⁄2 in. (1 cm) from the edge. Machine stitch, leaving a 41⁄2-in. (12-cm) gap in the middle of the long side.

Turn a single 1⁄4-in. (5-mm) hem over to the right side at the top and bottom of the blue linen rectangle. Pin and machine stitch. Then turn under a double 1⁄4-in. (5-mm) hem along the side edges. Pin and machine stitch.

Turn under and press a single 1⁄2-in. (1-cm) hem along the top and bottom edges of both fish panels. Pin the fish panels to the top and bottom edges on the right side of the tea towel, so that the edges are flush. Turn in the hem at the side edges of each fish panel, so that the borders are flush with the hemmed edge of the tea towel, and pin in place. Insert the loop into the top right corner, sandwiched at a slight angle between the main tea towel and the fish panel. Machine topstitch around all four sides of each fish panel, 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) from the edge. Press.

CB357 Scandinavian Sewing 2nd Proof

specifications Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 9 x 9¼ in. / 235 x 228 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 250 color photographs & illustrations Price: US $19.95 / CAN $23.95 / UK £12.99 Publication date: February 2018 Text: 20,000 words ISBN: 978 1 78249 574 1

Cut across the corners and trim the seam allowance to 1⁄4 in. (5 mm). Turn the scarf right side out, easing out the corners. Slipstitch the gap closed. Press.

Text © Clare Youngs Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books Uncorrected proofs For further information, contact:

clothes and accessories

CB357 Scandinavian Sewing 2nd Proof

Art Needlecraft, Folded Book Art, Mobile Art, 4

Blue and green sewing thread

To make a tab, press the small blue linen rectangle in half widthwise, wrong sides together, then press under 1⁄2 in. (1 cm) along each long edge and refold. Pin the edges together, and then machine stitch around the unfolded edges, 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) from the edge.

book jacket design. Her other books include Folk

vibrant blue linen.

lightweight scarf.

worked in packaging design, illustration, and

national dish and is worked here in blues and greens on white set against

Two 43⁄4 x 19-in. (12 x 48-cm) pieces of cream linen

a soft wool fabric, but you could use fleece—or even linen for a more

Clare Youngs studied graphic design and has

abstract pattern and bright colors that appear in the designs. Herring is a

30 x 19 in. (75 x 48 cm) blue linen

White and yellow stranded embroidery floss (cotton)

muted gray, white, and yellow used here are also very traditional. I used

About the Author

inspiration for this simple embroidered tea towel from the wonderful mix of

Dressmaker’s carbon paper

Approx. 50 x 14 in. (130 x 35 cm) gray soft wool fabric

IW CB357_042-51_C 235 x 228 23/11/2009 16:50 Page 47

Scandinavian ceramics from the 1950s and ’60s and have taken my

Templates on page 105

Dressmaker’s carbon paper

Acknowledgments 128

blue herring tea towel I love

materials

typical Scandinavian colors, we tend to think of red and white—but the

Index 126

Sampler linen dress 66

The template for the fish design on page 105 is split in two—one for the blue stitching and one for the green. Enlarge it by 200 percent (see page 117). Using dressmaker’s carbon paper, transfer one of the color templates to each cream linen rectangle. One fish should face to the left and one to the right.

floral winter scarf When we think of

Template and stitch guide on page 109

Suppliers 125

Felt baby boots 66

materials

Techniques 117

Sami felt mittens 64

CB357 Scandinavian Sewing 2nd Proof

Soft furnishings

Templates and stitch guides 96

Floral winter scarf 62

IW CB357_042-51_C 235 x 228 23/11/2009 16:50 Page 46

IW CB357_062-63_C 235 x 228 24/11/2009 09:26 Page 63

Wall Art, Make Your Own Woodland Creatures, A Year in Crafts, and Letter Art (all published by CICO Books). She is based in Kent, UK.

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1181_SCANDI_NEEDLECRAFT_BLAD_DSJ.indd 2

07/07/2017 16:37

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Handmade Glamping Add a Touch of Glamour to Your Camping Trip with these 35 Gorgeous Craft Projects Charlotte Liddle and Lucy Hopping Decorate your tent, tipi, caravan or camper van with any of the 35 stunning projects in Handmade Glamping. Using a variety of crafting techniques including knitting, crochet, quilting, embroidery, patchwork and appliqué, Charlotte Liddle and Lucy Hopping have created a wonderful range of accessories that will bring retro charm to your idyllic country getaway. Whether you fancy a quiet retreat to secluded beaches or are off to live it up at the summer festivals, you will find something to make your home-away-from-home look stunning and feel cosy and comfortable. Divided into four chapters, Handmade Glamping starts with Recycling and Repurposing, which will show you how to make some stunning embroidered curtains using vintage fabrics or the hexagonal patchwork scatter cushions to put on the camp bed. In Campfire Cooking there is everything you’ll need for a romantic meal under the stars, including decorated plates, quilted placemats and a picnic bag. Pretty Decorations has crocheted bunting to string outside, a cute cross-stitch picture to hang inside, and pretty storage ideas for small spaces that recycle jam jars and other household items. Finally, Outdoor Living comes with ideas for candle holders, a tent tidy, a wind break and even a reupholstered deck chair.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781782495703

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Key Information

Format

210 x 170 mm

•

Extent

144pp

•

Illustrations

100 colour photographs and 200 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

FS, I

Author Details Charlotte Liddle and Lucy Hopping have worked as designers in the textile craft industry and have lots of experience developing step-by-step projects for books, websites, publications, and kits. Both have a lovely sense of colour, a vintage design aesthetic and employ a contemporary and practical approach to hand and machine textile crafts. Charlotte is the author of various textile books and Lucy is the author of Macramé Jewelry and Accessories. Charlotte lives in Darlington and Lucy lives in Burscough.

•

Contains 35 stunning step-by-step projects to make sure your camping getaway is one to remember. Included is a comprehensive techniques section to brush up on any crafting technique. Glamping is a trend that continues to grow and grow as people embrace eco-friendly holidays.

Specifications Charlotte Liddle and Lucy Hopping

Contents

have worked as designers in the textile craft industry and have lots of experience developing step-by-step projects for books, websites, publications, and kit designs. Both have a lovely sense of color, a vintage design aesthetic, and employ a contemporary and practical approach to hand and machine textile crafts. Charlotte is the author of various sewing and craft books while Lucy is the author of Macramé Jewelry and Accessories. Charlotte lives in Darlington, UK, and Lucy lives in Burscough, UK.

Introduction 6

chapter 1

recycling & repurposing

Honeycomb patchwork pillow 10 Vintage tablecloth curtains 14 Colorful rag rug 18 Fabric-covered seating 22 Patchwork tablecloth 26 Knitted pillow 30 Yarn and felt flower wreath 33 Roll-down blind 36 Clay heart bunting 40

chapter 2

campfire cooking Striped knitted tea cozy 44 Crochet food cover 47 Caravan placemat 50 Crochet coasters 52 Fabric basket 55 Embroidered dishtowel 58 Picnic basket lining 60 Picnic carry bag 64

chapter 3

pretty decorations Crochet bunting 70 Crochet shelf edging 74 Cross-stitch picture 76 Glass jar storage 80 Fabric clock 84 Fabric bulletin board 87 Dreamcatcher 90 Upcycled vintage plates 92 Lavender “tea” bags 94 Pompom garland 97

IW CB1177_HANDMADE_GLAMPING_REISSUE_BLAD_PLC_01 v3.indd 2

Binding: Hardback PLC, Woodfree paper Format: 611/16 x 8¼ in./210 x 170 mm Extent: 144 pages Illustrations: 300 color photographs Price: US $14.95 / CAN $18.95 / UK £9.9 9 Publication date: April 2018 Text: 30,000 words ISBN: 978-1-78249-570-3 Text © Charlotte Liddle and Lucy Hopping Design, illustration, and photogr aphy © CICO Books Uncorrected proofs FOR FURTHER INFORMATION,

CONTACT:

US CICO Books

chapter 4

outdoor living

Fabric checkerboard 102 Funky flowers shower cap 104 Pocket tidy 106 Embroidered towel 109 Glass jar lanterns 112 Seaside crochet blanket 114 Deck chair 118 Windbreak 122

chapter 5

techniques Sewing 127 Embroidery 129 Knitting 131 Crochet 133 Templates 136

Suppliers 142 Index 143 Acknowledgments 144

341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

For US publicity, contact:

Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

UK CICO Books

20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

For UK publicity, contact:

Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

www.rylandpeters.com

19/07/2017 15:04

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

50 Ways To Draw Your Beautiful, Ordinary Life Practical Lessons in Pencil and Paper Flow Magazine Learn the art of drawing the everyday – teacups, botanicals, socks, a bicycle, pencils, and more – in 50 lessons from professional illustrators around the world, plus "goodies" including postcards, special papers, and pull-out booklets. In its innovative magazines and books, Flow celebrates creativity, mindfulness, and the pleasures of paper through a uniquely appealing marriage of ideas and visuals — beautiful illustrations and paintings created by a group of talented professional artists. Now those same artists have opened up their toolkits, sharing secrets, techniques, and point of view to teach the creatively curious how to draw. Here are 50 easy, illustrated step-by-step lessons on how to draw a whimsically curated list of the things we see and interact with every day: a bouquet of flowers, a watering can, a cat, mittens, favourite plants and vegetables, a cup and saucer, a kitchen table, fruit wrappers, a seagull, a dress collar, an apple tree. The lessons take us line by line from early sketch to finished drawing, with space alongside for the reader to draw the same. And unlike other beginner’s drawing guides, every lesson stems from each artist’s particular sensibility. This book is not about learning shapes, but how to create beautiful images with quirkiness and personality. The focus is not on perspective or shading, but the mindful pleasures of doing creative work.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9781523501151

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Author Details

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

203 x 254 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Irene Smit is the cofounder and creative director of Flow magazine, a popular international publication packed with paper goodies and beautiful illustrations that celebrates creativity, imperfection, and life's little pleasures. She lives outside Amsterdam. Astrid van der Hulst is the cofounder and creative director of Flow magazine, a popular international publication packed with paper goodies and beautiful illustrations that celebrates creativity, imperfection, and life's little pleasures. She lives outside Amsterdam.

Age Range

Key Information

Terms

FS, I

•

Included are special paper goodies, from the instructional (sheets of tracing paper, watercolour paper, coloured paper for a singular effect) to the purely joyful — postcards, a 32-page booklet with bellyband, paper doll foldouts, and more.

•

Unlike other how-to-draw books, this one comes to the topic by way of Flow magazine and their stable of wonderful illustrators. In its pages: clear lessons in a wide range of styles, with step-by-step instructions on the art of drawing ordinary and beautiful things (how to draw a cup and saucer like Katrin Coetzer, a cat like Amy van Luijk, a bouquet of flowers like Annemoon van Steen). Flow's charming aesthetic, spirit, and point of view runs throughout this book, including in the "goodies" tucked within these pages: special tracing and watercolour papers, coloured paper for drawing, tear-out postcards, and pull-out notebooks. Every page, every drawing lesson, every interactive goodie celebrates the beauty of the small things in ordinary life. With tremendous growth in US magazine distribution, as well as new awareness from previous Flow-authored books with Workman, the Flow magazine brand is becoming better and better known, and valued for its style and creativity.

5 0 W AY S T O D R A W Y O U R B E A U T I F U L O R D I N A R Y L I F E

GARDEN 11

R E H E

D R A W

arolyn Gavin grew up in Johannesburg, South Africa, and now spends her days working on her homey floral designs in her hundred and sixteen-year-old Victorian home in Toronto, Canada. Carolyn likes to use black pen as a medium for her work and is inspired by looking at the world surrounding her. She buys her supplies from the Duserres art store and is excited about the color combinations of hot pink and just about any other color. Becoming an illustrator has become an outlet for her intense need to create, and has even inspired her daughter, who is her muse, to become an artist. Carolyn prefers the sounds of her bulldog snoring when working on projects and practices yoga and gardening in her spare time.

LOCATION: Toronto, Canada INSTAGRAM: @carolynj WEBSITE: CarolynGavinShop.etsy.com 12

5 0 W AY S T O D R A W Y O U R B E A U T I F U L O R D I N A R Y L I F E

5 0 W AY S T O D R A W Y O U R B E A U T I F U L O R D I N AGRAYR LDIEF N E 13

SPORT

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Kicking Off, The Big book of Football's Funniest Quotes Iain Spragg and Stuart Reeves Author and Adrian Clarke Author Kicking Off: The Big Book of Football's Funniest Quotes is the most comprehensive collection of some of the funniest quotes (intentionally or not) in the history of sport. Compiled by avid quotation collectors Ian Spragg, Adrian Clarke and Stuart Reeves, The Big Book of Football's Funniest Quotes is packed with an incredible 1,500 ridiculous quotes from and about some the most famous names in football, including Sir Alex Ferguson, Jose Mourinho, Ian Holloway, Paul 'Gazza' Gascoigne and Eric Cantona. Bursting with confused clichés, mangled metaphors, comic cusses and idiotic football insights, this book really is the hilarious last word in funny football quotations. "What (John) Carew can do with a football, I can do with an orange." Zlatan Ibrahimovic replies to criticism from the ex Norway striker "It's not important how many faults you make in a game, it's important that nobody can remember after the game. If you win 4-0 but make four mistakes, no one will remember." Jurgen Klopp 01 June 2018

Author Details

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

Iain Spragg is a sports journalist who has written for a number of national newspapers including The Daily Telegraph and The Times. As an author, he has written many books, including Cristiano Ronaldo: The Ultimate Fan Book, The Official Arsenal Book of Records, England Rugby Official Yearbook, London's Strangest series, The Random History of Rugby.

ISBN

9781780979700

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

512pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Publication

Stuart Reeves is a full-time researcher and writer and a keen collector of sports quotations. Adrian Clarke was a professional footballer at every level-from Arsenal in the Premier League to Hendon in the Ryman League. After a number of years in Leagues One and Two, he retired and retrained as journalist and was news editor of the Southend Evening Echo before becoming a freelance sports writer, contributing to many UK national newspapers. He has written or co-written a number of books, many with Iain Spragg.

Key Information • • • •

Kicking Off: The Big Book of Football's Funniest Quotes is the most comprehensive collection of hilarious football quotes ever published. There are 1,500 quotes from players, managers, club officials and the media. Fully revised and updated for the 2015-16 and 2016-17 seasons, it includes 150 new observations from football people who have still to learn that engaging brain before mouth might save them from looking and sounding rather foolish. The book has sold 50,000 copies since its first edition in 2009. Contains a foreword by legendary England goalkeeper Peter Shilton.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

World of Football Keir Radnedge The World of Football is the ultimate celebration of the most popular sport on the planet. This comprehensive and fully illustrated book is written by one of the world's leading football writers and describes the history and development of the game, its legendary players, clubs and international teams, notable coaches and stadia. There is also in-depth information on the major competitions at both national and club levels. Each entry throughout the book comes with graphical statistical information showing the greatest achievements of each player, club or nation.

Author Details Keir Radnedge has been covering football for more than 40 years. He has written countless books on the subject, from tournament guides to comprehensive encyclopedias, aimed at all ages. He is a former editor of World Soccer, generally recognised as the premier English-language magazine on global football. In addition to his writing, Keir has been a regular analyst for BBC radio and television, Sky Sports and the American cable television news channel CNN. Publication

01 June 2018

Key Information

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$54.99 | NZ$59.99

•

ISBN

9781780979977

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

Approx. 375 colour and b&w

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A comprehensive exploration of the world of football from one of the leading authorities on the sport. Covering the major nations, clubs and competitions, as well as the greatest players to have ever played the game, the book touches on all aspects of football. Includes modern graphical statistics and new artwork, pictures and text.

POETRY

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

DROPKICKromance Cyrus Parker The first half of DROPKICKromance focuses on a toxic, long-distance relationship the author was involved in for several years, while the second half focuses on his current relationship with poet Amanda Lovelace. Ultimately, the collection tells about a profound journey of healing.

Author Details Cyrus Parker is a pro-wrestler-turned-poet, hailing from a small town in New Jersey, where he lives with his poetess fiancee, Amanda Lovelace. Originally from Michigan, where he spent half a decade working on the local independent wrestling scene, Cyrus is now trading his literal dropkicks for literary dropkicks as he puts wrestling on the back burner to pursue his other passion, writing. A Creative Writing major at Brookdale community college, the self-proclaimed DROPKICKpoet has set out on a journey to find his voice, and himself, through the written word. When he's not illegibly scrawling away in his journal or typing away on his next project, Cyrus can be found napping excessively after consuming massive amounts of coffee or wandering the world, trying to be the very best Pokémon master that ever lived. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449493004

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

As a professional-wrestler-turned-poet, Cyrus Parker offers unique voice and perspective. Parker is working on a degree in creative writing, and his poems have been published in his college's award-winning literary magazine, Collage. He has also been featured on Writers Resist and Poetic Interviews. Parker is engaged to poet Amanda Lovelace, whose star is quickly rising in the poetry world. Parker will appeal both to Amanda Lovelace's large fan-base and a more general readership.

i’m lacing my boots with my words and dropkicking the world, because my feet have been planted on the ground for far too long. — DROPKICKpoet.

DROPKICK_int.indd 7

11/20/17 7:32 AM

GENERAL NON-FICTION

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Phantom Atlas The Greatest Myths, Lies and Blunders on Maps Edward Brooke-Hitching A breakout bestseller in the UK, The Phantom Atlas is a beautifully produced volume, packed with maps, illustrations, and stories of places, people, and creatures that never existed – a treat for fans of maps, history, and exploration. The Phantom Atlas is a guide to the world not as it is, but as it was imagined to be. It's a world of ghost islands, invisible mountain ranges, mythical civilisations, ship-wrecking beasts, and other fictitious features introduced on maps and atlases through mistakes, misunderstanding, fantasies, and outright lies. This richly illustrated book collects and explores the colourful histories behind a striking range of real antique maps that are all in some way a little too good to be true. Author Edward Brooke-Hitching investigates the places where exploration and mythology meet, using gorgeous atlas images as springboards for tales of the deranged buccaneers, seafaring monks, heroes, swindlers, and other amazing stories behind cartography's greatest phantoms.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Edward Brooke-Hitching is an author, documentary filmmaker, and incurable cartophile. The son of an antiquarian book dealer, he lives in a dusty heap of old maps and books in London.

Price

AU$49.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781452168401

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

History

Format

248 x 191 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

UK edition sold 15K+ copies in its first couple of months and has been an Amazon #1 bestseller since pubbing in November 2016. Positive print coverage from The Guardian, The Times, The Express, The Spectator, Literary Review, Historia Mag, as well as broadcast coverage on BBC. The author's book trailer on Youtube has 14,000 views to date: youtube.com/watch?v=bCXnYnZ_CkA There is very little publishing on this particular aspect of maps and cartography – the human error component. One similar title is coming out from Picador in late 2017. Atlas/map books are a continuing trend, and the appealing design and intriguing content (reflected in the subtitle) make this stand out from the crowd.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

John Ashbery They Knew What They Wanted: Collages and Poems John Ashbery A must-have for the many, many lovers of John Ashbery's poetry, this is the first book devoted to his collages and includes new, previously unpublished poems. It is for all those wishing to learn more about Ashbery's creative output. John Ashbery is known foremost as a poet, but he's been creating collages for nearly as long as he's been writing poetry. He began working in the medium when he was an undergraduate at Harvard, more than 70 years ago. For the first time ever, this volume compiles a comprehensive selection of Ashbery's collage work from early days to the present. An extensive interview with John Yau delves into Ashbery's creative process and his love of creating visual art and Ashbery discusses the parallels between the two media. The volume includes about 75-100 of Ashbery's collages, from his earliest work up until the present, exploring how his visual art has evolved over the years. The book also includes approximately 20 new and previously unpublished poems by Ashbery, paired with a selection of the collages.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9780847860562

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Key Information

Category

Poetry

•

Format

229 x 171 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

75 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details John Ashbery is recognised as one of the greatest American poets of the 20th century. He has won numerous poetry awards, including the Pulitzer Prize, the National Book Award, the Yale Younger Poets Prize, the Bollingen Prize, the Ruth Lilly Poetry Prize, the Griffin International Award, and a MacArthur "Genius" Grant. John Yau is a poet, art critic, and curator. He has published more than 50 books of poetry, fiction, and art criticism. He lives in New York City.

• • •

Ashbery is one of America's greatest living poets and has won almost every literary prize possible for a poet. This release of unpublished work will garner lots of attention Some of Ashbery's collages have been exhibited over the years, but not all. This volume includes many unpublished pieces, as well as new, never-before-published poems. Ashbery has discussed how the process of creating poetry and collages are similar. This selection of collages, and the extensive interview with John Yau, offer insight and into his poetry and Ashbery's creative process. This is the first comprehensive selection to be published on Ashbery's collage work.

Impermeable Finally, alone. I was asked, are you sure? Then the spotlight took over, mended degenerate fences, fixed frost. Remember, keep things brash, unprogrammed. Start the dormition theory an inch above my head. We’ll never have to respond. Renewal costs said, in a statement: You don’t need to survive. Just existing would be enough. Put his legs under it. Put pants back on, towel and visitor. Ladle thy grief in Japanese pinstripes. Hopefully, northern nuances will be spared this time around. A few of us sitting around Rick and Amy’s, were up half the night examining selvage, or salvage.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Universe in Bite-Sized Chunks Colin Stuart The whole cosmos in your hands, The Universe in Bite-sized Chunks is your one-stop guide to everything you ever wanted to know about space and our place in it. The whole cosmos in your hands, The Universe in Bite-sized Chunks is your one-stop guide to everything you ever wanted to know about space and our place in it. Does dark matter keep you up at night? Do alien planets intrigue you, parallel universes confuse you, and black holes fill you with dread? If yes, then this book is for you – all these things, and more, are clearly explained in everyday language for the non-astronomer. This fascinating book will take you on an astral adventure, beginning with humanity’s very first astronomical observations, and ending with the latest thinking on the most cutting edge discoveries. Along the way, you’ll learn about the Big Bang and the ultimate fate of the universe, Galileo and Newton, gravitational waves and shooting stars, the Aurora Borealis and the Apollo missions, quasars and dark energy. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$17.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781782438649

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Science

Format

129 x 198 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Maps & diagrams throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

With so many intriguing but often mind-boggling concepts to grasp, Colin Stuart uses all his knowledge and expertise to engage the reader and make the subject accessible, providing the very best start to your cosmic voyage of discovery.

Author Details Colin Stuart is a space geek who talks to tens of thousands of people about the stars every year. A freelance science writer too, he has written for the Guardian , Observer, New Scientist and the European Space Agency amongst many others. He has been a runner-up in the European Astronomy Journalism Prize and is the author of several books, including 13 Journeys Through Space and Time, The Big Questions in Science and Why Space Matters to Me. A fellow of the Royal Astronomical Society, he's talked about the wonders of the universe on Sky News, BBC News and Radio 5Live and tweets as @skyponderer.

Key Information • • • •

Fascinating overview of our universe and the discoveries astronomers have made over the centuries. Covers all the major milestones of scientific discovery since we first turned our faces towards the stars. Written in clear, accessible language for the non-scientist. Colin Stuart is the author of 13 Journeys Through Space and Time, also for Michael O’Mara, which has sold over 8,000 copies to date.

E A R LY A S T R O N O M Y

CHAPTER 1

Early Astronomy

the west in the evening, it reaches the peak of its daily climb at midday. Yet its height above the ground at noon is not always the same. Watch over many months and you’ll see the sun trace out a figure of eight shape in the sky called an ‘analemma’. In the time it takes to complete this particular cycle the sun rises 365 times. The ancients called this period a year. Away from the equator (whose seasons fall broadly

Marking the passage of time ong before the sky was a place of planets, galaxies and black holes, it was the realm of gods and omens. A crack of thunder could signal Almighty displeasure; a passing comet was an ominous harbinger of doom. At least that’s how many of our ancestors saw it. But, to them, the sky’s most important role was as a natural timepiece. In the aeons before clocks, computers and smartphones, our predecessors noticed that the sky ticked out its own natural rhythm. The sun would come and go over a period they came to know as a day. They gathered together seven of these days to form a week, with each day named after one of the seven celestial objects they saw behaving differently to the stars, for example Sunday, Moonday, Saturnday and so on (see page 20 for more on this). The moon changed its appearance, waxing and waning through phases that saw it grow from a tiny crescent to a dazzling full moon and back again. One cycle of this shape-shifting took almost thirty days, a period they called a ‘moonth’. The sun, too, executes a much longer cycle. Rising each morning towards the east, and setting towards

Universe in BSC.indd 5-6

An analemma, the shape traced out by the sun over the course of a year.

17/08/2017 09:42:43

THE UNIVERSE IN BITE-SIZED CHUNKS

into ‘wet’ and ‘dry’), this period was divided into four seasons, each with its own distinct weather trends. Winter, spring, summer and autumn were seen to repeat in the same time as the analemma took to complete. There is evidence that we’ve been dividing up our time according to the heavens like this for tens of thousands of years. The Lembobo bone is a piece of baboon fibula (leg bone) found in the Lembobo mountain range that spans the border between South Africa, Mozambique and Swaziland. What makes it remarkable isn’t that it’s at least 43,000 years old, but that it has twenty-nine notches carved into it. Could it be an early form of tally chart to keep track of the moon’s 29.5 day cycle? The jury is still out. For one thing, the bone is incomplete – the original may have had more notches that were lost when the bone was broken. Yet the idea is still a tantalizing one. By 10,000 years ago we were certainly building massive clocks to keep up with the sky’s natural rhythms. In 2004 a team of archaeologists discovered a Stone Age site near Crathes Castle, Scotland. By 2013 they had realized why it was built; the architects of the site dug twelve pits along an arc 50 metres long – one for each of the twelve complete lunar cycles, which normally fit into a year (occasionally there can be thirteen full moons in a year). Five thousand years later, stonemasons began work on the mighty circle of Stonehenge on Salisbury Plain. Standing inside the stones at the summer solstice, you can see the sun rising directly above the heel stone and reaching the top of the analemma.

Universe in BSC.indd 7-8

E A R LY A S T R O N O M Y

Discovering the shape of the Earth on’t believe anyone who tells you that the best minds of the Middle Ages believed the world was flat; we knew that it wasn’t more than 2,000 years ago. The man we have to thank for that knowledge is the Ancient Greek mathematician Eratosthenes (256–194 BC) – and he figured it out without ever leaving Egypt. One year he noted that in the Egyptian city of Syene (now called Aswan) the sun was directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice. His genius was to take a measurement of the sun’s angle at exactly the same time on a subsequent summer solstice in the city of Alexandria, some 800 kilometres north. By placing a stake in the ground and looking at its shadow, he could see that the sun struck his stake not from overhead but at an angle of 7 degrees. This is because the Earth’s surface is curved, causing the sun’s light to strike at different angles depending on the latitude. He then went a step further: if a distance of 800 kilometres causes a 7 degree difference, he could scale that up to see the distance represented by a full 360 degrees. That gives the circumference of the Earth as just over 41,000 kilometres (he did his calculations using an ancient unit of distance called the ‘stadion’, so his answer was actually approximately 250,000 ‘stadia’). He was within 10–15 per cent of the modern measured value of the Earth’s size. So not only did the Ancient Greeks know the Earth was round, they had a pretty good idea of how big it was, too. It is possible that humans knew about the shape of the Earth, if not its size, even before the time of Eratosthenes.

17/08/2017 09:42:59

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Maths in Bite-sized Chunks Chris Waring In Maths in Bite-sized Chunks, Chris Waring proves that it's easy to break the subject down into accessible, understandable information, much of which, in fact, we use in one way or another every day of our lives. Let the real world show you how maths works. Maths is often cited as the 'most difficult' or 'complex' subject to study, many people admitting to a wariness that was probably ingrained into them in their schooldays. In Maths in Bite-sized Chunks, Chris Waring proves that it's easy to break the subject down into accessible, understandable information, much of which, in fact, we use in one way or another every day of our lives. Each chapter takes readers through the theory, demonstrating how to master it with worked-through problems and examples from the real world. Topics that once seemed impenetrable suddenly become relatable and easier to unpick. So whether it's algebra or statistics that once had you flummoxed, get ready for a new way of being mathematically minded.

Author Details

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$21.99

ISBN

9781782438465

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Key Information

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

•

Series

•

Category

Science

Format

198 x 129 mm

•

Extent

192pp

•

Illustrations

Approx. 30 b/w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Chris Waring was born in London. After a degree in Mechanical Engineering at Imperial College London and a short yet disastrous career as a headhunter, he became a maths teacher. Since then he has taught small children and Oxbridge candidates and everybody in between. He has written I Used to Know That: Maths (2010) and From O to Infinity in 26 Centuries (2012) for Michael O'Mara Books. He lives in York.

•

Covers all the key topics, from algebra to probability and geometry to statistics, and more. The theory for each topic is demonstrated with worked-through problems and real-world examples. Chris Waring is the author of I Used to Know That: Maths (33k copies sold) and From O to Infinity in 26 Centuries (17k copies sold). Readers don't need any prior knowledge of maths to slowly build up their understanding to above GCSE level. Text boxes supply fun maths trivia.

NUMBER

Arithmetic I’m going to work on the principle that you know how to count. I’ve never met a person that could not count. It is the first part of mathematics that we learn, often before we go to school. Many small children can even parrot off the numbers from one to ten by rote before they have any understanding of what numbers are. One way of looking at mathematics would be to say that it is based on understanding certain principles, which can then be used to achieve certain results. Understanding and processes. However, many of us never quite get the understanding part (or it may not be offered to us in the first place) and we are left with purely the process to learn. The problem with this is that, like any skill, it gets worse with neglect. Understanding also fades, but not in the same way. What I love about mathematics is that I, an unremarkable human who lives on a small island in the northern hemisphere, am at the apex of a pyramid of understanding that goes back through thousands of years, people and cultures. There are many people whose maths pyramid is far taller than mine, but I have chosen to spend my career helping other people build up their pyramids. And I know from experience that it doesn’t matter how good you are at memorising facts, algorithms 4

and processes. Without the understanding as a foundation, at some point your pyramid is going to fall over. Before we look at paper methods of arithmetic, I’d like to take a brief look at the dual nature of the symbols ‘+’ and ‘-’. These were first introduced to the western world in Germany from the late 1400s onwards. Johannes Widman (1460–1498) wrote a book called, in English, Neat and Nimble Calculation in All Trades in 1489, which is the earliest printed use of these symbols. From the beginning, the symbols had two meanings each, which some people struggle to differentiate. Each symbol can be either an operation, to add or subtract, or a sign to denote positive or negative. They are simultaneously an instruction and a description, a verb and a noun. +3 can mean ‘add three’ or ‘positive three’ – how do you know which is meant?

Number lines It’s fairly common in mathematics education to introduce the concept of a number line – an imaginary line that helps you to perform mental arithmetic and to understand the concepts of ‘greater than’ and ‘less than’. I often ask my students whether they see their number line as horizontal or vertical and which direction the numbers go in. I am sure that there could be some very interesting research here! For the sake of my analogy, our number line will be vertical like a thermometer.

MATHS IN BITE-SIZED CHUNKS

NUMBER

Action

Here we can see the use of + and – in their descriptive form, telling us whether the number is positive or negative. We don’t usually include the descriptive +s on positive numbers, but I’ve put them on here to highlight the positive part of the number line. Zero, we can see, is exactly in the middle and so is neither positive or negative. Now, imagine you are the captain of a mathematical hot air balloon. You have two ways of changing the height of the balloon – changing the amount of heat in the balloon and changing the amount of ballast in the balloon. We’ll treat the heat as positive as it makes the balloon go upwards. You can change the amount of heat in the balloon in two ways. You can add more by using the burner, or take some away by opening a vent at the top of the balloon, allowing hot air to escape. We’ll treat the ballast as negative as it makes the balloon go downwards. You can change the amount of ballast in the balloon by throwing some over the side or by having your friend with a drone deliver some more to your basket. We can represent each of these four ideas with a mathematical operation: 6

Effect

Balloon goes…

Use Burner

Add +

Heat +

↑

Open Vent

Subtract -

Heat +

↓

Add Ballast

Add +

Ballast -

↓

Drop Ballast

Subtract -

Ballast -

↑

The last row of the table is one that many people accept (or have learnt by rote) but don’t really understand why – hopefully the balloon analogy is some help! We have now sorted out how to make our balloon go up and down, what mathematicians call an operation. If we want to calculate our altitude, our position on the number line, we need to do a calculation, which combines our current place on the number line with an operation. The first number in the calculation tells us our current altitude, and the rest of the calculation tells us what action to take. For example, we could translate -4 + 3 as: -4

(+) 3

Current Altitude is -4

Add

3 blasts of heat

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

1000 Words to Expand Your Vocabulary Joseph Piercy In 1000 Words to Expand Your Vocabulary, each entry contains outlines of word origins, examples in context and a wealth of word related trivia.

The Oxford English Dictionary contains 175,000 words in common usage and yet linguists estimate that a vocabulary of 3,000 is sufficient to cover ninety-five per cent of common usage in speech and print. Where have all those other words gone? The English language is a giant sponge, absorbing words from a multitude of different languages and cultures and yet it seems speakers of English are indolent at accessing the rich resources at our disposal. 1000 Words to Expand Your Vocabulary aims to ameliorate this issue by providing a fascinating lexicography to boost your word power. Alongside the elegant and archaic words are discussions of malapropisms and solecisms, words for which meaning has changed over time and words that have meanings often contrary to their common usage (and abusage). Each entry contains outlines of word origins, examples in context and a wealth of word related trivia. 1000 Words to Expand Your Vocabulary will help word lovers flaunt their prolixity without flouting the rules that govern correct meaning.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781782438915

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Reference

Format

129 x 198 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Joseph Piercy is a freelance writer. He holds a Master of Philosophy degree in English Studies and is a regular contributor to various magazines and journals. He is the author of The 25 Rules of Grammar, also published by Michael O’Mara Books Limited. He lives in Brighton with his wife and daughter.

• • •

Contains a vast selection of words as well as information on their origins and how their meaning may have changed over time. Accessible and fascinating. Perfect for those who love language and enjoy using uncommon words in their correct context. Will help you use your boosted word power to speak and write with confidence.

1000

words to expand your vocabulary

1000

words to expand your vocabulary

mental strife. The meaning of atrabilious has changed however in modern usage and is now often used describe somebody who is tetchy, irritable and short-tempered.

in reference to their political speeches and expansionist policies. In general usage however, bellicose can be used to describe any aggressive action designed to provoke conflict of some kind.

Example:

Family gatherings were always spoiled by Grandma’s atrabilious behaviour towards her grandchildren.

The bellicose comments by the president have made the United Nations uneasy about the events in North Korea.

•

Axiomatic

Bifurcate

Adjective

Verb/Adjective

Derived from the Greek noun axíōma meaning something that is deemed to be true, an axiomatic statement is an assertion which is incontestable, such as ‘all fish swim’. In classical thought, axiomatic statements were often used as starting points for further argument or discussion in order to test their validity and status as being considered self-evident. The term axioms is also prevalent in various branches of the study of mathematics and logic.

Derived from Medieval Latin bifurcatus meaning to split something into two forks or branches (furc being the Latin word for fork). Example:

The road bifurcates before joining the motorway.

•

Example:

Crepitate

It is axiomatic that human beings need water in order to survive.

•

Bellicose Adjective To be bellicose is to be inclined to start fights or, more specifically wars. The word first appears in Middle English via the Latin word bellum meaning ‘of war’ or ‘warlike’ and has been applied to various despots and dictators such as Hitler and Mussolini 2

Verb/Noun To crepitate (from the Latin crepitare, meaning creaking) is to make a crunching or cracking sound by rubbing two related parts together. In medical terms it is often used to describe the creaking noises produced in joints of bones, such as the cracking of knuckles. The noun form crepitation is often used in relation to animals and insects. Example:

The crepitations of the crickets kept him awake all night. 3

1000

words to expand your vocabulary

1000

words to expand your vocabulary

•

Disputatious

Inquiline

Adjective

Noun

An extension of the noun/verb dispute, disputatious relates to persons or groups with a vested interest or fondness for starting and conducting arguments.

A zoological term that refers to a creature that lives in the abode of another. Derived from the Latin word inquilīnus meaning lodger or tenant- inquilines differ from parasites in that their presence is not usually harmful or negative to the host animal. Inquiline could feasibly be used to describe somebody living in another persons house. However it is not advisable to use the word in an advert in the local newspaper when searching for a flatmate.

Example:

To be an effective lawyer it helps to cultivate a disputatious personality.

•

Eunoia

Example:

Wanted: Inquiline for house share, £450 per month plus bills.

Noun

•

A beautiful word in print, though nobody is entirely sure exactly how it should be pronounced. Eunoia is thought to have first been coined by the Greek philosopher Aristotle, who uses the word to describe the warmth of feeling between spouses essential for a balanced and happy life. However, Ancient Roman philosopher Cicero used the word to describe benevolence and kindness. A modern interpretation of the word is the ability to display calmness and balance in speech and thought, especially when speaking in front of an audience. The argument regarding how the word is pronounced centres on how many syllables should be voiced, either three (‘u-noy-er’) or four (‘u-no-e-er’). Eunola is the shortest word in the English language to contain all five vowels.

Insouciant

Example:

Adjective A word of French origin formed with the negative prefix ‘in’ and ‘souciant’ meaning to be troubled or concerned, so literally ‘not bothered’. Modern usage of the word often implies affectation by somebody towards a particular situation or event, possibly to save face Example:

He adopted an insouciant attitude when he lost his job at the abattoir.

The speech captivated the audience with its natural sense and feeling of eunoia. 4

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Piero Manzoni Life of the Artist Flaminio Gualoni Originally published in Italian in 2013, this new English-language biography of Piero Manzoni provides an exclusive look at the personal and artistic life of this groundbreaking Italian artist, making this book a must-read for any art or Italian history enthusiast. Manzoni's brief career was one of the most radically inventive of the twentieth century, producing a body of work that continues to challenge the definitions of artistic sovereignty and virtuosity to this day. This newly-translated biography charts Manzoni's evolution as both an artist and an individual, tracing a line from his youth and student days to his affiliation with Lucio Fontana to his untimely death in 1963.

Author Details

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9780847849130

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

210 x 140 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full-colour images throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Flaminio Gualdoni is professor of the history of ancient art at the Accademia di Brera, Milan, and is the former director of the Fondazione Arnaldo Pomodoro, Milan. He is a contributing editor of The Art Newspaper and has written many books on art history. Curator and art historian Peter Benson Miller is Andrew Heiskell Arts Director of the American Academy in Rome. A translator with over thirty years of experience, Marguerite Shore specialises in the translation of texts on Italian art and culture.

Key Information • • • •

The first comprehensive biography on the artist, this book is set to become a seminal text for understanding the artist's oeuvre. Features over one hundred historical images, including candid photographs and reproductions of postcards and pamphlets. Insightful excerpts from Manzoni's personal manifesto appear throughout the text. Gualdoni's comprehensive text is sure to add to the scholarship on a number of other Post-War European art movements.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Harry Styles Malcolm Croft Harry Styles: Evolution of a Modern Superstar will be the first fully illustrated biography on the market about the star, and will be published midway through his 88-date global tour (during which he will be playing to huge arenas in over 20 different countries). The book is written in an enthusiastic tone and fan-focused style, richly illustrated with photographs of the heartthrob and charts the evolution of Styles's career – from his discovery on the X Factor to his rise to a global super star and the next step: conquering the world as a solo artist and actor in 2017's Dunkirk. Despite only coming into existence in 2010, One Direction have cast an enormous shadow over the music scene; their list of records and achievements is almost unparalleled. However, embarking on his solo career, Harry Styles has not only managed to escape that shadow, but he looks set to thrive and become equally successful on his own. Harry Styles debuted at Number One all over the world, and his legions of fans were ecstatic with the first solo offering from the pop phenomenon. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$31.99 | NZ$34.99

ISBN

9781787390409

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

237 x 185 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Approx. 100 colour & b/w photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Malcolm Croft is a celebrated author and music journalist. He has worked with many of the world's most important bands, including The Flaming Lips, Coldplay, The Verve and many others. He is the author of over 15 books on popular culture and music. Malcolm lives in London.

Key Information • •

•

Globally recognisable, Harry Styles was a leading member of One Direction – possibly the most successful boyband of this century. While One Direction are on a planned hiatus, Styles has signed a three-album solo contract with Columbia Records. The first of those, Harry Styles, was released in May 2017 and debuted at Number One in the charts in over a dozen countries, including the USA, the UK, Australia and Canada. In 2017 he will embark on a global 88-date tour, beginning in San Francisco in September and ending on 14 July 2018 in LA. As well as 35 North American dates, Styles will visit the UK, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, Australia and New Zealand, alongside a variety of other countries. Many of the concerts sell out months in advance. A multi-award winning singer-songwriter, Harry Styles is already one of the most commercially successful artists of the 21st century. Both his solo album and his debut acting appearance in Dunkirk show there is much more yet to come from the musical heart-throb.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Country Diary of an Edwardian Lady Edith Holden A charming addition to Rizzoli's carefully curated list of bringing back into print vintage classics, this beautifully packaged facsimile of Lady Edith Holden's original diary is filled with a naturalist's masterful paintings and delightful observations chronicling the English countryside throughout 1906. As one of the few true artifacts of the time in print, the first-hand handwritten thoughts and paintings contained in The Country Diary of an Edwardian Lady transport readers to a more refined, romantic, and simpler time. Naturalist Edith Holden recorded in words and charming paintings of the flora and fauna of the British countryside throughout the changing seasons of the year 1906. Undiscovered for more than 70 years, it was found by her great niece and published in 1977. The book became an instant sensation that spawned spin-offs and merchandise tie-ins, but then went out of print for more than 20 years.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99

ISBN

9780847858903

This facsimile edition presents Holden's words, all carefully written by hand, including her favourite poems, personal thoughts, and observations on the wildlife she saw surrounding her home in Warwickshire, and on her travels through England and Scotland. In addition, almost every page features Holden's exquisitely beautiful paintings of birds, butterflies, bees, and flowers, all of which reflect her deep love of nature. The paintings, executed with a naturalists' eye for detail, and the sensitive of an artist, and words, composed with a poet's touch, combine to make A Country Diary of an Edwardian Lady a unique view into a world open to few, and singular treasure that can now be appreciated by everyone.

Author Details Edith Holden (1871-1920) was born at Kings Norton, Worcester, one of seven children of a Midlands paint manufacturer. The family lived in the small village of Olton in Warwickshire and it was there that she wrote and illustrated the book. After attending art school, she worked as an illustrator, with her drawings being published in several books. She later moved to London, and in 1911 met and married Ernest Smith, a sculptor; they lived in Chelsea, and had no children.

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Gardening

Format

229 x 178 mm

Key Information

Extent

192pp

•

Illustrations

Colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

First published in England in 1977, the book has been out of print for more than 20 years. The original edition became an immediate sensation and entered the Sunday Times publishing best sellers list where is stayed for a record breaking 63 weeks earning it a place in the Guinness Book of World Records. Additionally it was recently named by the Sunday Times as the best-selling book of the 1970s, and remains at No. 4 in the overall best-seller lists of the last 40 years. A perfect way for people to cure their Downton withdrawal symptoms. A licensing program for tie-in merchandise will culminate in home and décor products launching at specialty retailers throughout 2017.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Battle of Waterloo Peter Snow and Dan Snow Author The Battle of Waterloo marks an event that changed the fate of Europe irrevocably. Beautifully illustrated, it includes reproductions of contemporary letters and documents, printed on the page, and offers a beautifully written telling of the battle and compelling new treatment of the Hundred Days campaign that finally ended the career of Napoleon. Each stage of the build-up to this decisive battle is carefully described, from the escape to the preparations for war. A topography of the battlefield complements a description of the fighting, which culminated in the rout of Napoleon's Imperial Guard, an elite unit that had never experienced defeat. Concluding with an examination of the consequences for the politics of Europe, The Battle of Waterloo is a detailed and visually stunning companion to one of history's most decisive battles.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$41.99 | NZ$44.99

ISBN

9780233005133

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

History

Format

237 x 185 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Approx. 200 colour and b&w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Peter Snow is a highly respected journalist, author and broadcaster. He was ITN's Diplomatic and Defence Correspondent from 1966 to 1979, and presented BBC's Newsnight from 1980 to 1997. An indispensable part of election nights, he has also covered military matters on and off the world's battlefields for 40 years. Dan Snow is an historian who has researched, written and presented several documentaries and appears regularly on the BBC's One Show as their "History Man". His writing has appeared in The Times, The Sunday Times, The Guardian, The Daily Express and BBC History Magazine. Educated at the University of Oxford, he has joint British and Canadian citizenship. Together they presented the BAFTA award-winning Battlefield Britain and wrote the accompanying bestselling book.

Key Information • • • •

This new edition of the bestselling title is the perfect companion both to the Battle of Waterloo and to the Hundred Days campaign. Combatants from Britain, France, Germany and Holland took part in the battle on Belgian soil and a huge re-enactment there in June 2015 attracted over 65,000 spectators. Published in association with the National Army Museum, the book is beautifully illustrated with maps, pictures and original documents printed on the page. Written by the high-profile writers, journalists and television presenters Peter and Dan Snow.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Drive Time Watches Inspired by Automobiles, Motorcycles, and Racing Aaron Sigmond A revised edition of the first monograph of its kind to celebrate the two great inventions of the 20th century – the mass-produced automobile and the wristwatch – featuring a stunning and thoughtfully curated collection of over 85 watches inspired by automobiles, motorcycles, racing and racers.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$160.00

ISBN

9780847862290

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

318 x 254 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

FS, I

This lavish volume is a fascinating exploration of the cultural meaning of the interplay between two kinds of beautifully made machines. It presents a detailed look at the development and history of timepieces influenced by automotive design, made in direct partnership with automotive firms, and those which were historically important presences in the world of motorsports. While covering more than a century of automotive-inspired timepieces from 1903 to the present, Drive Time focuses primarily on the iconic watches of the mid-20th century, such as the Rolex Daytona and Heuer Carrera and Monaco, up through the current category timepieces such as those found in the Chopard Mille Miglia, Breitling by Bentley, Porsche Design, Hublot Ferrari, Jaeger-LeCoultre Aston Martin and IWC Mercedes-Benz AMG collections. Informative, insightful and entertaining Drive Time is the perfect anthology for watch lovers and car nuts alike.

Author Details Aaron Sigmond is the Senior Contributing Lifestyle Editor at Autoweek writing the "Carmakers&Watchmakers" guides. He has served as Editor in Chief of Mechanics of Style by Girard-Perregaux, contributed to Playboy , writing his first book, Playboy: The Book of Cigars , an amazon.com bestseller. He is the coauthor of The New Face of Tradition: Young Watch Masters of Girard-Perregaux. Jay Leno is a legendary stand-up comedian, the former host of NBC's Tonight Show and the host of Jay Leno's Garage on CNBC, a show based on his Emmy Award-winning web series, which has over 1 million subscribers on YouTube and more than 105 million lifetime views. In addition to being a renowned car and motorcycle collector, Leno is also a keen watch collector. Elvis Mitchell is a noted film critic, host of the KCRW public radio show The Treatment and a distinguished watch enthusiast. Ariel Adams is best known in the world of timepieces as the founder and editor of aBlogtoWatch. He also regularly contributes on the subject of fine timepiece to Forbes, Departures and The Wall Street Journal. He is the author of The World's Most Expensive Watches.

Key Information •

•

A follow up to the author's Amazon.com bestseller Playboy: The Book of Cigars. Both have a similar format and flow and both are about a particular manly pursuit. And both started as an anthology of the author's feature articles in heritage men's magazines – Playboy and in the case of Drive Time, Autoweek. Foreword by Jay Leno, former Tonight Show host and auto and watch collector, whose CNBC series, Jay Leno's Garage, debuted in 2015 and focus on the car-collector's market.

GIFT & HUMOUR

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Linus: I'm Not Your Sweet Babboo! Charles M. Schulz What began in the funny pages in 1950 has developed into an enduring classic. Whether you're a fussbudget like Lucy, philosopher like Linus, Flying Ace like Snoopy, or a lovable loser like Charlie Brown, Peanuts has something to touch your heart or make you laugh. Charles Schulz's Peanuts is one of the most timeless and beloved comic strips ever. Now AMP helps carry on that legacy with new collections of Peanuts classics focused around topics sure to resonate with middle-grade readers. Whether it's the curious relationship between a bird, Woodstock, and a dog, Snoopy, or the never-ending crush that Peppermint Patty has on Charlie Brown, the gang's interactions are what make Peanuts memorable. First published in 1950, the classic Peanuts strip now appears in more than 2,200 newspapers in 75 countries in 25 languages. Phrases such as "security blanket" and "good grief," which originated in the Peanuts world, are now part of the global vernacular, and images of Charles Schulz's classic characters – Charlie Brown kicking the football, Lucy leaning over Schroeder's piano – are now universally recognised. Publication

01 June 2018

Author Details

Binding

Paperback

Charles Schulz is a legend. He was the hand and heart behind 50 years of Peanuts , which featured one of the world's most beloved and recognisable cast of cartoon characters, until his death in 2000.

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781449485405

Key Information

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

The most popular and influential strip in cartoon history. 99 percent of the world can recognise a Peanuts character. The Peanuts movie released in 2015, was a critical and commercial success, grossing $310.8 million at the box office.

Linus_Babboo TEXT.indd 7

10/26/17 4:12 PM

Linus_Babboo TEXT.indd 8

10/26/17 4:12 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THE PEANUTS RANGE

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$19.99

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781449478889

ISBN

9781449482060

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$17.99

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781449478810

ISBN

9781449458263

ISBN

9781449485399

GAMES & ACTIVITIES

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Solve It Like Sherlock Stewart Ross Far from being merely another puzzle book, the cases found here are inspired by the Sherlock Holmes canon, full of the atmosphere and ambience of 221b Baker Street. If you’ve always fancied yourself a bit of a Sherlock Holmes, there’s no better way to test yourself than against these ingenious puzzles. In this intriguing book, Stewart Ross presents over twenty engrossing Sherlockian scenarios for you to pit your powers of deduction against; but far from being merely another puzzle book, the cases found here are inspired by the Sherlock Holmes canon, full of the atmosphere and ambience of 221b Baker Street. Each case provides all the evidence you’ll need to crack it, provided you’re sharp enough to pick up all the clues, with challenges from code breaking to lateral thinking, memory to logic...and of course, the solutions can be found at the back of the book in case you’re feeling more like Watson than Holmes.

Author Details

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781782438793

Key Information

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

•

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

•

Series

•

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

129 x 198 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

B/w line drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

As well as fiction and non-fiction titles, Stewart Ross has written prize-winning books for children, several plays, three librettos, and a musical. He also teaches and directs plays in France, and gives workshops and talks in the UK and further afield.

•

Endlessly fascinating, Sherlock Holmes’s powers of deduction are enjoyed the world over. Pit your wits against the master of deduction in this engrossing book. Prize-winning author Stewart Ross has written many books, from non-fiction to novels, plays to puzzles. He is available for PR. Michael O'Mara Books' How to Think Like Sherlock has sold 59,500 copies to date, has been translated into 14 languages and rights have been sold in 16 overseas territories.

Cases

T he M ystery of the Vanishing P hilatelists

s readers of the Sherlock Holmes stories are well aware, the respectable public image of late-

Victorian Britain was a thin veneer over seething excess and wickedness. No one knew this colourful underworld better than Holmes, and his insight into what motivated some of its more extreme citizens enabled him to solve a case that had baffled the best brains in Scotland Yard: the Mystery of the Vanishing Philatelists. In June 1886, the London papers added the name

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Illustration Workshop Find Your Style, Practice Drawing Skills, and Build a Stellar Portfolio Mary Kate McDevitt A how-to for today's illustration zeitgeist – from the author of the hit Hand-Lettering Ledger – that's friendly enough for both aspiring illustrators and anyone who loves to draw. This hands-on workbook helps aspiring illustrators and anyone who loves to draw build up their drawing skills, confidence, and portfolio all at once. Illustrator extraordinaire Mary Kate McDevitt brings her years of industry expertise to guidance on all the basics of illustration – including tools and materials, how to develop an illustration from concept to final, finding a personal style – and exercises as practical as they are fun. She offers warm-ups to get loose, practice drills that strengthen through repetition, challenges for getting out of the comfort zone, and 12 real-world illustration assignments that make for a commercially-compelling portfolio – like a greeting card, a book cover, product packaging, a magazine editorial, and more – all with tons of encouragement and inspiring prompts through every step of the process.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452155562

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Key Information

Format

•

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Mary Kate McDevitt is an illustrator and graphic designer known for her text-based prints and hand lettering. Her illustration clients have ranged from Nintendo and Nike to CMYK Magazine. She is the artist behind the Hand-Lettering Ledger, the Mini Goals Notepad, the Big Ideas Notepad, and the Carpe Diem Journal, all from Chronicle Books. She lives in Philadelphia, PA.

•

• •

While there are plenty of dry drawing how-tos out there, there's little on the market in the way of hip guidance for today's aspiring illustrators seeking commercial work. For the 50,000 people who enroll in Mary Kate's Skillshare classes, art school students, and aspiring professionals, this is the ideal workbook: a no-stress way to build up a portfolio and have fun in the process. The lessons in this workbook are easy to follow for artists at any skill level. Illustration Workshop offers the practical guidance to engage aspiring or beginning professionals and is fun and friendly enough to also appeal to some of the casual creative crowd that flocks to the amusing drawing prompts of 642 and the can-do encouragement of Art Before Breakfast. Mary Kate is the artist behind many successful Chronicle Books titles, including Hand-Lettering Ledger and the Carpe Diem Journal. One of the most sought-after illustrators working today, she has years of experience working for clients ranging from Nintendo to Fox to Nike to Sesame Street, she's earned awards from Communication Arts and the Print Typography and Lettering Awards, and her work is frequently featured on blogs that appeal to our target consumer: Design*Sponge, Apartment Therapy, Design Crush, and more. Illustrators who dream of attracting the same caliber of clients will clamor for her expertise. marykatemcdevitt.com etsy.com/shop/marykatemcdevitt

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

I N TR O D U C TI O N

ASSIGNME NT NO . 4: E DITO R IAL O N SU MME R O R W I NT E R R E ADI NG

I L L U S T R A TI N G LIKE AN I LLUST RA T OR

ASSIGNME NT NO . 5: BO TTLE PACKAGI NG

MA T E R I A L S

ASSIGNME NT NO . 6: CE R E AL BO X

I L L U S T R A TI O N 101: OV ERV I EW OF T HE P ROCESS

ASSIGNME NT NO . 7: HANDKE R CHIE F

I L L U S T R A TI O N 102 : COM P LET IN G Y OUR ILLUST RA T I ON DIGITALLY

108

ASSIGNME NT NO . 8 : ILLUSTR ATE D SH O R T S T O R Y O R PO E M

GLOSSARY

118

ASSIGNME NT NO . 9: PATTE R N DE SIGN

WA R M- U P S

128

ASSIGNME NT NO . 1 0 : TO TE BAG

A S S I G N ME N TS

138

ASSIGNME NT NO . 1 1 : PO R TR AIT

A S S I G N ME N T NO. 1: G REET IN G CA RD

148

ASSIGNME NT NO . 1 2: JO UR NAL

A S S I G N ME N T NO. 2 : I LLUST RA T ED M AP

158

PR ACTICE SHE E TS

A S S I G N ME N T NO. 3: B OOK COV ER

180

CHALLE NGE S

IllustrationWorkshop_INT_FnCrx.indd 6-7

9/25/17 5:18 PM

Use pens for line work in your illustrations. If you have more detailed and delicate line work, use a fine-tip pen. If you want to create a bolder and more graphic illustration, a bolder pen would be more appropriate. Be sure to wait for the ink to dry before using markers, colored pens, or colored pencils to add color.

Pencils can add beautiful, subtle, textured lines in finished artwork. There are basically two kinds of pencil lead: H is harder and B is softer. For sketching, H pencils are best, but for darker textures, B pencils work well. You can also start with color, using markers or colored pencils, and then work on top of the color with pencil. Be sure to use a slightly softer lead, such as a 2B pencil; the typical No. 2 pencil might not show up on some colors.

Always have an extra eraser handy. Also, you may want to sketch lightly because lightly drawn pencil is much easier to erase.

I don’t use a ruler to draw but I do use them to create guidelines. Guidelines can be used for a template or for keeping track of dimensions and centering.

With a little practice, markers can be a great solution for creating even color. When you’re layering colors, start with the lighter colors and work your way to the darker colors. Be sure to let the ink dry between layers. Keep in mind that some markers work best on thicker paper, so be sure to test them in this workbook.

For scanning your drawings! You can also use your phone when you want to take a photo of a sketch for reference, but scanners have better quality.

Colored pencils are easy to work with to create texture and bold color. Start by lightly applying light and neutral colors, then work up to bolder colors. The harder you press the bolder the color gets, so be certain you have the color assigned just how you want before you dive in too hard.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Visitin the art supply store can be a daunting adventure. This list is pared down to the essentials, but pick and choose what you feel works best for you. Remember to test pens and pencils at the store before you purchase (that’s what those notepads by the pen displays are for!), or ask the shopkeeper for their advice.

Tracing paper is great for making several iterations of one drawing to make more subtle revisions without having to go through a ton of erasers. However, tracing paper tends to smudge easily.

You can use plain paper for the same reason you use tracing paper. I prefer drawing on plain paper; it over tracing paper. Plain paper isn’t as transparent but can still be placed on top of a drawing to trace.

A graphics tablet can be used to create drawings digitally with a stylus pen using a graphics application like Photoshop. It simulates drawing with a pen and paper, but helps streamline the process by eliminating scanning and also allows you to undo and make edits quickly. It’s a costly investment but can be a big timesaver!

IllustrationWorkshop_INT_FnCrx.indd 14-15

9/25/17 5:18 PM

STATIONERY

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

My Fucking Brilliant Journal Calligraphuck Featuring foil-stamped calligraphy on the cover and metallic ink throughout, this journal is the place for recording the boldest and most brilliant of ideas. 'A love of letters. A love of swearing. Card giving is a time honoured tradition. In the digital age, going the extra mile to actually put ink on dead trees is a way of taking the time to do something special. So why are the majority of cards in shops so completely fucking awful? Hello! My name is Linus, I'm a graphic designer and part-time comedian. I wanted to create the kinds of cards that I would really be excited to give a friend. Something that would get a reaction! A card you wouldn't throw in the bin as soon as you read it. The kind of card I would be excited to receive. So I decided to combine my love of hand lettering with my love of swearing. Add to this the old-world beauty of letterpress, and I think we have a pretty unique card, that your friends will definitely remember.' Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781452144115

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

184 x 130 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Foil stamping on cover and metallic ink on interior

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Linus Boman is a graphic designer and part-time comedian. He is the artist and creator of the exquisitely profane Calligraphuck letterpress cards, which started as a personal passion/project for which he was raising money on crowdfunding site Indiegogo. He exceeded his goal and ended up creating a business due to demand. Linus sells individual letterpressed notecards on his website (calligraphuck.com).

Key Information • • • •

Sales of over 6000 in the Calligraphuck range. Twitter: twitter. com/calligraphuck Facebook: facebook. com/calligraphuk Pinterest: pinterest.com/calligraphuck

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$24.99

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9781452159829

ISBN

9781452144818

Price

AU$17.99

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452152424

ISBN

9781452155586

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

You're a Gem! Notebook Collection Chronicle Books A lovely set of illustrated notebooks featuring famous gems from the Smithsonian's collection. You're a Gem! Notebook Collection is a sweet set featuring fabulous gems from the Smithsonian's collection. One notebook cover will feature the design of the cover of the You're a Gem Notes, to better merchandise with the notecards, and the other two will showcase gems from among the most famous pieces at the Smithsonian. Each notebook will have a description on the back or the inside cover, formatted like a museum card, that will give readers some historical tidbits about the Smithsonian or the beautiful piece on the cover. This notebook collection is for jewellery fans, history buffs, and women who love a little bling in any form. They'll love the soft illustrations of these classic and classy jewels and the sneak peak into what makes them famous, wrapped into an adorable set of notebooks that are just right for any gift-giving occasion.

Author Details The Smithsonian Institution, established in 1846, is a group of museums and research centres with more than 138 million items in its holdings, showcased in its 19 museums around Washington, D.C. The gem collection is one of the most famous collections in the museum and draws millions of visitors each year to view the Hope Diamond and other historic jewels in the museum's holdings.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452170114

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Key Information

Format

•

Extent

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Samantha Hahn is a beloved painter and illustrator whose work features feminine subjects in delicate and luminous colours, and the author of Well-Read Women (2013). Her clients include Anthropologie, American Greetings, Victoria's Secret, Shutterfly, Johnson & Johnson, Glamour, BUST, Potter Style, and her work has been praised by leading design blogs such as Decor8, Design*Sponge, Cup of Jo, and Oh Joy. She lives in Manhattan with her husband and toddler.

•

• •

Healing crystals have become popular both for their beauty and their supposed health benefits, and accounts have mentioned their popularity. And jewellery is a perennial item for many of our specialty accounts. This notebook, showcasing gorgeous gems, will merchandise beautifully with tables devoted to crystals and jewellery, as well as other sparkly items. The Smithsonian is a hugely popular family of museums and their collections receive millions of visitors every year, not to mention the web traffic to images of their collections online. From their 225K followers on Instagram, to the visitors in their gift shops, working together will help us drive sales on this title. Photographic images of the Smithsonian's famous gems are available everywhere but illustrated versions of those iconic jewels offer a new way to appreciate the classic and historical pieces. These will sit beautifully alongside the You're a Gem Notecards in accounts and make a perfect matched pair as gifting moment.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

YoureaGemNotebookCollection_CVRS_1G_final.indd 6-7

9/13/17 11:40 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

YoureaGemNotebookCollection_CVRS_1G_final.indd 10-11

9/13/17 11:40 AM

TRAVEL

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Bali Spiral Guide Marco Polo For advice you can trust, look no further than Marco Polo. This Bali Marco Polo Spiral Guide is a compact travel guide for people who have little time to prepare for a trip but don't want to miss anything, are after great ideas for exciting days out and love all things ultra-practical and easy to use.

Author Details Named after the famous Venetian explorer, Marco Polo Travel Publishing launched its new series of travel guides in March 2012, starting with 30 titles. Their research uncovered that, while there are a number of travel guides on the market, many travellers found them either too text-heavy or overly general and lacking in insider tips. Marco Polo guides are designed to overcome these problems. The experienced team has many years of expertise in successfully producing and selling cartographic products and travel guides. Marco Polo offers an extensive range of high-quality publications, including travel guides, traditional maps, laminated city and holiday maps, road atlases and the world-famous Baedeker guides.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Spiral

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9783829755504

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

•

Extent

200pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

•

• • •

Top 10 sights – We highlight the most important Bali attractions you won’t want to miss! The Bali Feeling – Tips to help you experience the essence of this gorgeous island in Indonesia. From enjoying a homestay with the local Balinese, to a yoga or meditation session, let Marco Polo help you find all of Bali's hidden gems. The Magazine section – Fascinating information on religion and everyday life in Bali. We also explain why it is much easier to travel through Bali with a smile on your face. Don't miss – The absolute must-sees for each area and what to do if you have more time to take in all the sights. Five chapters organised by region and city – Each chapter provides restaurant recommendations, the best shopping streets and the hottest places to go for a night out. Perfectly planned itineraries – Take a trip through Bali past and present. All you need to do is decide whether you want to travel on foot, by bike, car or public transport for perfect days out on this Indonesian island. Detailed 3D graphic – See inside Pura Besakih, the revered Mother Temple of Bali, with this amazing 3D graphic which offers a stunning insight into this largest and holiest of Balinese Hindu temples. Street atlas & pull out map – The best of both worlds! Some people prefer an atlas while others prefer a separate map. Marco Polo Spiral Guides have both.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

St Petersburg Spiral Guide Marco Polo St Petersburg Marco Polo Spiral Guide is a compact travel guide for people who have little time to prepare for a trip but don't want to miss anything, are after great ideas for exciting days out and love all things ultra-practical and easy to use.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Spiral

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9783829755528

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

205 x 120 mm

•

Extent

220pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

•

• • •

Top 10 sights – We highlight the most important St Petersburg attractions you won’t want to miss! The St Petersburg Feeling – Tips to help you experience the essence of this magical Russian city. From the opera and classical ballet at the Mariinsky Theatre, rollerskating on Yelagin Island or the amusement park on the Kreuzinsel, let Marco Polo help you find all of St Petersburg's hidden gems. The Magazine section – Fascinating information on the city’s founder and a ‘who's who’ of the Russian tsars. There's also a section on Russia's two best culinary exports – vodka and caviar. Don't miss – The absolute must-sees for each area and what to do if you have more time to enjoy the city. Five chapters organised by area of the city – Provides restaurant recommendations, the best shopping streets and the hottest places to go for a night out. Perfectly planned itineraries – Discover the many different facets of St Petersburg, or take a trip to Oranienbaum or to the fortress of Shlisselburg, one of the most important medieval fortresses in north-west Russia. Detailed 3D graphics – See inside the Winter Palace and the Peter & Paul Fortress with these amazing 3D graphics. Street atlas & pull out map – the best of both worlds! Some people prefer an atlas while others prefer a separate map. Marco Polo Spiral Guides have both.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Stockholm Spiral Guide Marco Polo For advice you can trust, look no further than Marco Polo. This Stockholm Spiral Guide is a compact travel guide for people who have little time to prepare for a trip but don't want to miss anything, are after great ideas for exciting days out and love all things ultra-practical and easy to use.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Spiral

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9783829755511

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

205 x 120 mm

Extent

192pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

•

• • •

Top 10 sights – We highlight the most important Stockholm attractions you won’t want to miss! The Stockholm Feeling – Tips to help you experience the essence of this lovely Swedish city. From the famous silhouette of Stockholm’s City Hall, to the hip SoFo district, let Marco Polo help you find all of Stockholm's hidden gems. The Magazine section – Fascinating information on life in Stockholm, where the seasons dictate activities. In the popular Kings Garden children can splash in the water pool in the summer and then take a turn on the ice rink in winter. Don't miss – The absolute must-sees for each area and what to do if you have more time to take in all the sights. Four chapters organised by area of the city – Each chapter provides restaurant recommendations, the best shopping streets and the hottest places to go for a night out. Perfectly planned itineraries – Explore the Swedish capital on foot or take a trip to Millesgarden, an art museum and sculpture garden on the island of Lidingö or visit Drottningholm Palace, the private residence of Sweden’s royal family. Detailed 3D graphic – See inside Vasa Museum with this amazing 3D graphic which offers a stunning insight into this 17th-century ship that was salvaged from the cold waters of the harbour. Street atlas & pull out map – The best of both worlds! Some people prefer an atlas while others prefer a separate map. Marco Polo Spiral Guides have both. Top 10 reasons to come back to come back to Stockholm again!

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Devon & Cornwall Pocket Guide Marco Polo Explore England's charming counties Devon and Cornwall with this handy, pocket-sized guide, packed with insider tips. Discover boutique hotels, authentic restaurants, the best shopping areas, the region's trendiest places, and get advice on what to do if you're travelling on a budget. There are also plenty of ideas for travel with kids, and a summary of all local festivals and events. Let Marco Polo show you all that this wonderful corner of Britain has to offer, from bright green meadows, wild and remote moors and dramatic coastlines, to beautiful harbours, magnificent manor houses, ancient castles and glorious gardens.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9783829707916

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

190 x 110 mm

Extent

132pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

Insider tips – We highlight the region's hidden gems, from sampling decadent cream teas with stunning views, to staying the night in a lighthouse or taking a bike ride along the spectacular Granite Way with views across Dartmoor. Best of – Find the best things to do for free, the best ‘only in’ Devon and Cornwall experiences, the best things to do if it rains and the best places to relax and spoil yourself. Sightseeing – All of the top sights are organised by region so you can easily plan your vacation. Discovery tours – This guide offers four walking and driving itineraries exploring the beautiful coastline, magnificent gardens and region's literary history. Touring app – Download any of the discovery tours to your smartphone, complete with the detailed route descriptions, GPS coordinates and maps free of charge! The maps can be used offline, too. Road Atlas and pull-out map – Enjoy stress-free sightseeing and never get lost again!

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Oxford Pocket Guide Marco Polo Explore England's most famous university city with this handy, pocket-sized guide, packed with insider tips. Discover boutique hotels, authentic restaurants, the best shopping areas, the city's trendiest places, and get advice on what to do if you're travelling on a budget. There are plenty of ideas for travel with kids, and a summary of all local festivals and events. Let Marco Polo show you all the ‘City of Dreaming Spires’ has to offer, from stunning architecture to the fantastical world of Harry Potter. With students in fluttering gowns cycling on new-age bikes through cobblestone streets, Oxford is a cosmopolitan city, a unique blend of ancient and modern.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9783829707930

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

190 x 110 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

Insider tips – We highlight Oxford's hidden gems, from sampling decadent cocktails in a historic church, to dining on a roof terrace with breathtaking views and staying in a university residence. Best of – Find the best things to do for free, the best ‘only in’ Oxford experiences, the best things to do if it rains and the best places to relax and spoil yourself. Sightseeing – All of the top sights are organised by area of the city so you can easily plan your vacation. Discovery tours – This guide offers four itineraries exploring all of Oxford’s glorious green spaces, historic university buildings and waterways. Touring app – Download any of the discovery tours to your smartphone, complete with the detailed route descriptions, GPS coordinates and maps free of charge! The maps can be used offline, too. Road Atlas and pull-out map – Enjoy stress-free sightseeing and never get lost again!

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Crete Pocket Guide Marco Polo Explore Crete with this handy, pocket-sized guide, packed with insider tips. Discover boutique hotels, authentic restaurants, the best shopping areas, the island's trendiest places, and get advice on what to do if you're travelling on a budget. There are also plenty of ideas for travel with kids, and a summary of all local festivals and events. Let Marco Polo show you all this wonderful Greek island has to offer, from sandy beaches as far as the eye can see, to secluded coves, wild gorges and many cultural attractions. This guide will also tell you where you can go mountain biking, play golf, windsurf, dive, sail and ride. This is Crete!

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9783829707909

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

190 x 110 mm

Extent

156pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Insider tips – We highlight Crete's hidden gems, from quiet villages free from cars to a factory that produces natural cosmetics made from avocados. Best of – Find the best things to do for free, the best ‘only in’ Crete experiences, the best things to do if it rains and the best places to relax and spoil yourself. Sightseeing – All of the top sights are organised by area of the island so you can easily plan your vacation. Discovery tours – This guide offers five itineraries exploring Crete's lively village squares, beautiful monasteries and tempting tavernas. Touring app – Download any of the discovery tours to your smartphone, complete with the detailed route descriptions, GPS coordinates and maps free of charge! The maps can be used offline, too. Road Atlas and pull-out map – Enjoy stress-free sightseeing and never get lost again! Useful Greek phrases – The essential words and phrases are included to help you get by.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Rhodes Pocket Guide Marco Polo Explore Rhodes with this handy, pocket-sized guide, packed with insider tips. Discover boutique hotels, authentic restaurants, the best shopping areas, the island's trendiest places, and get advice on what to do if you're travelling on a budget. There are also plenty of ideas for travel with kids, and a summary of all local festivals and events. Let Marco Polo show you all this breathtaking Greek island has to offer, from spectacular coastlines for windsurfing, to ancient monuments such as the Lindos Acropolis. As the most popular of all Greek holiday islands, Rhodes has numerous attractions for vacationers: watersports and mountain biking, great cuisine, hip beach bars and romantic sunsets. This is Rhodes!

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Key Information

ISBN

9783829707947

•

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

190 x 110 mm

Extent

128pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Insider tips – We highlight Rhodes' hidden gems, from deserted beaches to trendy hotspots. Best of – Find the best things to do for free, the best ‘only in’ Rhodes experiences, the best things to do if it rains and the best places to relax and spoil yourself. Sightseeing – All of the top sights are organised by area of the island so you can easily plan your vacation. Discovery tours – This guide offers four bikeriding and driving itineraries exploring Rhodes' breathtaking archaeological sites, small isolated villages, quaint coffee houses, authentic tavernas and fantastic beaches. Touring app – Download any of the discovery tours to your smartphone, complete with the detailed route descriptions, GPS coordinates and maps free of charge! The maps can be used offline, too. Road Atlas and pull-out map – Enjoy stress-free sightseeing and never get lost again! Useful Greek phrases – The essential words and phrases are included to help you get by.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Malta & Gozo Pocket Guide Marco Polo Explore Malta and Gozo with this handy, pocket-sized guide, packed with insider tips. Discover boutique hotels, authentic restaurants, the best shopping areas, these islands' trendiest places, and get advice on what to do if you're travelling on a budget. There are also plenty of ideas for travel with kids, and a summary of all local festivals and events. Let Marco Polo show you all these wonderful islands have to offer, from medieval cities and peaceful villages, to amazing diving sites and delightful fishing ports such as Marsaxlokk. You can dive, windsurf, swim and play golf, or just simply sun yourself on the rocks. This is Malta and Gozo!

Publication

01 March 2018

Binding

Paperback

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9783829707732

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

190 x 110 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

Insider tips – We highlight these islands' hidden gems, from romantic boat tours and regional culinary delights to breathtaking views. Best of – Find the best things to do for free, the best ‘only in’ Malta and Gozo experiences, the best things to do if it rains and the best places to relax and spoil yourself. Sightseeing – All of the top sights are organised by area of each island so you can easily plan your vacation. Discovery tours – This guide offers five walking and driving itineraries exploring colourful fishing harbours, prehistoric temples, sandy beaches and unique restaurants. Touring app – Download any of the discovery tours to your smartphone, complete with the detailed route descriptions, GPS coordinates and maps free of charge! The maps can be used offline, too. Road Atlas and pull-out map – Enjoy stress-free sightseeing and never get lost again!

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

French Riviera Pocket Guide Marco Polo Explore the French Riviera with this handy, pocket-sized guide, packed with insider tips. Discover boutique hotels, authentic restaurants, the best shopping areas, the region's trendiest places, and get advice on what to do if you're travelling on a budget. There are also plenty of ideas for travel with kids, and a summary of all local festivals and events. Let Marco Polo show you all this wonderful French region for the jet-setting elite has to offer, from chic harbours set against azure sea to remote mountain villages found tucked away from the shore. This guide also takes you along the coast, through three of France's most beautiful departments – Alpes-Maritimes, Var and Alpes-deHaute-Provence – and around Monaco, Nice and Cannes.

Publication

01 March 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Key Information

ISBN

9783829707671

•

Publisher

Marco Polo

Imprint

Marco Polo

Series

Marco Polo Guides

Category

Travel

Format

190 x 110 mm

Extent

148pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • • •

Insider tips – We highlight the region's hidden gems, from snorkelling along an underwater nature trail, to beautiful hiking tours through breathtaking scenery. Best of – Find the best things to do for free, the best ‘only in’ French Riviera experiences, the best things to do if it rains and the best places to relax and spoil yourself. Sightseeing – All of the top sights are organised by area so you can easily plan your vacation. Discovery tours – This guide offers a range of walking, bikeriding and driving itineraries exploring the French Riviera’s wonderful scenery and culinary delights. Touring app – Download any of the discovery tours to your smartphone, complete with the detailed route descriptions, GPS coordinates and maps free of charge! The maps can be used offline, too. Road Atlas and pull-out map – Enjoy stress-free sightseeing and never get lost again! Useful French phrases – The essential words and phrases are included to help you get by.

hardie grant publishing ADVANCE INFORMATION

hardiegrant.com

Pocket Guide Top-up Any mixed 8 with 47.5% discount Any mixed 12 with 50% discount Order through your rep

HEALTH & WELLBEING

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

I Am Dragon How to Unleash Your Fiery Side Kirsten Riddle Learn about all things dragon – lore, magic and where to find them – and how you can be more dragon in everyday life. Kirsten Riddle introduces you to the inspirational world of dragons. From the Chinese dragon, a symbol of auspicious power, to the Lindworm that appears in Norse mythology, dragons have featured in legends, literature and on screen throughout the years and continue to fascinate us. As well as teaching you about dragon folklore and magic, Kirsten explains how to ‘train your own dragon’ – tap into your creativity and inner fire with easy rituals and visualisations to express your true self and achieve your goals. She also describes how to become a Dragon Queen, with guides on make-up, hair and fashion that all evoke the powerful spirit of dragons.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$14.99

ISBN

9781782496038

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

152 x 115 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Kirsten Riddle writes a column on magic for Chat: It’s Fate, and writes regularly for Spirit and Destiny and Kindred Spirit. She is also a columnist for Take a Break: Fate and Fortune as Alison Davies. Kirsten’s books for CICO include I Am Unicorn and A Beginner’s Guide to Wicca. She lives in Nottingham, UK. Her most recent title is I Am Unicorn.

Key Information • • •

Dragonology is a perennially popular subject in literature, with dragons featuring in J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Hobbit, J.K Rowling’s Harry Potter series, and George R.R. Martin’s Song of Ice and Fire series. The immensely popular Game of Thrones TV dramatisation of Song of Ice and Fire has brought the majesty of dragons to life for a new generation. Includes beauty tutorials for dragon hair and make-up.

CONTENTS

UNCOVER YOUR SCALES Dragons have scales which protect them from attack. You can also create your own dragon inspired armour for those

Introduction 6

occasions when you feel vulnerable.

What to do Stand with your feet hip width apart and your shoulders

Chapter 1:

relaxed. Turn your attention to the top of your head. Imagine

Dragon Lore 8

a thick layer of scales around your skull. Feel it spreading over

Dragon folklore 10 Myths and legends 20 Dragons around the world 26 Dragon magic 36

spine, and each leg, until you’re fully covered. The scales are

Chapter 2:

Dragon Spotting 40 So you want to be a dragon spotter? 42 Dragons in fiction 54 Dragons in film and the media 66 Chapter 3:

How to Train Your Own Dragon 74

I am dragon, hear me roar!

your body, running down each arm, your shoulders and light but impenetrable and a part of your skin. Any negative

The dragon fire within lights up my world I embrace the dragon in all things Be bold, be dragon

energy in the form of thoughts, hurtful words, or emotions will be repelled, bouncing from the scales without reaching your core. Use this technique whenever you need to feel strong

I fly with dragon every day

and secure.

When there is darkness, Visualize your scales in full color and give your protection extra edge, depending on your quest. For financial protection and money matters, go for gleaming green. For matters of the heart, vibrant red. To create a psychic defence opt for a purple hue, and for general all-round strength and protection, sleek and shiny black.

dragon fire brings light My dragon heart gives me wings I let my creative spirit soar like a dragon

unleash your inner dragon

about to happen, or a tight heavy sensation when things don’t feel right. Close your eyes and breathe deeply. Hold your inner breath for

way. Consider those moments in life when you’ve felt fired

four slow counts, then exhale for four

up, completely impassioned about something, or even

slow counts, until you feel calm and

someone! You’ve been on a roll and it feels like you could

relaxed. Imagine a flame growing beneath

achieve anything you set your mind to. Your body bristles with

your hands. You can feel it flickering inside, as it gently twists

excitement, and the knowledge that you can make your

and extends upward. The flame gets bigger and brighter with

dreams come true. You are strong, centered and in charge

every breath that you take. You can feel the warmth

Chapter 4:

of your destiny. This is your inner dragon at work. It’s the fire in

spreading through your stomach, as the flame grows into a

your belly, a buzz of adrenalin channeled in a productive

crackling fire, which stretches up through your neck and

Be a Dragon Queen 106

way. Once you recognize this energy, you can use it to feel

throat. Take a deep breath in and imagine unleashing that

more confident and manifest your dreams.

flame through your mouth as you exhale. Feel the force, as you thrust this powerful energy into the world.

FIND YOUR FIRE Dragons and fire go hand in hand, you can’t have one without

Place both hands over your solar plexus, the area just above your belly button. This is also the seat of your intuition, and the place where you’re likely to experience the first jitters of

www.rylandpeters.com

For further information: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@ rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

About the Author: Kirsten Riddle is a columnist for Soul and Spirit magazine and Chat: It’s Fate. She also writes regularly for Spirit

the other. Find your fire and use it to boost personal power.

What to do

Useful websites 140 Index 142 Acknowledgments 144

excitement when something positive is

breathing beast, it is a power that we can use in a positive

Dragon makeup 108 Dragon hair 120 Dragon fashion 132

ISBN: 978-1-78249-603-8

Uncorrected proofs

We all have a dragon inside, and while it’s not a physical fire

Unleashing your fiery side 76 Opening your heart chakra 88 Dragon mantras 98

Specifications Binding: Hardcover Format: 4½ x 6 in./152 x 115 mm Extent: 144 pages on wood-free paper Illustrations: 200 color photographs and artworks Price: US $12.95 / priced higher in Canada / UK £7.99 Publication date: May 2018 Text: 20,000 words

As you exhale and release the fire, think of something that you’d like to achieve. See yourself reaching this goal in your mind, and then exhale and infuse the image with dragon energy.

and Destiny and Take a Break: Fate and Fortune. Her books for CICO include I Am Unicorn, and A Beginner’s Guide to Wicca. She lives in Nottingham, UK.

unleash your inner dragon 79

IW CB1212_I_AM_DRAGON_BLAD_DSJ.indd 2

19/09/2017 12:59

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Dragon Tarot Includes a Full Deck of 78 Specially Commissioned Tarot Cards and a 64-page Illustrated Book Nigel Suckling The mysteries of the tarot and the legend of dragons come together in this stunning box set, including a full tarot deck and 64-page guidebook. Majestic in its power, the dragon in Western culture appears in myth and legend as the jealous guardian of a treasure hoard – epitomised by J.R.R. Tolkien’s Smaug, and seen more recently in J.K. Rowling’s Harry Potter series and George R.R. Martin’s Game of Thrones series. But that is not the whole story – dragons are complex creatures, and the beast is usually credited with cunning and often the power of speech – it is not just a brutal, terrifying monster. Although occasionally hostile, as when an earth dragon stirs and human cities crumble, there is no personal malice. Dragons simply operate by different laws that do not always place our interest at their centre. Understanding those laws and adapting to accommodate them is one path to wisdom. This is the spirit in which dragons inspire this tarot – tarot also operates by laws that are slightly beyond our conscious grasp, lifting the veil on the spiritual undercurrent of the worlds we inhabit. This traditional 78-card deck contains fire-breathing dragons, winged dragons of the air, sea serpents and earth dwellers who will reveal to you the secrets of the past, the possibilities of the present and all the potential of the future.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Notecards

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781782495857

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

160 x 135 mm

Key Information

Extent

64pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Nigel Suckling is a respected author writing in the mind, body and spirit and fantasy art fields. His books include those on angels, werewolves, fairies, vampires, witches and unicorns, and he is the author of CICO’s Fallen Angel Oracle Cards. He lives in Tunbridge Wells, Kent. Roger Garland works with the publishers of Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings. Five of his Tolkien illustrations have been published as limited edition prints. Linda Garland has worked as an illustrator for several publishing companies in London, America, Australia and Europe, and has had many of her works published as limited edition prints. They are based in Cornwall.

• •

Dragonology is a hugely popular subject which, combined with the appeal of tarot, makes The Dragon Tarot the perfect gift. George R.R. Martin’s Song of Ice and Fire series and the subsequent Game of Thrones TV dramatisation have ensured the popularity of dragons with a new generation. Specially commissioned artworks by Roger and Linda Garland.

IW Dragon Tarot pp 8-13ed2

Discover this tarot deck inspired by powerful dragons

DRAGON

THE

TA R O T

1 PAST

MAJOR

1 SITUATION

the World signifies completion, the achievement of ambitions, and success in the eyes of others. The Wyrm Ouroboros encircles the world to show the endless self-renewal of nature, flanked in the four corners by the dragons of the four Minor Arcana suits: Air (Swords), Water (Cups), Fire (Wands), and Earth (Pentacles).

XXI

THE WORLD

2 PRESENT

3 FUTURE

2 CHALLENGE

3 OUTCOME

RESOLUTION SUCCESS GOOD LUCK

AS THE LAST CARD of the Major Arcana,

CARDS

ARCANA

Lay three piles from left to right as shown, then replace the deck in the order 2, 3, 1, so the center pile 2 is on top, pile 3 is under it, COMPLETION and pile 1 is on the bottom.

Judgment and the birth of a new age. A line is drawn under the past and accounts are settled as the foundation for a fresh start in life. This could signal a promotion at work or branching out in a new direction. Either way, a fresh approach to life is needed, so now is the time to measure your strengths and address your weaknesses in preparation for the future.

JUDGMENT

THE

Page 35

THE ANGEL GABRIEL calls the world to

XXI

UPRIGHT MEANING

This card signals the ending of one stage of life and beginning of another. It is a moment for reflection and self-judgment, measuring what you have achieved against the ideals that you were aiming for, because fresh opportunities to achieve them will arise. Armed with honest self-appraisal, you will be best poised to take advantage of them. Meanwhile, it pays to be generous in your judgment of others. XX

REVERSED MEANING A change for the worse: delay, loss, separation, and stagnation are all suggested by the reversed card. Fear of change only worsens the situation, because hesitation leads to loss of control over events. If you avoid making decisions, others will do it for you, to your loss.

Upright, the World represents the favorable culmination of a long period of striving and hard work that meets at last with recognition and reward. It stands for completion, fulfillment, and the dawn of a period during which you can relax and refresh yourself before the need for major exertion rises again. This is a good time to take stock and catch up on neglected areas of your life.

REVERSED MEANING

XXI

UPRIGHT MEANING

L AY

The first card represents the past, the circumstances that have created the situation you are in. The second card represents that situation at present, and the third card stands for the future, the likely outcome. Alternatively, you can read the three cards another way. The first card now represents the situation, the second card represents the challenge or obstacle to be overcome, and the third card stands for the likely outcome.

XXI THE WORLD

CONCLUSION CHANGE EVALUATION DECISIVENESS

THERE ARE TIMES when life is too busy for a detailed reading, but it is helpful to have a quick glimpse into the nature and prospects of the situation we find ourselves in. Here’s a very simple spread that offers just that. Shuffle the cards as described on page 8, concentrating on your question as you do so. Lay out the top three, face down, then turn them over.

situation or dilemma foremost in your mind. Phrase your question clearly, or better still write down questionTarot and its pp response; be as specific as you12:56 can. Cut IWthe Dragon 14-35ed 7/19/05 AM the deck into three piles and pick them up in the order shown, with the center pile on top. For every spread, lay the cards face down and turn each one over horizontally, like the pages of a book, then refer to the meanings on pages 14–63.

Page 34

XX JUDGMENT

Acknowledgments 64

The World in the reversed position warns of disappointment, a lack of imagination, and failure to carry projects right through to the end. Much more perseverance, determination, and imagination are now needed if you hope to realize any of your dreams. Stagnation is bound to set in if you don’t keep supplying fresh energy to your undertakings.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CONTACT: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

ISBN: 978-1-78249-585-7

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

IW CB1190_DRAGON_TAROT_REISSUE DSJ.indd 2

HOW

Page 9

THREE-CARD SPREADS

THE

12:56 AM

3:36 pm

XXI

7/19/05

1/8/05

TA R O T

WHEN READING for yourself, shuffle the cards well, concentrating on the

The Minor Arcana 36

Uncorrected proofs

IW Dragon Tarot pp 8-13ed2

GETTING STARTED IW Dragon Tarot pp 14-35ed

The Major Arcana 14

Binding: Box: 51/2 x 63/4 in (172 x 140 mm) Book: 53⁄8 x 61/4 in (160 x 135 mm) Cards: 31⁄8 x 51⁄8 in (130 x 80 mm) Extent: 78 cards and 64-page book Illustrations: 78 color illustrations Price: US $18.95 / Priced higher in Canada / UK £14.99 Publication date: February 2018 Text: 12,000 words

Page 8

THERE ARE COUNTLESS WAYS of spreading the cards for a reading, and it is worth experimenting to find those that suit you best. Here are five popular, effective spreads that cover most people’s needs. It is quite all right to use just the 22 Major Arcana cards to begin with, especially for the simple threeand five-card spreads; novices often find this a fast way to become familiar with the major cards. Also, bear in mind that reversed cards can usually be regarded as a guide and measure of effort needed to attain their upright value. If you are reading for someone else, it is usual to sit opposite them and let them shuffle and cut the cards while imprinting their energy on the cards, before you lay them out.

How to Lay the Cards 8 Three-card Spreads 9 Five-card Spread 10 Romany Seven-card Spread 11 Ouroboros Spread 12 Classic Ten-card Spread 13

SPECIFICATIONS

DRAGON

3:36 pm

HOW TO LAY THE CARDS

CONTENTS Introduction 4 The Major Arcana and Mythic Dragons 5 The Minor Arcana and the Dragons of the Four Elements 6

THE

1/8/05

www.rylandpeters.com

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

18/07/2017 10:39

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Magical Home Inspired Ideas and Simple Spells for an Enchanted Life Cerridwen Greenleaf Transform your living space into a comforting home with a little magic. From step-by-step instructions for divine decluttering to ‘pagan feng shui’ for every room, Cerridwen Greenleaf’s guide to a happy home is essential reading for anyone who wants to live the good life. Replete with easy ideas for a charmed life, this gorgeously illustrated book teaches you how to increase your happiness quotient at home. Learn how you can make an effortless herbal prosperity potpourri and which crystals will create harmonious vibrations and improve relationships. Delight in healthier options for the whole household with DIY herbal cleansers that reduce toxins in your personal space and ensure your home is always filled with good energy. Create your own magical pantry and ensure your sleeping space is a true sanctuary with spells and scents. As instructive as it is inspiring, The Magical Home is a go-to guide for anyone who wants to live an enchanted life. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496045

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Cerridwen Greenleaf has worked with many of the leading lights of the Wiccan world including Starhawk, Z Budapest, John Michael Greer, Christopher Penczak, Raymond Buckland, Luisah Teish, and many more. She has led ritual and magic workshops throughout North America, including workshops on house magic. Cerridwen’s graduate work in medieval studies has given her deep insight into ancient spells she utilises in her work, making her work unique in the field. Her Witches’ Spell Book series has sold over 100,000 copies. Author of the highly popular The Book of Kitchen Witchery (CICO Books), she blogs regularly at yourmagicalhome.blogspot.com and has been featured on various American media. She lives in California, USA.

Key Information • •

Magic is fast becoming a bestselling trend for 2018. Cerridwen Greenleaf is a best-selling author.

Specifications

Contents

Clear a space and make it yours

Introduction Where the Heart Is 6 CHAPTER 1

Divine Decluttering

t Small table t White candle

Ritual for letting go

Magical Homekeeping

extent in our Truth be told, many of us have hoarded to some issues” lives. I joke to my friends and family that I have “paper colored glass with all the books and magazines, but I also amass ers— candlehold quirky vases and bottles, interesting chairs, and things had and much more. At a certain point, I realized that interesting got out of control and that what had once been an “Cat Lady collection of “objets” was quickly headed toward home, I knew Hoarder Next Door.” When I really looked at my properly see I needed to give away a lot of things I didn’t even objects! anymore. Nevertheless, it’s hard. We love our shiny you and both transform will go letting for spell The following your home.

Making your Own Organic Cleaners, Green Witchery Eco-Detergents, and Non-toxic Paint 14

CHAPTER 3

Sanctuary Spells

t Copal incense t Sage leaf

t Black pen

Take a few of the items you are giving away (selling on ebay is a good idea, too!) and place them on the small table, then put the table near the front door. You are setting up a temporary altar.

Canada / UK £12.99 Publication date: May 2018 Text: 30,000 words

CICO Books

20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

Uncorrected proofs

DIVINE DECLUTTERING

Super Natural Home Spa

Concocting Your Own Soaps, Lotions, and Potions for a Healthy, Happy Body CHAPTER 5

Domestic Deities and Guardian Gods 116

Lunar Lore, Astrological Aspects, and Spiritual Correspondences to Use in Your Spellwork

Conclusion

Charms, Spells, and Fabulous Feng Shui for Rest, Renewal, and Romance CHAPTER 6

Bless This House

138

Witchy Feng Shui W

For UK publicity, contact:

Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

Place these objects in your bedroom to attrac t loving energy: t Two rose quartz crysta

ls of equivalent size t Pink, orange, and red fabric t Two red candles

s you walk into your bedroom, the relationship corner will be the back right corner. Your love and romance energies have to be nurtured there, and you should consider placing a shrine there to serve as your personal wellspring to turn to for refreshing these feelings of felicity. Look at this area with a fresh eye—what is cluttering your love corner with stale energy? Half-empty perfume bottles or near-empty cosmetic containers could be impairing your relationship energy. You must remove unhappiness from this space: clear the area of any clutter by getting rid of all unnecessary objects and tidying up. To cleanse the area, ring a hand bell anywhere clutter has accumulated, giving special attention to your bed and pillows.

Resources 140 Index 142 Acknowledgments 144

Looking after your bedroom

F F F

Growing an Enchanted Garden and Many Magical Recipes

pillows can Never bring old pillows into a new home. Old also carry old cause poor sleep and bad dreams. They can sexual energy and can kill a relationship.

will cause Never place your bed in the center of a room—this anxiety in life and love. as this brings Never have the foot of the bed facing the door, very bad luck. the bed and To keep your romantic life fresh, always make change the linens often.

CHAPTER 7

100

DIY Pickles, Jams, Canned Preserves, and Liqueurs to Enjoy All Year Round

IW CB1214_MAGICAL_HOME_BLAD_DSJ 3.indd 2

BEDROOM MAGIC

Cerridwen Greenleaf has worked with

t >}iÃ v ÌÜ LÕÌÌiÀy iÃ or a pair of lovebirds t Sweetly-scented dried rose and lavender sachets, tucked into both pillows

The Ligh t of Love will secret of a beautiful home and they Ask any professional decorator the is t. I will add that for bedrooms it all agree that lighting is hugely importan Your bedside mood. and tone the sets what is even more important as that to the bulb wattage needs to be enough lamp needs to be a favorite and rings lamp clay have metaphysical shops read but not overly bright. Many Õ V> > Ã > Ì Þ ÕÀ LÕ L Liv Ài Þ Õ V> w Ü Ì iÃÃi Ì > Ã LÕÌ Þ can a clean cloth dipped in oils. You turning it on by gently dabbing with a gorgeous scarf or draping by lamp your of also enhance the love energy orange such as deep rose or smoldering cloth of a warm and amorous color and adorned your bedside lamp, over the shade. After you have anointed pray aloud:

Aphrodite, aid me from the heavens above! Bring forth in me, the wisdom of love. Goddess bright, share with me your art, Guide me in the ways of the heart. of love. I go in gratitude to you; thank you for your light Now, adorn yourself and embody

341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

For US publicity, contact:

ISBN: 978-1-78249-604-5

Take each item and write it down on the paper as follows: “Purple scarf, with grace and gratitude, I let you go!” After you have record ed all the items, read aloud your list. Then carefully light the piece of paper and burn it in the white dish while repeating the spell above. When the paper has burned to ash, snuff the candle and let the ashes cool down comp letely. Take the ashes outside and toss them into the air and wind. Now, reenter your house and pack up the newly -released items to take them out of your house—for exam ple, into the trunk of your car, a storage shed, or the neare st charity or recycling/reuse cente r. The important thing is to remove > Ì Ãi Ì }Ã vÀ Þ ÕÀ i Ã Ì i i iÀ}Þ y Ü Ã `i Ã improved. If you move d bigger pieces, such as shelves or chairs, } Þ ÀiV i ` > À ÌÕ> y À Ü>Ã ° " Vi Þ Õ >Ûi ` i Ì >Ì] Ì i energy in your home will shimmer and sparkle with freshness!

CICO Books

Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

CHAPTER 8

CHAPTER 4

The Pagan Pantry

Price: US $19.95 / priced higher in

As I walk in wisdom, this I know , Material goods are meant to flow. I rid myself of blocks so I can grow With this rite, I am letting go! And so it is.

Edible Landscaping

and artworks

Place the sage leaf in the dish, then light the candle and the incense and intone:

www.rylandpeters.com

Altars, Feng Shui Tips, and Power Crystals for Every Room

Bedroom Magic

t White dish t Small sheet of white paper

How Less Brings More Good Energy to Your Life CHAPTER 2

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 7½ x 9¼ in./235 x 190 mm Extent: 144 pages on wood-free paper Illustrations: 150 color photographs

Rit e for Rel eas ing

To clear and purify your space with as much of your own personal energy as possible, a favorite broom or “besom” is best. I use a sweetsmelling cinnamon broom, which is actually made of pine straw but coated with divine-smelling cinnamon oil. Many a grocery store sells them in the fall and holiday season. (My favorites are the tiny whiskbrooms which are adorable. These make lovely gifts and also altar ornaments.) I ornamented my full-size broom with cleansing crystals by taking a colored silk cord and stringing quartz beads onto it, then wrapping it around the handle. You could also simply glue crystals to the base of the handle. Many a pagan performs the simple ritual of a daily clean sweep as an energetic refresher and to clear the way for all things positive. Doing this on a regular basis will make sure you are not a hoarder of stale YLEUDWLRQV DQG ZLOO NHHS D VWHDG\ ÁRZ RI WKH IUHVK HQHUJ\

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION , CONTACT:

the goddess of love! 73

many of the leading lights of the Wiccan world including Starhawk, Z Budapest, John Michael Greer, Christopher Penczak, Raymond Buckland, Luisah Teish, and many more. She has led ritual and magic workshops throughout North America, including workshops on house magic. Cerridwen’s graduate work in medieval studies has given her deep insight into ancient spells she utilizes in her work, making her work unique in the field. Her Witches’ Spell Book series has sold over 100,000 copies. Author of the highly popular The Book of Kitchen Witchery (CICO Books), she blogs regularly at yourmagicalhome. blogspot.com, has been featured on media including Coast to Coast, NPR, and NBC, and gives workshops on house magic. She lives in California, USA.

20/09/2017 08:54

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Flower Essences for Well-being Energetic Healing for Health and Harmony Barbara Olive Learn the healing properties of over 150 plants with this beautifully illustrated guide to flower and tree essences Flower essences are natural remedies that heal by rebalancing mind, body and spirit. Made by floating flowers in spring water in the light of the sun or moon, essences work by raising our vibrational energy to the perfect pitch of a flower. Taking a flower essence is like making your body hum to the tune of nature. Flower Essences for Well-being, by healer and flower essence pioneer Barbara Olive, profiles more than 150 readily available flower and tree essences and explains how using them is so simple – placing a few drops under the tongue or in a bath, or misting your personal space, is all you need do to begin your journey towards better health. The A to Z Symptom Finder, based on Barbara’s extensive practical experience, features a host of flower essences for both physical and emotional healing. With this beautiful guide, you will benefit from the perfect energy at the heart of every flower. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Author Details Barbara Olive is a pioneer in the field of flower-essence healing. She advised hundreds of clients each year at Essence World, the clinic and shop she founded in Eton, England. She is the director of BodyLink Essences, her own essence brand, and pioneered Intuits™, a system that helps a client intuitively select essences. Barbara often makes personalised flower-essence prescriptions or, as she describes her remedies, ‘liquid vibrational medicine’. She now lives in Sydney, Australia.

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496052

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Key Information

Category

Health/Related

•

Format

235 x 190 mm

•

Extent

144pp

•

Illustrations

300 colour photographs & artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Complete with stunning photography that will allow you to clearly identify trees and flowers. The perfect gift for anyone who loves herbs, trees and flowers, and wants to feel more connected to nature. Flower healing is a traditional and ancient practice that has been refined over thousands of years.

contents Foreword 6

specifications Wild Cherry (Prunus avium) LEADER Country: Britain, Europe, North Africa, West Asia Recommended source: Green Man Essences

chapter one What are Flower Essences? 10 Vibrational Energy 14 Healing and the Chakra System 22 Dysfunctional Chakras 25 Why Flower Essence Healing Works 27

chapter two How to Diagnose and Prescribe Flower Essences 32

In Essence The Wild Cherry has attractive clusters of white flowers followed by round red fruit and the tree is noted for attracting wildlife. The plant is self-fertilizing – the flowers are hermaphrodite with both male and female organs and are pollinated by bees. The fruit stalks are astringent, sedative, diuretic and a tonic and are used in the treatment of cystitis, oedema, dyspepsia and anaemia. The plant is useful for chest problems, particularly bronchial complaints, catarrh and whooping cough. An aromatic resin can be obtained by making small incisions in the trunk, which has been used as an inhalant in the treatment of persistent coughs. As an essence, Wild Cherry stops cross energy and allows the body to channel a smooth flow of energy, allowing you to focus on the emotions. It focuses energy in the physical body and stimulates self-healing. Similarly, Wild Cherry essence calms the heart and mind and is useful where there is extreme emotional pain.

Ceanothus (Ceanothus) HELPER

chapter three Flower Essence Profiles 37 Top 20 Flower Essences 38 More Flower Essences 45

Alternative names: California Lilac, New Jersey Tea Country: North America Recommended source: Gaia Essences Combined essence: Isis – Divine Understanding by Gaia

Essences

In Essence A beautiful shrub with a vast number of small, blue ﬂowers, Ceanothus is astringent, antispasmodic, and a

sedative used to treat asthma, chronic bronchitis, whooping cough and dysentery. Working on the throat chakra and on the issues held in the vibrational energy system, including the thyroid, Ceanothus essence is all about your soul identity and the development of unconditional love. The ﬁrst thing a newborn encounters on this planet is the reality of its existence. This may cause deep trauma, a sense of isolation and loss of conﬁdence later in life, and a feeling of ‘I don’t want to be here’. Take Ceanothus to negate these feelings – whatever your age.

Dianthus (Dianthus plumarius) HELPER Alternative name: Pinks Country: Britain, Europe,

Alternative names: Burnirot, Golden Root Country: Newfoundland, Europe, Asia Recommended source: Silvercord

Essences

In Essence For centuries Roseroot has been used in traditional medicine in Scandinavia and Russia, treating depression, fatigue and anaemia. In the mountain villages of Siberia a bouquet of roots enhances fertility and assures the birth of healthy children. Needless to say, as an essence, Roseroot helps to balance the mind, body and spirit, and is great when you need to connect to life’s purpose, and for self-love. It works by increasing receptivity in your physical and spiritual coils and helps the chakras to spin in perfect harmony.

Asia, Africa Recommended source: Gaia

Essences Combined essence: Isis – Divine

Understanding by Gaia Essences

In Essence Dianthus are the quintessential cottage garden ﬂowers. Superbly scented, they’re extremely easy to grow and add a lively summer touch to the garden. Some varieties of Dianthus have been grown for centuries – they were ﬁrst brought to Britain in the 11th century by Norman monks and can still be seen clinging to castle ruins – and by their nature, Dianthus often rejuvenate by reseeding themselves. In essence, Dianthus is perfect for those times when you are suffering from physical fatigue and your body simply wants to stop. You will suddenly get this incredible burst of energy – like an alarm clock it wakes you up, feeling revitalized, as the Dianthus says ‘enough time asleep, let’s get on with it’.

Binding: Paperback with ﬂaps Format: 7½ x 9¼ in./235 x 190 mm Extent: 144 pages Illustrations: 300 col. photographs and artworks Price: US $19.95 / Priced higher in Canada / UK £12.99 Publication date: May 2018 Text: 35,000 words

Roseroot (Rhodiola rosea) HELPER

Orange Azalea (Rhododendron austrinum) HELPER Alternative names: Florida Azalea, Rhododendron Country: America (Florida, Georgia) Recommended source: Ilminster Essences

essence is chosen over and over again by adopted children, however old, and if this is your story you may want to add this to Olive for a perfect balance.

Blue Spiraea (Caryopteris incana) HELPER Alternative names: Bluebeard, Blue Mist Country: America, Britain Recommended source: Ilminster Essences

ISBN: 978-1-78249-605-2

In Essence This brilliant vivid blue ﬂower, with its clusters of aromatic, velvety petals, loves the sun, attracting bees and butterﬂies in wild abandon. In essence, Blue Spiraea acts like a ‘virus check’ for the body’s computer, helping to dissolve attached, imbalanced energy patterns. Picture it as if there’s something in your make-up that has you repeatedly following certain bad habits or negative family traits, or falling for the wrong man or woman, every time. Likewise, maybe the energy of someone around you has his or her hooks into you – and every time they think of you, it pulls at you. Sound familiar?

In Essence Each year, for several weeks at a time, Orange Azaleas dominate the landscape with their breathtakingly brilliant golden blossoms. The showy flowers are golden yellow trumpets, often blushed red or peach at the base, and produce a delightful honeysuckle-like fragrance enjoyed by butterflies, hummingbirds and humans alike. Working on the heart chakra, Orange Azalea essence symbolizes ‘Love Unlimited’. A very important essence, it allows cosmic love to flow into and through the heart, embracing self-forgiveness, and melting deep irritations and old hurts. I find this

The Flower Healer

Flower Essence Proﬁles

www.rylandpeters.com

chapter four How to Use Flower Essences 88

about the author

Frequently Asked Questions 93 Essence Safety 97 Giving Children Essences 98 Giving Animals Essences 100

Barbara Olive is a pioneer in the ﬁeld of ﬂower-essence healing.

Chapter 5

She advised hundreds of clients each year at Essence World, the clinic and shop she founded in Eton, England, and was director of

chapter five

which Barbara makes up as a personal ﬂower-essence prescription

Symptoms, Causes and Flower Remedies

Symptoms, Causes, and Flower Remedies 102

or, as she describes her remedies, “liquid vibrational medicine.”

How to Use the Flower Essence Symptom Finder

Essences for Adults 106 Essences for Children 125 Working with Children 123 Essences for Animals 128

She now lives in Sydney, Australia.

Finding a definitive essence for a physical problem can often be quite difficult, as we are so different in our makeup and in the variety of physical and emotional incidents that happen to us through our lives, forming our identity as an individual and making us unique. For instance, in general, breast cancer is a physical result of an emotional response to anger at not being nurtured, but this anger can be at yourself or at others. Some people appear to be an angel to everyone around them, but their emotions are hidden deep inside, locked away for no-one else to see – and often they may not even recognize the anger in themselves. Those around them might say: ‘It’s not fair, she’s such a lovely person, never has a bad word to say about anyone.’ – when in fact, she’s a very good actress and covers up her true feelings very well. Believe me, I know this first-hand – I left a relationship after a very long time because I couldn’t keep up the pretence anymore. I was aching all over and had found a lump in my breast (which turned out to be nothing, thank goodness) and I was extremely unhappy just recognizing the truth. Everyone I knew couldn’t believe the situation: ‘But you are so happy. You of all people? I thought this was a fairytale relationship.’ I’ve also heard many times how it’s really unjust that all the bad people never get sick and the lovely people are often ill, but there is always a reason for chronic disease such as cancer and arthritis. If it isn’t apparent on the surface, I can guarantee that there’s definitely something buried deep down inside.

BodyLink Essences, her own essence brand. She pioneered Intuits™, a system that helps a client intuitively select essences,

A Final Note 136 Combined Flower Essences 137 Essence Directory 138 Glossary 140 Index 142 Acknowledgments 144

IW CB1203_FLOWER_ESSENCE_FOR_WELLBEING_DSJ_02.indd 2

Below: Snowdrop essence can help with respiratory problems.

102

The Flower Healer

For further information, contact: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St, New York, NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields, London, WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

Emotional Issues One’s reasons for anything are very much one’s own, but we can generalize and say, for instance, that an overall emotional aspect is anger, resentment or frustration. It is often said that we also choose our parents. Many of my clients have snorted in derision at this statement, and you may well be doing the same right now! Please, don’t discount this – by closing the door on help to relieve your symptoms you are ultimately going it alone. There is so much help all around us that it is foolhardy to think we know the truth, just because of an acquired and rigid mental process, so humour me. This rigid thinking, may, after all, be the very cause of your symptoms. Let’s say, for instance, that I need to learn in my life to stand up for myself, and say, ‘No, don’t hurt me. I deserve better. I’m not going to let you, by words or actions, hurt and abuse me.’ Would you be better served having parents who are perfect, or parents who help you to achieve this life path by giving you an opportunity to say this? If I want to believe that someone is out to get me, I become angry, controlled, and victimized and take the path of blockage and pain. However, if I choose the viewpoint that this person is only showing me my faults, I am empowered to change the situation and do something about it. Try it. If it works, does it really matter who is right or wrong, when you are the winner because you have no pain, emotionally or physically? The road to health is a long one but, hey, we have all our lives to achieve it. It can be a happy process or a sad one – it’s your choice. It’s the same when we learn to read, write or integrate into a new job – we listen to our mentors because they have been down this path before and know the easiest route to help us do it better.

Below: Birch essence can help with itchy skin, and its underlying cause – sadness and itching for change.

Changes and Challenges Ailments are simply symptoms of our inability to accept the changes and challenges we are presented with, due to our unique history or the personality that we have adapted over the years. All we have to do is be honest and true to ourselves, realize our weaknesses and then have the courage to turn a negative into Symptoms, Causes and Flower Remedies

103

18/09/2017 14:45

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Cosmo Orgasm Lisa Sussman Cosmopolitan Orgasm: Truly Explosive Tips is a practical, humorous, frank and sophisticated book for the sensuous woman who demands her share of pleasure in bed, enjoys taking control of her own body, alone or with a partner, and wants to develop a full repertoire of guaranteed orgasm techniques. It's packed full of over 100 truly explosive and imaginative moves to turn you on, tip you over the edge and have you "coming" back for more.

Author Details Lisa Sussman has contributed to women's consumer magazines in the USA and UK for ten years. Specialising in relationship and sex issues, her work has appeared in such magazines as Cosmopolitan, New Woman, Company, Living, Bliss, Bella and Essentials, as well as many others.

Key Information • Publication

01 June 2018

•

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$10.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9781787390317

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Health/Related

Format

137 x 96 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Colour and b&w illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Over 100 truly explosive moves for smart women who want to take control of their own bodies and experience the pleasure principle, with or without a partner. The perfect birthday present or stocking filler if you want to play it a little more risqué. Written by writer and columnist Lisa Sussman, who specialises in relationship and sex issues.

Have whatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s known as an active orgasm. During intercourse, bear down, pushing the same muscles as though you are trying to expel something from your vagina. This helps you to push down against the penis or squeeze it up into you. The result: a longer and deeper orgasm. And itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll make his penis stand

6 6

Buff pelvic floor muscles (the ones you clench when youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re desperate for a pee) mean bigger, more intense and just plain more orgasms for men and women. Another benefit: the clitoris rests on these muscles, so the exercises also strengthen the clitoris and lead to stronger sensations. Start by squeezing and releasing the muscles 15 times a day, twice each day. Don't hold the contraction; just squeeze and let go. You can do the exercise anywhere: while driving a car, watching TV, during a meeting. (Just don't announce it to everybody, okay?) Gradually increase the number of squeezes until you're doing about 75, two times a day. (See tip #39 for how to use them during sex.)

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Amazing Sex Positions Richard Emerson Welcome to the Pleasure Zone. Amazing Sex Positions is your passport to a satisfying and fulfilling sex life. The 101 sexual positions, all clearly described and photographed in full colour, will add excitement and even an extra dimension to your lovemaking. Add even more zest through fantasy, role play, sex games and toys, including feathers, bath-time fun, domination/bondage, or feed your partner into a frenzy. The book concludes with positive advice on how to handle safer sex, sex during pregnancy, coping with stress and the whole spectrum of sexual problems. Whether you are in an established relationship or have been together for just a short time, Amazing Sex Positions will take your lovemaking to new heights of expression.

Author Details Richard Emerson is a health writer and editor with over 25 years publishing experience. A member of the UK Medical Journalists' Association, he has contributed to a wide range of health reference books and journals including: The

Reader's Digest Guide to Love & Sex; The Lover's Guide; Medica: Relationships & Sexuality; Get Fit, Feel Fantastic; You and Your Heart; The Stress Factor and The Home Health Fact File.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Key Information

Price

AU$20.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9781787390430

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Health/Related

Format

260 x 194 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Approx. 130 colour photographs and artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

Surprise, thrill and stimulate your partner with over 100 of the most pleasurable positions, from variations on the traditional "missionary" to naughty but nice "doggy" and more adventurous, risqué bondage games. With just a little imagination and practise, this frank, uninhibited guide will help you and your partner unleash the keys to sexual ecstasy. Written by an expert author who has written widely on sexual health, love and exercise.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Cosmo Sex Positions Lisa Sussman Cosmopolitan Sex Positions is a frank and sophisticated book for the smart woman who, whether single or in a relationship, wants to keep her sex life sizzling forever. Written with humour and sensitivity, here are over 100 of the most enjoyable, climax-guaranteed sex positions, from a series of moves for the great outdoors when bed becomes a bore, to indoor fun with scarves, feathers and food. Hit a C note with positions to caress the clitoris, limber up and become a sex gymnast or re-enact your favourite movie sex scene. Cosmopolitan Sex Positions is guaranteed to step up the pace of your sex life and set you and your partner off on a whole new series of blissful adventures. Explore, experiment and enjoy!

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$10.99 | NZ$12.99

•

ISBN

9781787390454

• •

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Health/Related

Format

137 x 96 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Colour and b&w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information Over 100 of the greatest sex positions, from nice and easy to orgasmic Olympics. Divided into the five levels of sex that every relationship needs – erotic, sensual, intimate, daring and spiritual. Spice up your sex life and prolong your pleasure with this series of sizzling moves and positions. Written by author and columnist Lisa Sussman, who specialises in relationship and sex issues.

Getting it Right

B BB BBB

Easy peasy.

Read the directions carefully.

Sexpertise required.

Orgasmic Potential Sweet comfortable screw.

A bit of a body rattler.

A real sock roller.

1 Section One

RATINGS To give you some guidelines, some of the following positions have been road tested and rated as follows:

Erotic Sex In other words, enjoying happy horizontal hula simply for pleasure’s sake.

SEX POSITION TIPS Don’t just settle for missionary monotony! Whether you’re stuck in a sexual rut or just eager for some between-the-sheets experimentation, here’s the ultimate guide to positioning yourself (and your partner) for the best sex ever. Let the games begin!

TAKE UP YOUR POSITIONS … For some triple X-rated twists on the old in and out.

k j

MAN ON TOP (AKA ‘MISSIONARY’) The Old Move: The classic man on top, woman beneath him, face-to-face position. He supports weight on his arms and you straddle his hips with your legs. It’s great for easy thrusting (him) and creating close, intimate contact between you. Make It Better: Do the knee–chest. Raise your legs so that your knees are pressed to your chest, then drape your legs over his shoulders. This will make your vagina longer, which will make his toes curl because he can penetrate you more deeply and give you more friction and pressure where you crave it most – on your vaginal lips and clitoris.

j k

WOMAN ON TOP The Old Move: This lets you stay in control and show your stuff. Simply sit on his penis and rotate those hips! Sitting is for sex in slow motion – the angles are all wrong for any sort of energetic thrusting. The man either sits in a chair or crosslegged on the floor, while you sit astride him, usually face to face, although it can work equally well if you face away from him. This position is good for caressing and intimacy. Make It Better: Face his toes instead of his head. Then, as you lift yourself up and down, rotate your body in small circles. Tease him by using your vaginal lips to rub his erect penis – tantalize him by degrees until he’s squirming.

hardie grant publishing ADVANCE INFORMATION

hardiegrant.com

Winter Romance GTIN: 9349685009603

6 copy pack with 50% discount Includes 2 of each book RRP: $85.94 With discount: $42.97 NZ RRP: $97.94 With discount: $ 48.97

CHILDRENâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Paper World Stylish Paper Models to Pop-Out and Create Helen Friel Pop-out, fold and stick together each of the ten beautifully designed paper projects, then populate your desk with them or admire on your mantelpiece. Pretty-up your world with the perfect paper creations in Paper World. Simply pop-out, fold and stick together each of the ten super simple, super stylish 3D models, then populate your desk with them or admire on your mantelpiece. From piranhas to piñatas, this cool and quirky collection of projects makes a gorgeous gift for an arty friend. You can also create amazing paper sets to make your models feel at home. Innovative paper artist Helen Friel has worked on a host of super cool campaigns for clients like Etsy and Ted Baker, as well as editorial projects for Vogue, Stylist, Vanity Fair and Elle Decoration.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781910552704

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Helen Friel is a paper engineer based in London. Since graduating from Central Saint Martins in 2009 she has been creating work in paper for both editorial and advertising clients. Her popular workshops attract a trend-conscious crowd who are drawn by her on-trend designs, sophisticated colour palette and couldn’t-be-simpler assembly method.

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

250 x 250 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Many of her pieces are stage sets in miniature, creating worlds with layers of card and paper. They are often influenced by an off-beat sense of humour that captions the delicate cut-outs. Her work has been featured in books Papercut, Papercraft and Papercraft 2 as well as publications including Elle Decoration, The Telegraph, The Metro, Computer Arts. Helen also works in moving image and her animation Revolution is the winner of a PDN Photo Annual Award as well as an official selection for the Fantoche International Animation Film Festival, Melbourne International Animation Festival, New Zealand International Animation Festival and the London International Animation Festival. Working from her studio in South London, Helen has produced work for clients including: Ascot, Computer Arts, Etsy, Fast Company,

Grazia Magazine, Harrods Magazine, Harvard Business Review, Ryan Air, The Savoy Hotel, Stylist Magazine, Tatler UK, Tatler Asia, Ted Baker, TIME, Vanity Fair UK and Vogue.

Key Information • • • •

Ten super simple, super stylish 3D paper models. Simply pop-out, fold and stick together each of the ten, beautifully designed paper projects, then populate your desk with them or admire on your mantelpiece. From piranhas to piñatas, this cute and quirky collection of projects makes a gorgeous gift for an arty friend. Featuring innovative designs by Helen Friel, paper craft engineer/illustrator and creator of pioneering paper campaigns for clients from Ted Baker to Vanity Fair.

e g a t n Vi Camera

Get snap happy in Japan with this vintage camera 1.

Take piece A and, starting at tab 1, glue following the order of the numbers until you reach tab 5.

At tab 5 add in piece B and continue to follow the numbers.

Take piece C and glue into a ring.

Add glue to parts labeled 2 inside piece A. Push piece C through hole in piece A.

Add piece D to the top of piece C.

10 9

5 2

1 7

35mm

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Brain Gaming for Clever Kids Gareth Moore Dr A fantastic follow-up to Brain Games for Clever Kids, this book is brimming with logic, reasoning and problem-solving puzzles designed to help kids make the most of their grey matter. From bestselling brain-training and puzzle book author Gareth Moore.

Author Details Dr Gareth Moore (B.Sc (Hons) M.Phil Ph.D) is the author of a wide range of brain-training and puzzle books for both children and adults, including Anti-stress Puzzles, Ultimate Dot to Dot, Brain Games for Clever Kids, Lateral Logic and Extreme Mazes. He is also the creator of online brain training site BrainedUp.com, and runs daily puzzle site PuzzleMix.com.

Key Information • Publication

01 June 2018

•

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

• •

ISBN

9781780554723

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

29 x 198 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

B/w throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Packed to the brim with logic, reasoning and problem-solving puzzles designed to help kids make the most of their grey matter. A fantastic follow-up to Brain Games for Clever Kids (over 37,000 copies sold in the UK). From bestselling brain-training and puzzle book author Gareth Moore B.Sc (Hons) M.Phil Ph.D. Illustrator Chris Dickason's work is populated with rambunctious characters that are a cleverly crafted mix of an uncomplicated line style, wonky perspectives and conspicuous colour choices.

BRAIN GAME 1

TIME

Use your brainpower to draw a single line that passes through the centre of every white square, using only horizontal and vertical lines. The loop cannot cross over itself, or pass through any square more than once. This example solution shows how it works:

BRAIN GAME 2

TIME

Can you complete the final box in each of these visual sequences? What should come next in each case? a.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Maths Games for Clever Kids Gareth Moore Dr A fantastic follow-up to Brain Games for Clever Kids, this book is brimming with maths puzzles designed to help kids make the most of their grey matter. From times tables and shape-based search scenes, to mental arithmetic conundrums and pictorial puzzles, there's plenty of content to bamboozle the brain. From bestselling puzzle book author Gareth Moore.

Key Information • Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9781780555409

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

129 x 198 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

B/w throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Fantastic follow-up to Brain Games for Clever Kids. The perfect book for kids who want to improve their mathematical ability. Featuring a huge range of brain-enhancing exercises, designed to help kids make the most of their grey matter. The latest brain-boosting book from bestselling brain-training and puzzle book author Gareth Moore B.Sc (Hons) M.Phil Ph.D KS2.

MATHS PUZZLE 8

TIME

To solve this frame sudoku puzzle, place the numbers 1 to 4 once each into every row, column and bold-lined 2x2 box, just like in regular sudoku. The numbers outside the grid tell you the sum of the two nearest numbers in the corresponding row or column.

Here's a finished example: 3 7 4 6

1 4 3 2

2 3 4 3 2 1 1 4 2 4 1 3

7 7

By adding together some of the numbers above, can you make each of the totals below?

7 3 6 4

Totals: 18 24 31 35

18 = …………………………………………………………………

24 = …………………………………………………………………

7 5

Write your answers below:

You can use each number only once per total. You could form 18 by adding 7 + 11, for example, but not by adding 4 + 4 + 10.

MATHS PUZZLE 9

TIME

31 = ………………………………………………………………… 35 = …………………………………………………………………

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$11.99 | NZ$14.99

Price

AU$11.99 | NZ$14.99

Price

AU$11.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781780553085

ISBN

9781780553078

ISBN

9781780553146

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Colourama: Pop Up the Past 3-D Colouring Cards to Create and Complete Jonny Marx Colour each history-themed page, pop up the die-cut detail and create a stunning 3-D scene. From an ancient Egyptian tomb to a medieval joust, and an Apollo moon landing to a towering Aztec temple, there are 15 incredible dioramas to complete. Each colouring card can be pulled out of the pad. Characters and objects within each scene can then be folded up to create a 3-D effect. There are fun facts on the back of each page, so children can learn all about the iconic scenes and ancient civilisations they are colouring.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781780555263

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

260 x 189 mm

Extent

30pp

Key Information

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Scenes include: Ice Age Settlement, Aboriginal Settlement, Ancient Egyptian Tomb, The ity of Babylon, The Acropolis, Terracotta Army, Gladiatorial Arena, Viking Longboat, Medieval Joust, Samurai Warriors, The Black Death, Aztec City of Tenochtitlan, Native American Settlement, World War 1 Trenches and Apollo 11 Moon Landing.

Author Details John Paul de Quay originally trained as a biologist and environmental scientist at the University of Sussex, before turning his hand to illustration. John Paul uses his creative talents to help people engage with science and natural history, bringing humour and energy to these disciplines.

• • •

Colour each history-themed page, pop up the die-cut detail and create stunning 3-D scenes. Children can colour and create 15 incredible dioramas, from an ancient Egyptian tomb to a medieval joust, and an Apollo moon landing to a towering Aztec temple. Each colouring card can be pulled out of the book. Characters and objects within each scene can then be folded up to create a 3-D effect. With fun facts on the back of each page, children can learn all about the scenes they are colouring.

Viking Longboat KRAKEN Often depicted with giant tentacles and a tremendous appetite for human flesh, the Kraken appears in Norse mythology. It was said to dwell off the coast of Norway.

The Vikings came from Denmark, Norway and Sweden. For more than three centuries, Viking warriors travelled across Europe, raiding settlements and trading with locals. Some traders even made it as far as Iraq in the east and North America in the west.

VIKING LONGBOAT Built from oak, these ships were approximately 20 metres long. Longboats could navigate knee-deep waters and shores thanks to their streamlined shape and shallow hull. This meant Vikings could attack coastal villages with extreme speed. When Viking warriors died, they were sometimes buried on their longboats, along with many of their possessions. People believed that the ships would travel to Valhalla, home of Odin (the god of war and death). In Valhalla, dead warriors could fight all day long and feast all night.

Around 500 years before Christoper Columbus travelled to the Americas, the Vikings landed in what is now called Canada. The unfortunate travellers were attacked by a tribe of natives, however, and forced to flee.

VALKYRIES In myth, Valkyries were female figures who decided which warriors lived and died in battle. They also looked after the warriors in Valhalla.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Ta-Da! Kathy Ellen Davis What do YOU think makes a good story? A little conflict-DUN DUN DUH!-and resolution-TA-DA!-is a good place to start. What makes a good story? One little girl thinks it's a princess with magic powers that can (ta-da!) overcome any obstacle. Her friend thinks it's (dun dun duh!) a host of dragons, pirates, and volcanos that cause total chaos. But as each of their stories intertwine and interact, these two young storytellers soon learn that a good story needs both destruction and triumph, conflict and resolution. Ta-Da! is an irresistible celebration of imagination, storytelling, and the joys of collaboration.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452145136

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

Extent

40pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Author Details Kathy Ellen Davis is a writer, bookseller, and educator. Growing up, Kathy Ellen and her three siblings often made up stories with their toys, sometimes making toys of their own! And to this day, she still puts too many marshmallows in her hot chocolate, like some other storytellers we know. She lives in the Bay Area with her husband and daughter. Kaylani Juanita is an illustrator. As a child, Kaylani and her sisters and friends would pretend to be pro-wrestlers, mermaids, doctors, and royalty, living in an endless universe of different realms. Everything and everyone became extraordinary when she'd play pretend! She lives in the Bay Area with her husband.

Key Information • • • • •

Ta-Da! subtly and smartly demonstrates how to construct a satisfying narrative – one with just enough conflict and just enough resolution-making this book perfect for educators to read aloud in the classroom. This book celebrates the value of inexpensive, creative, imaginative play, as well as the rewards of friendship and teamwork. With unique sound effects (Ta-da! Dun Dun Duh!) and two distinct voices it makes a great read aloud! This book pairs two local, debut, and talented picture book creators. The immersive fantasy of Journey meets the interactivity of Chloe and the Lion and the exploration of just what makes a satisfying narrative found in A Perfectly Messed-Up Story.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Once upon a time,

a girl

lived in a crystal castle on a hill.

She had lots of animal friends and was very happy.

But,

DUN DU N

DUH!

TaDa_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 6-7

7/24/17 4:40 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

A dragon came!

He blew fire and . . .

He scared the animals! He wrecked the castle!

TaDa_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 8-9

7/24/17 4:40 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Mabel and Sam at Home Linda Urban Funny and engaging, this celebration of moving in, settling in, and how far – and how close – imagination can bring children is both heart-warming and house-warming. A longer picture book from the acclaimed Linda Urban, the three short 'chapters' follow sister and brother Mabel and Sam as they turn a cardboard box into a ship on the high seas, tour the museum of their living room, and journey through space to the safety of their own beds. This playful and endearing book celebrates imaginative play as the characters move into a new house and make it their own.

Author Details

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452139968

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Key Information

Category

Child Picture

•

Format

Extent

60pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

5 and up

Terms

SOR

Linda Urban has written several award-winning novels and picture books for young readers. She has moved at least ten times in her life, and currently lives in East Montpelier, Vermont, with her husband and two imaginative children. This is her website: www.lindaurbanbooks.com. Hadley Hooper is an illustrator and painter. Her 2014 book, The Iridescence of Birds: A Book About Henri Matisse by Patricia MacLachlan, was named a Kirkus Reviews Best Children's Book. She lives in Denver with her partner, Hugh, and dog, Maddie.

• •

•

Linda Urban has written several award-winning novels and picture books for young readers (A Crooked Kind of Perfect, Hound Dog True, The Center of Everything, Weekends with Max and Dad), and will provide a boost of name recognition to our list. Hadley Hooper is a real up-and-coming artist. Playful and warm art style will charm consumers and sit well on trade and specialty shelves. The power and possibilities of imaginative play are a topic of perennial power in the marketplace, and this graceful and funny story puts the emphasis on the way imagination gives children control over how they see their lives. This unique arc of three different ways of pretending does a beautiful job of showing Mabel and Sam gradually settling into their new home in a way that gives them the power of defining home.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

ON THE HIGH SEAS At the new house, there were movers and shouting and boxes and blankets.

There were many places a girl like Mabel and a boy like Sam could be tripped over or smooshed or trod upon. There was one safe place where they would not be. There were chairs where chairs did not go and sofas where sofas could not stay.

And that is how Mabel became a Sea Captain.

Mabel_Sam_FNL_CRX.indd 6-7

8/8/17 2:49 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FO “Ahoy!” said Captain Mabel. “Welcome aboard the Handle with Care. I am the captain.” “And I am Ahoy,” said Ahoy.

“You’re not Ahoy. Ahoy means hello. You are First Mate Sam.” “What does First Mate mean?” asked First Mate Sam.

Mabel_Sam_FNL_CRX.indd 8-9

8/8/17 2:49 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

I Can Dream Betsy Snyder No dream is out of reach while playing and reading together with this adorable interactive board book! I Can Dream readers help characters pursue their aspirations from driving a race car to traveling to Mars – just by wiggling their fingers! Then, with two sets of hands, readers help the characters come together as they all follow their dreams in the gatefold finale. With interactive holes on every page, a satisfying touch-and-feel cover, and an impressive gatefold, these interactive board books are the perfect way to play and read together.

Author Details Betsy Snyder has written and illustrated numerous children's books, including the I Can novelty board book series. She creates her unique art from hand-painted and found textures that she scans into the computer and collages digitally. Betsy lives in Ohio with her graphic-designer husband and two children, where they draw on sidewalks and wish on stars.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$14.99

ISBN

9781452162140

Key Information

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

Extent

14pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

The positive, empowering 'I can' message in the text promotes independence, while the all-inclusive final spread reinforces the message that every individual is also part of a team or community. The die-cut holes punched all the way through the book allow for easy understanding at retail and let readers keep their 'finger-feet' in one place the entire time the book is read, while the touch-and-feel attachment on the first spread conveys the specialness of the format at retail.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

I can be a firefighter. I can slide down the pole.

ICanDream_INT_MECHS.indd 1-2

WEooo-WEoooo! go the sirens— the truck’s ready to roll!

9/14/17 5:30 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Furry, feathered, or scalyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D; I love every pet. I can take care of animals . . . I can be a vet!

ICanDream_INT_MECHS.indd 3-4

9/14/17 5:30 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

I Can Explore Betsy Snyder Explore every avenue while playing and reading together with this adorable interactive board book! Adventure awaits! Readers help characters explore the world from driving a jeep on a jungle safari to riding a tandem bike through Paris – just by wiggling their fingers! Then, with two sets of hands, readers help the characters chase adventure together in the gatefold finale. With interactive holes on every page, a satisfying touch-and-feel cover, and an impressive gatefold, these interactive board books are the perfect way to play and read together.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$14.99

ISBN

9781452162133

Key Information

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

Extent

14pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

I can set out on foot. I can hike through the trees.

ICanExplore_INT_MECHS.indd 1-2

I can go and discover new jungle species!

9/14/17 5:31 PM

ICanExplore_INT_MECHS.indd 3-4

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

I can go surfing. I can carve. I can glide. I can show you my movesâ&#x20AC;&#x201D; dude, look at me ride!

9/14/17 5:31 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

TouchThinkLearn: Wiggles Claire Zucchelli-Romer Little fingers twist and twirl, zigging and zagging their way through a colourful dance of imagination. Let your fingers do the dancing! Colourful, die-cut dots and playful, grooved paths encourage little fingers to move and explore in this latest

TouchThinkLearn board book. In a format unlike any other, the groundbreaking TouchThinkLearn books offer the youngest learners an opportunity to explore in a hands-on, multi-sensory way. Seeing the image, tracing its shape, saying its name: These modes of perception combine to stimulate understanding of essential concepts. Wiggles adds a new dimension to the bestselling TouchThinkLearn series, cementing the position of TouchThinkLearn as the premiere go-to line of creative, tactile learning titles. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452164755

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Novelty

•

Format

Extent

26pp

• •

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Claire Zucchelli-Romer is an author and illustrator who grew up in a family of painters. She went on to become a doctor, and she has three children. She is passionate about the creation of books, from pop-up paper sculptures to poems to games. She lives in Niort, France.

Key Information •

•

Builds on our successful tactile board book format, TouchThinkLearn, by expanding to include new illustrators. The TouchThinkLearn series has sold more than 400,000 copies net since the first titles launched in July 2013. 'Fun for fingers, eyes, and minds.' Publishers Weekly, starred review 'Visual and tactile elegance that will appeal to eyes and hands.' The New York Times Concepts that can be touched, felt, and experienced by the reader serve as a powerful learning tool, relying on a methodology born out in a broad range of educational theory and application at Montessori, Waldorf, and beyond. Sturdy board book-meets-playground with bright colours, minimalist spreads, and a die-cut spine!

Right finger jumps on green.

Left finger tap, tap, tap in place;

Right finger hop, hop, hop in place.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Left finger leaps on yellow.

All together now: Hop, hop, hop. Tap, tap, tap!

Wiggle_INT_MECH_Correx.indd 6-7

2/22/17 4:17 PM

Time to slide! Ready . . . set . . . go:

Wiggle_INT_MECH_Correx.indd 8-9

Right finger takes the pink.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Left finger takes the green side.

Up, down. Up, down. Up, down! Fast, faster, wheeee!

2/22/17 4:17 PM

Slowly, slowly, Softly, softly, on tippy-fingers. Shhhhhhh.

Wiggle_INT_MECH_Correx.indd 10-11

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Left finger strolls down the pink row!

Right finger follows up the yellow!

Now all together. Faster, faster. Little fingers start to run. Little fingers have great fun!

2/22/17 4:17 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Our Beautiful Earth Saving Our Planet Piece by Piece Giancarlo Macri A timely and topical children's book seeking to promote ecological awareness and a desire to preserve the Earth and help it recover from humanity's rapaciousness, this is the perfect tie in to Earth Day – charming and thought-provoking all in one. The book features charming original illustrations by award-winning Italian artists and dynamic die-cut pages that help propel the story with very little text. Why are we destroying our only home, the Earth? This dynamic and engaging book features charming illustrations and die-cut pages that show in a clear and direct way how humans have managed to upset the world's natural ecological balance – achieved after millions of years of evolution – in a relatively short amount of time. In a simple way but with immediate clarity, the illustrators describe the causes that are affecting the planet's survival by visually depicting the past, present, and possible future of the Earth. The book tells a simple story relying mainly on clever and on point visuals and die-cut pages that change shape following the narrative. Thanks to the colourful illustrations and effective and dynamic graphics, young readers will be encouraged to reflect on this timely subject, to learn to love the Earth, and to care for it. This unique book is very topical for both adults and children and contains an important message for readers of all ages and an invitation to help foster the preservation of our planet. Like no other time in human history, the fate of the world rests in the hands of the younger generation.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9780789334305

Author Details

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Giancarlo Macrì is an actor, musician, and the founding member of the Italian theatrical ensemble Banda Osiris, in which he performs. He regularly appears on television and writes for radio. He records music and composes soundtracks for which he has received prestigious awards including the Silver Bear at the Berlin International Film Festival and the David di Donatello.

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

305 x 235 mm

Extent

28pp

Illustrations

28 colour drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Carolina Zanotti is a journalist specialising in music and theatre. A frequent collaborator with art galleries, she has written several successful stories and theatre shows for children. Mauro Sacco and Elisa Vallarino are art teachers specialising in illustration and animation at the Instituto Europeo di Design at Turin. They have received awards including first place in the AccaComics "Comics and Disability" competition and the Italian Budding Critics Prize.

Key Information • •

Similar to Where's Waldo, readers will pore over the precise, romantic, and droll drawings of charming animals while parsing the story behind the increasingly large gaps and holes caused by human development and exploitation. Well priced to be accessible to the widest possible audience reflecting the authors' belief that the fate of the world rests in the hands of the younger generation.

t e n a l p e h t n i g n i n n i g e b In the

Globux

. s k c o r f o e l i p l l a m s a y l n o s a w e r e th

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Stinky Cecil in Mudslide Mayhem! Paige Braddock Stinky Cecil is back in a hilarious new adventure! It’s springtime at Cecil’s Pond and everything is coming alive: the flowers, grasses, insects, and butterflies. The marsh around the pond is all in bloom. Poor Nesbit (the chameleon) is overwhelmed by it all. He sees all the change as unsettling chaos! Nesbit grew up in a pet store before moving to the Terrarium. He has no idea what it’s like to live in the wild or where he fits in to the chain of life. Cecil and his pond pals will have to help Nesbit along on his journey of self-discovery. Join Cecil and his friends as they celebrate all the diversity of life in the pond and the marsh that surrounds it. Sometimes, mayhem is good!

Author Details Paige Braddock is the Creative Director at Charles M. Schulz Creative Associates. Braddock had the opportunity to train under Schulz, her childhood hero, prior to his retirement. She has illustrated several Peanuts children’s books, the Snoopy U.S. postage stamp issued in 2001, and the Newsweek cover featuring Snoopy following Schulz’s death in 2000. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781449489373

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

104pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

• • • •

A hilarious comic with bright and fun illustrations. First book got great reviews: "The story is so much fun and so entertaining that young readers might not realise how much they’re learning about the ecosystem." Good Comics for Kids "...blends weighty themes such as life deforestation and habitat destruction with the light and often hilarious dialogue." School Library Journal “…Braddock has written a charming, funny and somehow educational book with great artwork. What more do you want from a book for kids?” Comic Book Resources Librarians are well aware of the role of comics in advancing literacy, and are always looking for age-appropriate comics content. The first book in the series was lauded for including environmental issues in the story in a way that is not preachy and doesn't get in the way of the narrative.

SC_Mudslide_TEXT.indd 5

10/2/17 3:44 PM

SC_Mudslide_TEXT.indd 6

10/2/17 3:44 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Brian the Lion Goes into Space Tracey Radford A rhyming picture book about a lion called Brian who goes on a space adventure. Brian the lion is tired of hanging out with his pride – all they do is sleep all day long. While they snooze, Brian gazes at the stars, dreaming of going into space. He can’t believe it when his loved ones, tired of his moaning, present him with a DIY rocket so that he can fulfil his dream. Zoom – he’s off! After looping the loop, Brian soon lands on a moon near Saturn and meets small green gnomes who make him rainbow coloured food and speak in a strange language, and their dragon Norris. Though things are exciting for a while, Brian is soon missing home, even the boring bits. What will Brian do? Will he stay in his new space home or return to his pride? Featuring one of craft expert Tracey Radford’s adorable animal creations, Brian the Lion Goes into Space is a sweet tale, with a wonderful moral message, that will be loved by young children. Publication

01 June 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

Tracey Radford is a successful crafter and mum of three. She is the author of Make Your Own Zoo, Make Your Own Farm Animals and the Animal Fun! series of board books, also published by CICO books. She lives in Herefordshire.

ISBN

9781782495765

Key Information

Publisher

CICO

•

Imprint

Cico Books

•

Series

•

Category

Health/Related

Format

270 x 227 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

16 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

This is the first of many adventures for Brian the Lion. The rhyming text is enjoyable for parents to read and easy for young children to remember. Can be read to children from birth, but will appeal to toddlers, pre-schoolers and first readers too. Tracey Radford's beautiful scenery and adorable characters are very appealing.

About the Author Tracey Radford is a successful crafter and mum of three. She is the author of Make Your Own Zoo, Make Your Own Farm Animals, and the Animal Fun! series of board books, also published by CICO Books. She lives in Herefordshire, UK.

Brian the lion loved staring at stars and way beyond, to Jupiter and Mars, just thinking how he’d like to be way up there in the galaxy.

I love space

Brian couldn’t believe his eyes it had to be THE best surprise. He started on it straight away and didn’t stop for food all day.

(Luckily the instructions were simple to follow and all the tools were easy to borrow.)

Inclu des n instructions o How to Make ian Yo ur Own Br the Lion CB1174 Brian the Lion_spreads_03.indd 2-3

Binding: Hardback with jacket Format: 87/8 x 105/8 in./270 x 227 mm Extent: 32 pages Illustrations: 16 color photos Price: US $16.95/ priced higher in Canada/ UK £9.99 Publication date: April 2018 Text: 600 words ISBN: 978-1-78249-576-5 Text © Tracey Radford Design and photography © CICO Books

For further information, contact: US UK CICO Books CICO Books 341 E 116th St 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW New York NY 10029 Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani For UK publicity, contact: Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Jane Pickett neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

Bye Brian!

CB1174 Brian the Lion_spreads_03.indd 10-11

19/07/2017 14:37

SPECIFICATIONS

Wow!

19/07/2017 14:38

He talked about going to space no end and drove the others round the bend.

“Then after he’ d ma de an inte resting pattern Brian lan de d on a moon near S aturn. He ate a snack then venture d out an d almost chok e d, for all abou t were beards w ith hats, or mor e precisely small blue gnom es who spoke quite nicely.”

So they clubbed together and bought a kit to make his own DIY rocket.

Yippeee! Phew! He’s happy

Uncorrected proofs

CB1174 Brian the Lion_spreads_03.indd 8-9

19/07/2017 14:38

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1174_BRIAN_THE_LION_BLAD_DSJ noflaps.indd 2

21/07/2017 10:45

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Fun Origami for Children: Flight! 12 Paper Planes and Other Flying Objects to Fold for Fun! Roshin Ono and Mari Ono 12 step-by-step origami projects for children, including paper to make them with. Suitable for children from age 5 and upwards, Mari Ono’s origami projects are the perfect introduction to paper-folding for kids. Fun Origami for Children: Flight! starts with classic paper plane and glider projects to get children started, then moves on to fantastic super-jets, rockets and a space shuttle. All the projects are fun to make as well as play with, and there is a section showing how to throw paper planes most effectively. There are amazing facts throughout, so children can learn while they craft. Each project has simple step-by-step instructions and clear photographs, as well as helpful arrows showing where to fold. There are skill ratings, so children can start with an easy project and then move on to something a bit more challenging until, eventually, they are easily impressing friends with their paper-folding skills. Specially designed pieces of origami paper are included with the book, so children can start crafting straight away.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781782495796

Author Details

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Mari Ono is an expert in origami and all forms of papercrafts. Born in Japan, she has lived in the United Kingdom for many years with her artist husband, Takumasa, where they both work to promote Japanese arts and crafts. Her previous books include Origami Farm, Origami for Children and More Origami for Children, Fun Origami for Children: Dino! and Fun Origami for Children: Willd!, all available from CICO. Mari is based in Churchdown, Gloucestershire.

Category

Child Picture

Format

250 x 260 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Roshin Ono came to the UK from Japan at the age of seven with his mother Mari, a graphic designer, and artist father. He has participated in events introducing Japanese culture to the western world as well as writing Origami for Children with his mother.

Full colour throughout

Age Range

5 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

Follows on from the success of Fun Origami for Children: Dino! and Fun Origami for Children: Wild! Includes 18 pieces of specially designed tear-out origami paper. Origami for Children, by the same author, has sold over 200,000 copies The author is a well-respected origami expert. Crafts Beautiful described Mari Ono’s Origami for Children as “…an eye-catching read that explores the oriental art of paper folding, with an exciting and modern approach that kids and parents will love”.

Contents

Specifications: Binding: Paperback Format: 101⁄4 in. x 97⁄8/250 x 260 mm Extent: 32 pages plus 18 tear-out sheets of origami paper Illustrations: 200 color photographs Price: US $12.95 / CAN $14.95 / UK £7.99 Publication date: March 2018 Text: 7,000 words

CB846 Transport Origami Final

Apollo Rocket

Easy Origami Techniques 4

The Apollo missions took astronauts to the Moon, farther from

the rocket will not fly, it can be hung on a thread from the

Earth than man had ever gone before. This model is made with paper that is a reminder of journeys through space. Although

ceiling. Perhaps you could fold a series of rockets and pretend l l Skill rating they are embarking on intergalactic missions above your head.

7 Fold the upper left-hand flap to the right then turn over the object and repeat so that the square flaps made in steps 5 and 6 are hidden inside the object.

Flying School 6

Classic Plane 8

2 1 Fold the sheet in half to make a crease from corner to

Text and logo to be not less than 12mm from Glider 9 edge

Star Strike

corner then open it and fold in the other direction.

4 3

Starlight

Lift the top flap and open out, pressing it down to form a triangle. Turn the sheet over and repeat on the other side.

Thunderstorm Sunlight Sparrow X-12

Open out and fold one side over to lie on the other and then fold the sheet in half again.

Fold forward the two outer points of the top flap so that they meet at the bottom of the object. Turn the object over and repeat so that you are left with a diamond shape.

6 Turn the paper over and repeat on the other side.

Text to be not less than 20mm from edge of spine to avoid falling in to hinge

5 Spin the

9 Fold the right-hand flap to the

object so that the loose points face away from you, then lift the left-hand flap, open it out, and refold into a square. Repeat on the right-hand side.

left then turn the paper over and repeat.

8 Fold in both sides so that the edges meet along the central crease then turn the paper over and repeat.

Zoom

m lo com

! Apol

and modules were

blas ted i nto sp kets ace by S aturn 5 roc

Apollo Rocket

About the authors

X-12 The X-12 was designed to resemble one of the modern jet fighters seen in popular Japanese cartoons. Its sleek shape and polished look make it perfect for aerial assaults in the

Challenger

Turn over the wing, making the fold along the line of the cockpit so that the designs on both sides of the plane match.

side upward fold the sheet of paper in half lengthwise. Next turn down both corners at one end before also turning over the angled edges.

Fold back the outer half of the wing, starting the fold line at the edge of the design at the front.

Hiroaki Takai is an origami master based in Japan. Born in Tokyo in 1957, 8 Make a long, shallow angled flap at the base of the back of the plane. as a child he fell in love with the models found in Kunihiko Kasahara’s Origami Zoo and was inspired by them 9 Open out the plane to create his own brilliant collection of dinosaurs and animals. and reverse the crease from the previous step He is the author of many origami books in his native Japan. so that it sticks out above

Holding the end of the wing in your fingers turn it upward until the angled edge sits snugly against the inside of the earlier crease. Turn the object over and repeat the last five steps on the other side.

About the authors

Mari Ono is an expert in origami and all forms of papercrafts. Born in

Japan, she has lived in the UK for many years with her artist husband, Takumasa, where they both work to promote Japanese arts and crafts. Her other books include the best-selling The Simple Art of Origami, Origami for Children, More Origami for Children, How to Make Paper Planes and Other Flying Objects, Wild and Wonderful Origami, Origami for Mindfulness, and Origami Farm, all available from CICO Books.

Text and logo to be not less further information, contact: than 12mmForfrom edge

Roshin Ono moved to the UK from Japan at the age of seven with his mother Mari, a graphic designer, and artist father. He has participated in events introducing Japanese culture to the western world as well as writing Origami for Children with his mother.

Uncorrected proofs

US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

the plane as a tail fin.

Space Shuttle 27

IW CB_ORIGAMI_FLIGHT_BLAD3.indd 2

backyard. When you are flying your plane with friends take care not to throw it straight toward them: the point is a bit sharp and a direct hit could hurt them!

7 1 With the printed

Apollo Rocket

www.rylandpeters.com

Mari Ono is an expert in origami and all forms of papercrafts. Born in

CB846 Transport Origami Final

Ross-17

Suitable for children from age 5 and upward, Mari Ono’s origami projects are the perfect introduction to paper-folding for kids. Fun Origami for Children: Flight! a classic paper plane and glider to get children Text toincludes be not less than 20mm started, and moves on to fantastic super-jets, rockets, from edge of spine toprojects avoidare fun to make and play and spaceships. All the with. There are also amazing flight facts throughout, falling in to hinge so children can learn while they craft. Each project has simple step-by-step instructions and clear photographs, as well as helpful arrows showing where to fold. There are skill ratings so children can start with an easy one and then move on to something a bit more challenging, until they are easily impressing friends with their paperfolding skills! Specially designed pieces of origami paper 25 are included with the book, so children can start crafting straight away.

logos, bar code, author name,

28 etc to sit 12mm up from trim edge

Category

Child Picture

Key Information

Format

250 x 260 mm

•

Extent

32pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

5 and up

Terms

SOR

Author Details Mari Ono is an expert in origami and all forms of papercrafts. Born in Japan, she has lived in the United Kingdom for many years with her artist husband, Takumasa, where they both work to promote Japanese arts and crafts. Her previous books include Origami Farm, Origami for Children and More Origami for Children, Fun Origami for Children: Dino! and Fun Origami for Children: Willd!, all available from CICO. Mari is based in Churchdown, Gloucestershire.

• •

Contents

Specifications: Hamster

Easy Origami Techniques! 4

Parrot

than 12mm from edge

Kitten

Puppy

The colorful angel fish swims around the reefs and islands of

of making the crane, one of the most traditional origami

tails so be careful not to leave too long a point when folding the

the world’s hot seas and is easy to spot if you go swimming

designs. As you finish, let the body open up to give it a three-

around their cages and run on their exercise wheel—that is,

tip back on itself in the second step.

with a mask. This origami model is based on the method

dimensional feeling.

2 Fold the right-hand point ŽǀĞƌ ƚŽ ƚŚĞ ůĞŌ ĞĚŐĞ͕ ƚŚĞŶ turn it back so that it juts out beyond the edge of the paper and the lines on the design are aligned.

3 Fold the top and ďŽƩŽŵ ĞĚŐĞƐ ŽǀĞƌ at an angle, using the ĚŽƩĞĚ ůŝŶĞƐ ŽŶ ƚŚĞ design as a guide.

Text to be not less than 20mm from edge of spine to avoid 4 falling in to hinge

1 With the design side facing down, fold 2 >ŝŌ ƚŚĞ ƌŝŐŚƚͲŚĂŶĚ ƉŽŝŶƚ ƚŽ ƚŚĞ ǀĞƌƟĐĂů the paper in half from corner to corner both ĂŶĚ ĨŽůĚ ŝƚ ĨŽƌǁĂƌĚ͕ ŽƉĞŶŝŶŐ ƵƉ ƚŚĞ ŇĂƉ ŝŶƚŽ ways. a diamond shape. Turn the paper over and repeat on the other side.

3 Fold in the lower edges of the diamond so that they meet along the central crease, then fold down the top point over the edges of ƚŚĞƐĞ ŇĂƉƐ ƚŽ ŵĂŬĞ Ă ĐƌĞĂƐĞ͘

4 KƉĞŶ ŽƵƚ ƚŚĞ ŇĂƉƐ ĂŶĚ ƚƵƌŶ ƚŚĞ ďŽƩŽŵ point back up to the top, refolding the sides into a long diamond shape.

Text and logo to be not less For further informaƟon, contact: than 12mm from edge US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

Dachshund Persian

Hamster

Ferret

when they are not asleep in their beds. Hamsters have short

the perfect animal for small children to look after as they race

Fold the paper in half along the ĐĞŶƚƌĂů ĐƌĞĂƐĞ͕ ƚŚĞŶ ĨŽůĚ ƚŚĞ ůĞŌͲŚĂŶĚ ĞĚŐĞ ŽǀĞƌ Ăƚ ĂŶ ĂŶŐůĞ͕ ŵĂŬŝŶŐ Ă ĐƌĞĂƐĞ ĨƌŽŵ ƚŚĞ ůĞŌͲŚĂŶĚ ĞŶĚ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ ďŽƩŽŵ ĞĚŐĞ͘

Scottish Terrier

Snake

Angel Fish

Hamsters are loved as small pets all over the world. They are

1 With the design side facing down, fold the paper in half through the design and open out, then turn the right-hand edges over so ƚŚĂƚ ƚŚĞǇ ŵĞĞƚ ĂůŽŶŐ ƚŚĞ ĐĞŶƚƌĂů ĐƌĞĂƐĞ͘ &ŽůĚ ƚŚĞ ůĞŌͲŚĂŶĚ ƉŽŝŶƚ ŽǀĞƌ ƐŽ ƚŚĂƚ ŝƚ ƚŽƵĐŚĞƐ ƚŚĞ ĞĚŐĞƐ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ ŇĂƉƐ͘

Text to be not less than 20mm from edge of spine to avoid falling in to hinge

Tabby Cat Text and logo to be7not less

Binding: Paperback Format: 101⁄4 x 97⁄8in./250 x 260mm Extent: 32 pages plus 18 tear-out sheets of origami paper IllustraƟons: 200 color photographs Price: US $12.95 / CAN $14.95 / UK £7.99 PublicaƟon date: March 2018 Text: 7,000 words ISBN: 978-1-78249-580-2

5 Open up the model ĂŶĚ ĨŽůĚ ƚŚĞ ůĞŌͲŚĂŶĚ end inside, using the creases just made and reversing them where necessary, ƚŚĞŶ ĨŽůĚ ƚŚĞ ƉŽŝŶƚ ďĂĐŬ ŽƵƚ ĂŐĂŝŶ͕ ŵĂŬŝŶŐ Ă ĐŽŶĐĞƌƟŶĂ ĨŽůĚ͘ ŶƐƵƌĞ ƚŚĂƚ Ăůů ƚŚĞ features of the face are visible.

12 Teeny 20

14 Take care with this design as it starts in a unique way and you

5 dƵƌŶ ƚŚĞ ƉĂƉĞƌ ŽǀĞƌ ĂŶĚ ĨŽůĚ ŽǀĞƌ ƚŚĞ ůĞŌͲ

must ensure both sides are completely even to keep his face pretty.

hand side of the paper so that the diagonal edge runs down ƚŚĞ ĐĞŶƚƌĂů ĐƌĞĂƐĞ͘ ZĞƉĞĂƚ ŽŶ ƚŚĞ ƌŝŐŚƚͲŚĂŶĚ ƐŝĚĞ͕ ƚŚĞŶ ĨŽůĚ ƵƉ ƚŚĞ ďŽƩŽŵ ƉŽŝŶƚƐ ƐŽ ƚŚĂƚ ƚŚĞ ĐƌĞĂƐĞƐ ŵĂƚĐŚ ƚŚĞ ďŽƩŽŵ ĞĚŐĞ͘

21 24

Rabbit

6 &ŽůĚ ƵƉ ƚŚĞ ďŽƩŽŵ ĐŽƌŶĞƌ ŽŶ ƚŚĞ ůĞŌͲŚĂŶĚ 1 With the design side facing upward,

2 &ŽůĚ ƚŚĞ ǀĞƌƟĐĂů ĞĚŐĞ ŽĨ ĞĂĐŚ ŽĨ ƚŚĞƐĞ ŇĂƉƐ ďĂĐŬ

fold the paper in half through the design and open out again, then fold down the top corners so that they meet along the central crease.

ŽǀĞƌ ƚŽ ƚŚĞ ĚŝĂŐŽŶĂů ĞĚŐĞ ĂŶĚ ŵĂŬĞ Ă ĐƌĞĂƐĞ͘

side so that the horizontal edge now runs up the ĐĞŶƚƌĂů ĐƌĞĂƐĞ͕ ƚƵĐŬŝŶŐ ƚŚĞ ĐŽƌŶĞƌ ƵŶĚĞƌ ƚŚĞ ŇĂƉ ƚŽ hold it in place. Repeat on the other side.

8 &ŽůĚ ƚŚĞ ƚŽƉ ƟƉ ŽǀĞƌ ƚŽ ƚŚĞ ůĞŌ Ăƚ ĂŶ ĂŶŐůĞ͕ ĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐ ƚŚĞ ĚŽƩĞĚ ůŝŶĞ ŽŶ ƚŚĞ ĚĞƐŝŐŶ as a guide for the crease, and release.

9 dƵƌŶ ƚŚĞ ƉĂƉĞƌ ŽǀĞƌ ĂŶĚ ƉůĂĐĞ ŝƚ ďĂĐŬ ŽŶ ƚŚĞ 3 KƉĞŶ ŽƵƚ ƚŚĞ ŇĂƉƐ ũƵƐƚ ŵĂĚĞ

Angel Fish

ĂŶĚ ĨŽůĚ ƵƉ ƚŚĞ ďŽƩŽŵ ĞĚŐĞƐ͕ so that these now run along the diagonal edges.

4 >ŝŌ ƵƉ ƚŚĞ ǁŚŽůĞ ŇĂƉ ŽŶ each side and pinch together the paper around the corner using the creases made in the last two steps. WƌĞƐƐ ƚŚĞ ŵĂŝŶ ŇĂƉ ďĂĐŬ ĚŽǁŶ ƚŽ ƚŚĞ ƚĂďůĞ ĂŶĚ ƚƵƌŶ ƚŚĞ ĨŽůĚĞĚ corner over toward the top.

29 logos, bar code, author name, etc to sit 12mm up from trim edge 10

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1184_ORIGAMI_PETS_BLAD_DSJ v2.indd 2

7 Turn the paper over and fold the model in half along the central crease.

UK £00.00 US $00.00 CAN $00.00

Puppy

Sleepy

ƚĂďůĞ ĂƐ ƐŚŽǁŶ ŝŶ ƚŚĞ ŝŵĂŐĞ͘ ĂƌĞĨƵůůǇ ůŝŌ ƚŚĞ ŇĂƉ ŵĂĚĞ ŝŶ ƚŚĞ ƉƌĞǀŝŽƵƐ ƐƚĞƉ ĂŶĚ ƐƚĂƌƚ ƉƵůůŝŶŐ ĚŽǁŶ ƚŚĞ ƟƉ ƐŽ ƚŚĂƚ ƚŚĞ ŝŶŶĞƌ ƐƵƌĨĂĐĞƐ ŽƉĞŶ ĂŶĚ ďĞĐŽŵĞ ǀŝƐŝďůĞ͘ ŽŶƟŶƵĞ ƉƵůůŝŶŐ ĚŽǁŶ ƚŚĞ ƟƉ ƐŽ ƚŚĂƚ ƚŚĞ ƚǁŽ ƐŝĚĞƐ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ ŇĂƉ ďĞŐŝŶ ƚŽ ƚƵƌŶ ďĂĐŬ ĂŶĚ ƐƵƌƌŽƵŶĚ ƚŚĞ ŵĂŝŶ ďŽĚǇ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ ŵŽĚĞů͘

Category

Child Novelty

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

24 detailed animal illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

This book contains 24 stunning animal artworks to colour in, each printed on quality thick paper with die-cut flaps that can be lifted to bring the pictures to life. The portraits are easily removed from the book so you can display them. The book comes with sheets of coloured paper that you can put behind the pictures to highlight the 3D effect. A gorgeous gift purchase for anyone who loves being creative.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Master Builder: Paper Roller Coaster Marble Run Andrew Gatt Build your very own ROLLER COASTER MARBLE RUN completely from this book! Press out the pieces, assemble your roller coaster and watch as your structure grows. Then race marbles from two starting points and see which marble comes out first! With extra information about the science behind your build, this book will keep master builders entertained for hours.

Author Details Andrew Gatt is the creator of PaperRollerCoasters.com, from where he has sold over 4,000 paper marble tracks to all 50 states in the USA and over 30 countries worldwide. He is also a physics teacher in North Carolina, USA, and was awarded the 2004 Presidential Award for Excellence in Mathematics and Science Teaching. Presented by the White House, it is the nation's most prestigious teaching award for math and science teachers. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781783122684

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

298 x 260 mm

Extent

68pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • • • •

70cm-tall model marble run. Press-out pieces make this a fun and easy model to build. Amazing model features include stairs, a track switch and a loop-the-loop. Relevant STEM-curriculum information on engineering and simple physics. As fun to build as it is to play with. All you need is tape and marbles!

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

iExplore-Brain (AR) Jack Challoner The next incredible book in our Augmented Reality series takes you deep inside the human brain! Take a journey into the human body and learn how your brain works with this fascinating book packed with facts about your grey matter. The brain dives deeper into the subject matter of the human brain by looking at how it works in close detail: from senses to memory, automatic and voluntary movements all the way to how the brain uses neurotransmitters to give us emotions, the brain is at the core of everything we do. Then use Augmented Reality to witness amazing science right before your eyes by placing your tablet or smartphone near the visual trigger on the page and watch which part of the brain is triggered by your activity.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781780978901

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Approx. 70 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Jack Challoner studied physics at Imperial College, London, then trained as a science and maths teacher. After that, he worked at London's Science Museum in the Education Unit, and in the museum's flagship interactive gallery, Launch Pad. After leaving the museum he has written many science and technology books and also writes and performs science shows in museums, libraries and schools.

Key Information • • • • •

This children's book brilliantly harnesses the wonders of AR to explore the workings of the human brain. Children can explore the parts of the brain, how it connects with the rest of the human body, and find out what goes on inside the brain in our brilliant Augmented Reality App. For the first time, Carlton brings you an app that can also be used on your phone in Virtual Reality (VR) format, for any readers with a VR reader. An up-to-date view of the human brain that young children will love to delve into. Bite-sized text makes this a book that is easy to dip in and out of.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

iExplore-Bugs (AR) Hannah Wilson Get set to see the biggest, scariest and most awesome bugs of the world come to life right in front of your eyes, thanks to the power of Digital Magic. Watch a Goliath bird-eating tarantula crawl across your table, a Giant Wetapunga Cricket jump on your friend's hand, two Hercules Beetles battling against each other, the world's biggest butterfly flutter around your bedroom, and much more! The book comes to life using the latest technology of augmented reality with the free companion app. All you need is a smartphone or tablet.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783122530

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Approximately 45 colour images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Hannah Wilson is an accomplished writer and editor of children's books who lives in Exeter, UK. Titles to her name include Flip the Flaps: Jungle Animals published by Kingfisher, Time for Bed, Tiger! from Templar, and Life-size

Reptiles from Pavilion.

Key Information • • • • •

With up to 11 exciting interactive experiences, this book brilliantly harnesses the wonders of AR to explore the astonishing bug world. You will come face-to-face with a life-size giant Tarantula, an Emperor Scorpion, a Praying Mantis; driver ants; a giant centipede, an Asian Giant Hornet, and much more. Use the controls in the app to make your bugs life-size or bigger, rotate them for a closer 3D look, and make them walk or fly around. Fast facts and bite-sized stats about 11 of the most awe-inspiring bugs on the planet, make this a perfect book for reluctant readers. Dramatic, full-colour photographs and dynamic design are sure to inspire a sense of wonder and awe in nature.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

iExplore-Extinct Animals (AR) Camilla Bedoyere See some of the biggest, strangest and most fascinating of the world's extinct animals as they are brought back to life in front of your very eyes, thanks to the Digital Magic of Augmented Reality. Using this book, the free app and a smartphone or tablet, you can see a woolly mammoth grow to full size, fly a Pteranodon around your bedroom, and much more!

Author Details Camilla Bedoyere has written more than 200 books for children and adults, many of which explore the natural world. She is a freelance journalist and created and edited a children's page in a British national newspaper. Camilla is also a literacy teacher at a large London high school, working with children and young people who find reading difficult. She is a Fellow of the Zoological Society of London.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783122547

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

32pp

•

Illustrations

Approx 25 colour images

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

• •

With up to 11 brilliant interactive experiences, this book brings longlost creatures from the past back to life using the wonders of AR. Come face to face with the huge sea monster - and one of the largest meat-eaters ever to have lived - called Predator X, Gigantopithecus the giant ape, Smilodon the sabre-toothed cat, the snarling dire wolf and much more. Use the controls in the app to make your extinct animals grow to their gigantic full size, rotate them for a closer look, and make them walk or fly around the room. Click on the app's NEW iExplore feature window to access complementary educational content, featuring facts, stats, quizzes and much more. Snappy facts and bite-sized stats about these fascinating, long-gone animals make this the perfect book for reluctant readers. Dramatic, full-colour images and exciting design will take readers back to times past.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

iExplore-Micromonsters (AR) Camilla Bedoyere iExplore Micromonsters is an amazing book that reveals the tiny creatures all around us that are normally invisible to the human eye. Marvel at these incredible mini monsters – and watch as Digital Magic makes them leap off the page! Fact-filled spreads give the reader background information on each tiny beast: where it's found, what it does and how it survives in even the harshest conditions, from skin cells to outer space! Then simply open the app on your smartphone or tablet to trigger the AR action and awaken the Digital Magic. The book comes to life using the latest technology of augmented reality with the free app. All you need is a smartphone or tablet. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783122561

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Key Information

Imprint

Carlton Books

•

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Approx. 45 photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

With 10 brilliant interactive experiences, this book makes creepy and scary micro monsters appear right in front of you digitally using the wonders of AR. Incredible facts about these rarely seen creatures include where you might find them (such as in your eyelashes, on your pillow and even on your skin) and what they look like up close. Use the controls in the app to make these spooky critters come to life in multiplied life size, rotate them for a closer look and make them walk or fly around the room. Detailed information about each specimen and what integral parts they play in their environment. Amazing SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope) photographs show what these mini bugs really look like.

GET READY TO MEET REVOLTING

MICRO MONSTERS!

iEXPLORE

Look out for the

MICRO MONSTERS ACTIVATION PAGE icon. Hold your device over the pages in the book where you see this symbol for amazing Augmented Reality to appear.

Now you can enjoy

gruesome digital experiences!

Simply download the FREE APP Micro Monsters iExplore from www.apple.com/itunes or www.android.com/apps and open it on your mobile device.

Watch a flea jum in slow motion!

Make a nasty tick crawl along your hand!

Meet a supersized tardigrade!

Explore the app to discover incredible facts and stats about the micro monsters!

THIS IS A CARLTON BOOK Text, design and illustration © Carlton Books Limited 2017 Published in 2017 by Carlton Books Limited An imprint of the Carlton Publishing Group 20 Mortimer Street, London W1T 3JW All rights reserved. This book is sold subject to the condition that it may not be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the publisher’s prior consent. A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.

iEXPLORE

ISBN: 978-1-78312-256-1 Printed in Dongguan, China Executive editors: Anna Brett, Jo Casey Design & illustrations: WildPixel Ltd. Cover illustration: WildPixel Ltd. Picture research: Steve Behan Digital producer: Sean Daly Production: Yael Steinitz PICTURE CREDITS The publishers would like to thank the following sources for their kind permission to reproduce the pictures in this book. Key: t = top, b = bottom, c = centre, l = left and r = right Alamy: Krys Bailey: 20bl; /Blickwinkel: 28-29; /Ashley Cooper: 11tr Matt Bertone: 29b ESA: 12l Getty Images: Ingo Arndt/Minden Pictures: 20-21; /Clouds Hill Imaging Ltd: 8c; /Stephen Dalton/Minden Pictures: 8bl; /De Agostini Picture Library: 13t; /Michael & Patricia Fogden/Minden Pictures: 30cl; /Adam Gault: 6bl; /Rodger Jackman: 26l; /Flip Nicklin/Minden Pictures: 21b; /Bianca Lavies/National Geographic: 9c; /Mark Moffett/ Minden Pictures: 29c; /Universal Images Group: 4-5; /Visuals Unlimited, Inc./Richard Hermann: 21t iStockphoto. com: 8 (background), 17t Private Collection: 25c Science Photo Library: 24; /AMI Images: 24-25; /St Bartholomew’s Hospital: 23l; /Thierry Berrod, Mona Lisa Production: 29t, 30cr; /Biophoto Associates: 22b; /Dr Tony Brain: 9br; /Nigel Cattlin: 18l; /Steve Ellingson: 30r; /Eye of Science: 2, 3t, 3b, 6, 9l, 10, 11b, 13l, 18l, 18-19, 25t, 30tr; /Steve Gschmeissner: 7, 10-11, 11t, 16bl, 19br, 22-23, 25b, 27c, 30cl; /Gerd Guenther: 19t; / Edward Kinsman: 2-3, 23c; /Claude Nuridsany & Marie Perennou: 19c; /Power and Syred: 13r, 16-17; /David Scharf: 30tl; /Alexander Semenov: 26-27, 27bl; /Sinclair Stammers: 31bl; /Tegerphoto: 14; /Wim Van Egmond: 27b Shutterstock: Crystal Eye Studio: 15; /Gallinago Media: 28l; /Kletr: 14l; /MegSopki: 31br; /Aksenova Natalya: 15tr; /Protasov AN: 22l; /SpeedKingsz: 23t; /Joost van Uffelen: 15b Every effort has been made to acknowledge correctly and contact the source and/or copyright holder of each picture and Carlton Books Limited apologises for any unintentional errors or omissions, which will be corrected in future editions of this book.

Need some help? Check out our useful website for helpful tips and problem-solving advice:

www.icarlton.co.uk/help

Cam

illa

de l

a Bé

doy

ère

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

iExplore-Predators (AR) Camilla Bedoyere iExplore Predators is a beautiful book looking at some of the most ferocious animals on earth – with Digital Magic bringing them into your room! Eleven fact-filled profiles give the reader the lowdown on each animal: how it hunts, what weapons and tactics it uses to defeat its prey and where it lives. From the Komodo Dragon's deadly bite to a saltwater crocodile's killer twists once it's grabbed its victim, these animals will have you covered in goosebumps! Beautiful photographs show off each of these amazing species in their natural habitat, from a laughing hyena pack to 3-metre tall polar bears fighting each other. As a final step simply open the app on your smartphone or tablet to trigger the AR action and awaken the Digital Magic!

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783122554

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Photographic

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Camilla de la Bedoyere has written more than 200 books for children and adults, many of which explore the natural world. She is a freelance journalist with a children's page in a British national newspaper. Camilla is also a literacy teacher at a large London high school, working with children and young people who find reading difficult. She is a Fellow of the Zoological Society of London.

Key Information • • • • •

With up to 11 brilliant interactive experiences, this book makes terrifying animal predators appear in front of your very eyes using the wonders of AR. Incredible facts about astonishing creatures and the tactics they use to survive in the wild: from rattlesnakes to killer whales and grizzly bears, this book is full of fangs, killer claws and deadly venoms. Use the controls in the app to make see these ferocious creatures come to life in their real-life size, rotate them for a closer look, and make them walk or fly around the room. Snappy facts and bite-sized stats about these fascinating animals make this the perfect book for reluctant readers. Spread-sized incredible photography shows off these beautiful predators in all their glory.

hardie grant publishing ADVANCE INFORMATION

hardiegrant.com

iExplore GTIN: 9349685009610 10 copy pack with 50% discount Includes 2 of each title RRP: $199.90 With discount: $99.95 NZ RRP: $229.90 With discount: $114.95

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Football Record Breakers Clive Gifford From the FIFA World Cup and UEFA European Championships to the record-breakers of Series A, the Bundesliga and the Premier League, football's record-breaking stars are here. This book, fully illustrated with 160 colour photographs, is packed with thousands of eye-popping stats about incredible trophy-winning teams and legendary goal scorers from around the globe, and contains all the latest need-to-know facts and figures from the 2016-17 league seasons around the world.

Author Details Clive Gifford is an award-winning author of over 150 books for children and adults. Clive is the winner of the prestigious Royal Society Young People's Book Prize in 2014. Clive's recent sports titles include The Official EURO 2016 Fact File, The Official England Rugby Junior Supporters' Guide and Champions League Fact File, all for Carlton Books. He is a life-long supporter of Queens Park Rangers. Publication

01 June 2018

Key Information

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

ISBN

9781783123346

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

285 x 217 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

160 full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

The ultimate football facts and records book for kids aged 8+, this title is updated every season, making it an essential resource for every young fan of the game. Includes all the key stats and figures from the 2016-17 league seasons around the world. Fully illustrated with 160 action-packed colour photographs. All the key football facts presented in bite-size chunks and easy-to-read top 10 tables. Comprehensive coverage of world football, with stats from every major football league and cup tournament around the globe.

PREMIER LEAGUE gan in The English Football League be in 1888 and in 1992 the 22 teams away its top tier, Division One, broke ague. to form the English Premier Le

Leicester City celebrate their incredible 2015-16 season, with captain Wes Morgan holding the Premier League trophy aloft after their final home game of the season, a 3-1 win over Everton. Morgan was at the heart of a remarkably resilient defence that lost just three out of 38 matches to finish ten points clear of second-placed Arsenal.

t in the now More than 45 clubs have taken par pite its name, 20-team competition which, des â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Swansea has included two clubs from Wales broadcast to City and Cardiff City. With games the globe, over 650 million homes all around atched the Premier League is the most-w United have league in the world. Manchester g the title dominated the competition, winnin ed their first 13 times, but in 2013-14 they suffer top three. Premier League finish outside the

PREMIER s r e y a l P : E U LEAG SHEAR MAGIC The most goals scored in the Premier League is 260 by Alan Shearer, who played for Blackburn Rovers between 1992 and 1996 before moving to Newcastle United for a then world-record fee of £15.6 million. Shearer also holds the record for the most Premier League hat-tricks — 11.

RYAN’S RECORDS No one has played in more Premier League games than Ryan Giggs, with 632 appearances for Manchester United. The Welsh winger, who became caretaker manager of United in 2013-14 and then assistant to manager Louis van Gaal, also has more Premier League championship medals (13) than any other player. He is also the only player to have scored in every one of the first 21 seasons of the Premier League.

MOST CAREER GOALS IN THE PREMIER LEAGUE Player Alan Shearer Wayne Rooney Andrew Cole Frank Lampard Thierry Henry

Goals 260 193 189 177 175

Games 434 435 408 609 258

US goalkeeper Brad Friedel holds the record for the most consecutive Premier League appearances. He played every single match between August 2004 and October 2012, a staggering 310 games.

GOAL FEATS Tottenham Hotspur’s Ledley King scored the Premier League’s fastest goal, just 9.7 seconds after kick-off against Bradford City in 2000. Another Tottenham player, Jermain Defoe, scored five goals in a single half against Wigan Athletic in 2009. Spurs won 9-1, the second-biggest thrashing in Premier League history — just behind Manchester United’s 9-0 defeat of Ipswich Town in 1995. In May 2015, Southampton’s Sadio Mane scored the fastest Premier League hat-trick, in two minutes 56 seconds against Aston Villa.

BACK OF THE NET Alan Shearer and Andrew Cole both scored 34 goals in a season when the Premier League featured 22 teams. The record for the current 20-team, 38-game format is 31 goals, jointly held by Alan Shearer, Cristiano Ronaldo and Luis Suárez. In the 2015-16 season, Leicester City’s Jamie Vardy (left ) set a Premier League record by scoring in 11 consecutive games.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Love, Ish Karen Rivers One girl’s celestial-sized dreams for a future on Mars go heartbreakingly awry when her best friend moves away and an unexpected medical diagnosis threatens to rewrite her future. Things Mischa “Ish” Love will miss when she goes to Mars: lying on the living room floor watching TV, ice cream, her parrot Buzz Aldrin. Things Ish Love will not miss when she goes to Mars: mosquitoes, heat waves, missing her former best friend, Tig. Ish is convinced that she’ll be one of the first settlers on Mars. She’s applied to — and been rejected from — the Mars Now project forty-seven times, but Ish hasn’t given up hope. She also hasn’t given up hope that Tig will be her best friend again (not that she’d ever admit it). When Ish collapses on the first day of seventh grade, she gets a diagnosis that threatens all her future plans. As Ish fights cancer, she dreams of Martian adventures — and makes unexpected discoveries about love, fate, and her place in the vast universe. Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$13.99

ISBN

9781616207984

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

140 x 178 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

In this story perfect for fans of Fish in a Tree and The Thing About Jellyfish, Karen Rivers has once again created an unforgettable narrator who will pull readers into her orbit and keep them riveted until the very last page.

Author Details Karen Rivers has written novels for adult, middle-grade, and young adult audiences. Her books have been nominated for a wide range of literary awards and have been published in multiple languages. When she's not writing, reading, or visiting schools, she can usually be found hiking in the forest that flourishes behind her tiny, old house in Victoria, British Columbia, where she lives with her two kids, two dogs, and two birds. You can find her online at karenrivers.com or on Twitter @karenrivers.

Key Information •

• • • •

Love, Ish tackles many perennially popular middle-grade topics including friendship, school, family, and illness and has garnered rave reviews: “A star-bright story of love, courage, and unflagging spirit.” — Booklist, starred review “A worthwhile and affecting odyssey.” — Kirkus Reviews “An affecting, hard-hitting story.” — Publishers Weekly Mischa “Ish” Love’s precocious, witty, and entirely believable voice will capture readers hearts from the start and pull them through, breathlessly, to the end. From bestselling novels and blockbuster movies, to new discoveries from NASA, to the Mars One project, the red planet consistently makes headlines and draws readers in. It also makes this book a STEM tie-in for classrooms.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Paint By Sticker Kids: Beautiful Bugs Workman Publishing New in the Paint by Sticker: Kids series (with more than 550,000 copies in print!): 10 bright and playful low-poly artworks of bugs, for kids to create one sticker at a time. The magic of Paint by Sticker Kids continues, combining the fun of colouring and stickers with the creativity of paint by number. The series has a combined 550,000 copies in print — and it keeps growing, with another much-loved nature-themed topic: Bugs!

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781523502950

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Paint by Sticker Kids: Beautiful Bugs includes everything kids need to create 10 full-colour illustrations of their favourite creepycrawlies: a firefly, a praying mantis, a ladybug, butterflies, ants, a painted grasshopper, a dragonfly, beetles, a bumblebee, and a weevil. Simply find the numbered sticker, peel it, and place it in the right space. Add the next, and the next — and watch a dazzling image come to life with colour and spirit in the modern “low-poly” style (using geometric polygon shapes). The card-stock pages are perforated so artwork can be easily removed for framing or the fridge. Creating sticker art is as fun and meditative as colouring, and it’s a refreshing shake-up from the usual crayons and markers. Plus, the peel-and-place system allows kids to practice recognising and learning numbers in an interactive, stress-free way. And it’s a great rainy day or travel activity (no cleanup!) that delivers hands-on fun for less than $10.

Author Details Workman Publishing Company has been producing award-winning calendars, cookbooks, parenting guides, and children’s titles, as well as gardening, humour, self-help, and business books, since 1968. From our What to Expect® pregnancy and parenting series and PageA-Day® Calendars to the iconic 1,000 Places to See Before You Die® and Brain Quest® children's products, our wide range of highquality non-fiction titles and products inspire, educate, and entertain readers around the globe.

Series

Category

Animals

Format

229 x 229 mm

Extent

34pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Key Information

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

The first three Paint by Sticker Kids have a combined 552,000 copies in print, with tremendously strong sales at bookstores, teacher/learning stores, mass merchants, and gift accounts. The full Paint by Sticker series (including adult titles) has 1.2 million copies in print combined. It's a phenomenon! Create 10 amazing pictures in the vibrant, playful, and modern "low-poly" style (using geometric polygon shapes)— with only stickers! Creating sticker art is as entertaining, meditative, and satisfying as colouring, and is a welcome change from pencils, crayons, and markers — and parents are praising Paint by Sticker Kids for helping their children practice their numbers in a stressfree way, too. Stickers are fun, the results are tremendously satisfying, and there's no cleanup! Bright and colourful images from a kid-favourite area of nature make this book ideal for gift-giving, activity-oriented tables, and summer nature-themed displays.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Turn This Book Into A Beehive! And 19 Other Experiments and Activities That Explore the Amazing World of Bees Lynn Brunelle The perfect introduction to understanding the importance of bees in our world — in a book that can be transformed into a working beehive that attracts friendly, efficient, and wild mason bees into your yard.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781523501410

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

191 x 241 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

What a promise! Actually, promises. First, here’s a book that teaches kids all about the fascinating world of bees. Second, fun exercises, activities, and illustrations engage the imagination and offer a deeper understanding of bee life and bee behaviour. Third, by following a few simple steps including removing the book’s cover and taping it together, readers can transform the book into an actual living home for backyard bees. Fourth, added all together, Turn This Book Into a Beehive! lets kids make a difference in the world — building a home where bees can thrive is one small but critical step in reversing the alarming trend of dwindling bee populations. Written by Lynn Brunelle, whose gift for making science fun earned her four Emmy Awards as a writer for Bill Nye the Science Guy, and whose book, Pop Bottle Science, has over 860,000 copies in print, Turn This Book Into a Beehive! introduces kids to the amazing mason bee, a non-aggressive, non-stinging super-pollinator that does the work of over 100 honeybees. Mason bees usually live in hollow reeds or holes in wood, but here’s how to make a home just for them: Tear out the perforated paper — each illustrated as a different room in a house — roll the sheets into tubes, enclose the tubes using the book’s cover, and hang the structure outside. The bees will arrive, pack mud into the tubes, and begin pollinating all the plants in your backyard. Twenty experiments and activities reveal even more about bees — how to smell like a bee, understand the role of flowers and pollen, learn how bees communicate with each other through “dance,” and more. It’s the real buzz on bees, delivered in the most ingenious and interactive way.

Author Details Lynn Brunelle, a four-time Emmy Award–winning writer for Bill Nye the Science Guy, is the author of Pop Bottle Science and Camp Out! She lives on Bainbridge Island, Washington, with her husband and two children.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information •

•

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781523501410

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

191 x 241 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

•

A lively introduction to bees for kids, this book includes an introduction to the insects, their pollinating activity, and why the threat of bees' extinction throws our ecosystem dangerously off-balance. Includes 20 lively handson activities and experiments (using household objects) that let kids explore the amazing world of bees: Rub a balloon on your hair to experience how a bee's charged body can help move pollen from a flower. Build a bee buzzer to cause vibrations in the air that sound like a bee's buzz (which comes from the quick movement of its wings). Build your own hexagonal honeycomb to see why bee engineers use this shape in making their hives. What a promise! This book literally becomes a house for mason bees, which are non-aggressive and non-stinging, and which usually make nests in hollow reeds or holes in wood. Just tear out the paper sheets, roll them up into tubes, and use the book's cover (complete with holes for easy fastening) to enclose them into a nest that can hang outdoors. When the bees arrive, they'll pack mud into the tubes as they nest—and even better, they'll get to work pollinating. Other make-your-own activities in the book include building a bee bath, using wood to create a condo for bees, making safe solutions to keep pests out of your garden, and recycling a pop bottle to build another home for mason bees. Lynn Brunelle has a knack for introducing science ideas to kids in a genuinely fun and understandable way. A four-time Emmy Award–winning writer for Bill Nye the Science Guy, she is the author of Workman's Pop Bottle Science and Camp Out.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Radioactive How Irène Curie and Lise Meitner Revolutionized Science and Changed the World Winifred Conkling Irene Curie won a Nobel Prize, but was denied admission to the French Academy. Lise Meitner solved the riddle of nuclear fission, but was written out of the record. This is the first book for young readers to set the record straight and explain the importance of these two women to science and world history, now with a bright new cover for the paperback edition. “A thorough and engaging study of two female scientists worth their weight in radium.” — Booklist, starred review In 1934, Irène Curie and her husband won the Nobel Prize for their breakthrough discovery of artificial radioactivity. But when Curie was nominated to the French Academy of Sciences, the academy denied her admission and then voted to disqualify all women from membership. Four years later, Curie’s breakthrough led physicist Lise Meitner to a brilliant leap of understanding that unlocked the secret of nuclear fission. Meitner’s unique insight was critical to a revolution in science, yet her achievement was often overlooked or even deliberately erased from the record. In a nonfiction narrative that reads with the suspense of a thriller, Radioactive! presents the story of two women breaking ground in a male-dominated field, still largely unknown despite their crucial contributions to nuclear science.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Author Details

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781616206413

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Winifred Conkling studied journalism at Northwestern University and received her master of arts in writing for children and young adults from the Vermont College of Fine Arts. Her most recent book is Votes for Women! American Suffragists and the Battle for the Ballot. She has written more than thirty nonfiction books for adults. Her book Passenger on the Pearl won the Carter G. Woodson award. Her first book for children, Sylvia & Aki, won the 2012 Jane Addams Children’s Book Award for Older Readers and the 2012 Tomas Rivera Mexican American Children’s Book Award. She lives in northern Virginia with her husband and three children.

Category

Child Non Fiction

Key Information

Format

152 x 229 mm 240pp

•

Extent Illustrations

B/w photos throughout

Age Range

10+

Terms

• • • •

The bold, colourful jacket has direct kid-appeal and the more upright trim conveys the story's gripping narrative. “A thorough and engaging study of two female scientists worth their weight in radium.” — Booklist; starred review "Radioactive! addresses serious topics like the advent of chemical and atomic warfare and the Nazi rise to power, and leaves biography buffs wanting to know more in the best way.”—BUST Magazine “Luminous and fascinating. . .This title would make a lovely companion to Steve Sheinkin’s Bomb: The Race to Build—and Steal—the World’s Most Dangerous Weapon." —School Library Journal. While the developments leading up to the nuclear bomb have been chronicled in the likes Bomb and elsewhere, the contributions of Curie and Meitner were until recently forgotten or overlooked and are just returning to light. A biography of women scientists with a clear, simple explanation of the discoveries of artificial radiation and nuclear fission make Radioactive! perfect for middle-school classrooms and libraries.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Polly Diamond and the Magic Book Book 1 Alice Kuipers NEW SERIES: Book 1 introduces Polly, a distinctive, funny and smart protagonist, and her magic book. Book 2 is in the works. Polly loves words. And she loves writing stories. So when a magic book appears on her doorstep that can make everything she writes happen in real life, Polly is certain all of her dreams are about to come true. But she soon learns that what you write and what you mean are not always the same thing! Funny and touching, this new chapter book series will entertain readers and inspire budding writers.

Author Details Alice Kuipers is the author of four novels and two picture books. Her debut novel was Life on the Refrigerator Door, a Young Adult/Adult crossover published in 28 countries. Her second novel, The Worst Thing She Ever Did (published in the US as Lost for Words), was a Bank Street College of Education Best Children's Books of the Year selection for 2011. Alice's debut picture book, Violet and Victor Write the Best-Ever Bookworm Book (2014) and Violet and Victor Write the Most Fabulous Fairytale (2016) both received strong reviews. Born and raised in London, England, Alice now lives in Saskatoon, Canada. Find her here: www.alicekuipers.com.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452152325

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

Key Information

Extent

160pp

•

Illustrations

B/w images throughout

Age Range

Terms

Diana Toledano hails from Madrid, Spain. She divides her time between working as a freelance illustrator and teaching in museums. Her illustration clients include, Usborne Publishing, Red Cross of Spain, and the California Academy of Sciences. This is her debut children's book. Dianna lives in San Francisco. Visit her at www.diana-toledano.com.

• • •

Book 1 introduces Polly, a distinctive, funny and smart protagonist, and her magic book. Book 2 is in the works. Kids this age enjoy reading about the familiar-and Polly and her family ring very true. But the hint of magic is appealing and unique. Although woven in in a way that kids won't perceive the title as 'a learning book.' The book will inspire lots of classroom writing activities that will be very appealing to teachers. Polly's ethnicity is never mentioned in the text, but Dianna's style of illustration is such that readers of a range of backgrounds may very well see themselves in Polly.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

ONE Today something amazing is going to happen. Amazing things always happen in threes. Day One: On Friday, my teacher, Ms. Hairball, told me my color poem was fantastic. Day Two: On Saturday, my pet rock, Stoneface, smiled at me. I saw him! I swear! Today is Sunday. Day Three. So yes. Today is going to be amazing. Superfantastic. I start a list on a blank sheet of paper. I love writing lists. 8

PollyDiamond_Interior_Mechs.indd 8-1

9/26/17 2:24 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

To-Do List for a Super-Fantastic Day BY PO LLY DIAM O N D · · Write a story · · Paint my bedroom · · Discover a secret treasure · · Travel somewhere no one has ever been More than writing lists, I love writing stories.

A Story About a Perfect House

AND we have a new baby coming any day. When he comes, the house will be even more stuffed. Mom says Anna and I have to share a room now. So we have a room for the baby. Yuck. We need a bigger house. We need lots of rooms. A perfect house would—

BY PO LLY DIAM O N D I hear a drumroll and a trumpet blast at the front

My house is too teeny. My parents say it’s cozy. But it’s NOT. Our house is stuffed full. Our house probably feels like it has eaten too much food! 2

PollyDiamond_Interior_Mechs.indd 2-3

door. Everyone says I’m imaginative. But I definitely heard a drumroll and a trumpet blast. Maybe it’s a caterpillar army on the march. 3

9/26/17 2:24 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Sylvia Long's Big Book for Small Children Sylvia Long A new classic from Sylvia Long. Sylvia Long has been creating bestselling children's books for more than 25 years. Her edition of Mother Goose rhymes is a modern classic, and Sylvia Long's Big Book for Small Children, her latest compendium, is destined to become another nursery staple. From beloved stories like "The Three Little Pigs" and important early childhood concepts (colours, counting, ABCs) to her own family's favourite recipes and lullabies, this warm, joyous, and comprehensive collection is the perfect start to every child's library.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Hardback

Sylvia Long is the illustrator of many bestselling books for children, including Sylvia Long's Mother Goose, Hush Little Baby, A Butterfly Is Patient, A Seed Is Sleepy, and An Egg Is Quiet. She lives in Scottsdale, Arizona, with her

Price

AU$39.99

husband and their dogs.

ISBN

9780811834414

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • •

• •

Sylvia Long's track record, in terms of both critical acclaim and sales, is stellar. Combined, her books have grossed more than 2.2 million copies. There is a perennial market for beautiful 'starter' books for babies and toddlers. And Sylvia's are always stand-outs. Sylvia Long's Mother Goose and Hush Little Baby, two books of Sylvia's that are for the same audience and have a similar track, have been in print for 20 years. Gorgeously illustrated and extensive, this title is the perfect start to a young child's library. Much of the competition consists of reissued titles that have a classic feel but can sometimes feel a bit dated and lack the whimsical detail and soft humour that give Sylvia's books an up-to-date quality.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

SylviaLong'sBigBook_Interior_Mechs_7.23.17.indd 10-11

Good morning, merry sunshine,

Come, my dear children,

How did you wake so soon?

Up is the sun.

You frightened all the stars away

Birds are all singing,

And shined away the moon.

And morn has begun.

7/26/17 12:31 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

b lo u s e

M y C lot h es

so ck s

t-sh ir t

p ajamas le g g i n g s

slip p er s

ove r a lls b elt

n i g h t g ow n

s an d als

p ant s

M ar y J anes sh or t s

ate

dr e

r sk i

sh oes

SylviaLong'sBigBook_Interior_Mechs_7.23.17.indd 12-13

7/26/17 12:31 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Puzzle Masters: Colour Quest Amanda Learmonth A colour-by-number book unlike anything seen before, Puzzle Masters: Colour Quest will amaze kids and keep them entertained for hours on end. Use colouring pens or pencils to colour numbered shapes and uncover stunning and intricate artwork hidden on the page. Colour Quest will take kids on a magical journey to find hidden gems waiting to be coloured in and brought to life in this beautiful and detailed colouring book. Each page features a colour-code puzzle and four cryptic clues to help you guess what's hidden in the puzzle.

Author Details

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$17.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781780554853

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Key Information

Imprint

Buster Books

•

Series

•

Category

Child Non Fiction

•

Format

290 x 290 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

Amanda Learmonth is an editor and writer with many years' experience working in children's illustrated non-fiction, licensed and educational publishing for a range of publishers, including Scholastic, Hachette Partworks, DK and Buster Books. Amanda published writing includes All About Us, A Very Charlie Brown Journal, Make & Bake with Peppa Pig and many more.

•

A colour-by-number book unlike anything you've ever seen before, Puzzle Masters: Colour Quest will amaze kids and keep them entertained for hours on end. Follow the colour code to complete and discover beautiful artwork hidden on the page. Let Colour Quest take you on a magical journey to find hidden gems waiting to be coloured in and brought to life in this beautiful and detailed colouring book. Answer the cryptic clues on each page to reveal what the colour coded puzzle is.

EXTREME PUZZLE NO* 2

BRILLIANTLY BRIGHT

My beak is so powerful that

I can easily crack nuts and seeds with it in one crunch!

7 7

My colourful feathers, as well as being beautiful, also help to protect me

My squawks can be heard echoing through

13 12

11 13

communicate and to mark my territory.

WHAT AM I? .......................................

7 7

10 10

3 3

3 8

2 2

1 2

2 2

1 1

2 2

1 1

3 1

10 10

8 3

1 2 2

7 7

2 7

13 12

from predators.

1 1

11 12

the Amazonian canopy. I use my calls to

6 6

12 12

13 7

8 9

9 9

of my colourful rainforest home.

7 7

toes to grip and clasp onto the branches

I use my powerful

9 3

COMPLETED IMAGES: MACAW

COMPLETED IMAGES: ZEBRA

BRIO BOOKS

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Agapanthus Tango David Francis Twelve-year-old Day rides out of the remote family farm where he grew up, grieving the curious death of his mother and escaping his frightening father, sure of only one thing – that he will never return. Working as a stable-boy, he creates a new life as an expert groom and travels to America with a racehorse called Unusual. In the an alien landscape of Maryland, he meets Callie, a gifted young horsewoman determined to become the world’s first female jockey. As his passion for Callie takes hold, Day must confront his past and accept that the only way forward is to go back. David Francis’s debut novel, told with spare and haunting prose, is an unforgettable evocation of grief, reinvention and making one’s way in the world, with all the hallmarks of his celebrated later works of fiction.

Author Details David Francis, based in Los Angeles where he works for the Norton Rose Fulbright law firm, spends part of each year back on his family’s farm in Victoria. He is the author of Stray Dog Winter, Book of the Year in The Advocate. His short fiction and articles have appeared in Harvard Review, The Sydney Morning Herald, The Age, Meanjin, Griffith Review, Best Australian Stories 2012 and 2014, Australian Love Stories and The Rattling Wall. He is Vice President of PEN Center USA. His most recent novel, Wedding Bush Road was published by Brio in 2016 to critical acclaim.

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781925589450

•

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

Format

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Bringing back into print this vital and highly praised Australian novel. ‘We should all be grateful for stories of this scale, crafted by writers of this skill.’ Washington Post ‘As spare as the outback, this is a quietly evocative and at times even poetic first novel.’ Library Journal ‘Beautiful and moving’ Times Literary Supplement

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Light Borrowers: 2018 UTS Writers' Anthology Various Various Each year the UTS Writers’ Anthology showcases the best work from one of Australia’s most prestigious writing programs. This year’s anthology includes prose, fiction, poetry and screenplays from talented emerging writers.

Author Details Christine Afoa, Ruth Armstrong, Sara Borman, Sally Breen, Alex Bulahoff, Shana Chandra, Daniel Comensoli, Olivia Costa, Daniel Date, Mark Gerts, Shoshana Gottlieb, Echo He, Sydney Khoo, ZA Knowles, Sam McAlpine, Helen Meany, David Naylor, Joseph Schwarzkopf, Amy Shapiro, Jack Cameron Stanton, EM Tasker, Tanya Vavilova.

Key Information • •

Publication

01 June 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781925589627

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

Format

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Launch at Sydney Writers’ Festival. Marketing support from UTS Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Kickstart Your Business John English You have an idea for a business but you’re not sure where to begin. Or perhaps you have made a start but you’re not sure what to do next. It’s a common dilemma that is shared by everyone who has been down the same path. Kickstart Your Business is about getting into your own business. It is not just a book about being self-employed and getting paid for what you do; it also symbolises a set of values about how some of us want to live and how we want to be sustained by the work we do. Written by Australia’s bestselling business author, John English, Kickstart Your Business is aimed at the reader who wants practical, common-sense advice that is easy to understand and simple to use. It covers planning, marketing, operations and financing, answering questions such as: • How to get started • How to market digitally • How to manage retail, service or online operations; and • How to interpret financial info and manage profitability.

Publication

01 July 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781925589412

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Business/Motivational

Format

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

It is intended to be read as a handy navigational guide that will enable you to discover the essentials of getting into business without having to wade through a lot of detail. In plain language, it emphasises the ‘how to’ techniques for navigating your way into your own business.

Author Details John English is the author of How to Organise and Operate A Small Business in Australia, in its 11th edition having sold more than 275,000 copies; co-author of the New Zealand adaptation, The Small Business Book, in its 6th edition; Managing a Small Business in Australia (2010); Discovering New Business Opportunities (2009); and Going Solo in Your Own Small Business (2002). He recently retired as Associate Professor at the University of Tasmania, and is a Certified Practising Accountant and a consultant to governments and small business operators. He lives in Hobart.

Key Information • • • •

Concise, easy-to-grasp business essentials by Australia’s bestselling business author. Covers planning; marketing; operations; and finances. John’s books have sold almost 500,000 copies in Australia. Great backlist potential.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Drover's Wives Ryan O'Neill Henry Lawson’s short story ‘The Drover’s Wife’ is an Australian classic that has sparked interpretations on the page, on canvas and on the stage. But it has never been so thoroughly, or hilariously, reimagined as by Ryan O’Neill, remixing and revising Lawson’s masterpiece in ninety-nine different ways. You’ll be amused, delighted and surprised by a Year 8 essay, a sporting commentary, a pop song, a cento, a dance and many more. Inventive and unexpected, this is laugh-out-loud literature from one of Australia’s finest satirists.

Author Details Ryan O’Neill is the author of The Weight of a Human Heart and Their Brilliant Careers. He was born in Glasgow in 1975 and has lived in Africa, Europe and Asia before settling in Newcastle, Australia, with his wife and two daughters.His fiction has appeared in Seizure, The Best Australian Stories, The Sleepers Almanac, Meanjin, New Australian Stories, Wet Ink, Etchings and Westerly. He was shortlisted for the Miles Franklin and won the Prime Minister’s Literary Award for Fiction in 2017. He teaches at the University of Newcastle.

Key Information 01 July 2018

•

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781925589290

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

Format

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Publication

• •

O’Neill’s first book since winning the Prime Minister’s Award and being shortlisted for the Miles Franklin. Appearing at writers’ festivals. Strong social media presence as @kangaoulipo1. Ideal for creative writing students at school and university.